Mii Inglés
­­
(05.14)
Inglés 1SL012720BB (05.14) (GT9)
1SL012720BB
OWNER’S
MANUAL
Mii
SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to understand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason
no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.
All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error
or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.
Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.
SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the “Copyright” Act.
All rights on changes are reserved.
❀ This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.
© SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.05.14
Foreword
This Instruction Manual and its corresponding supplements should be read carefully to familiarise yourself
rapidly with your vehicle.
Besides the regular care and maintenance of the vehicle, its correct handling will help preserve its value.
For safety reasons, always note the information concerning accessories, modifications and part replacements.
If selling the vehicle, give all of the on-board documentation to the new owner, as it should be kept with the
vehicle.
WARNING
Take careful note of the important warnings regarding the front passenger seat airbag ⇒ page 28, Important information on the passenger side front airbag.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
About this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Content
................................
6
..................................
7
Safety
Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety first! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips for driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Correct sitting position for vehicle occupants . . .
Transporting objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to wear seat belts properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brief introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child seats (accessories) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation
7
7
7
9
13
15
16
16
21
23
25
25
27
33
33
Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle key set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Central locking* and locking system . . . . . . . . . .
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening and closing the sliding/tilting electric
panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lights and visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sun protection equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windscreen wiper and washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear vision mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seats and storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drink holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ashtray and Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power socket* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heating, ventilation and cooling system . . . . . . .
.............................
41
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
40
43
46
48
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stopping and starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Braking, stopping and parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SEAT information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver assistance systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking sensor system* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cruise control* (Cruise control system - CCS) . . .
51
51
54
58
59
62
63
66
66
70
71
75
78
78
78
79
80
84
85
86
88
93
96
96
101
101
103
107
114
123
123
125
Safety Assist* (City Safety Assist function) . . . . .
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hill driving assistant* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tyre control system*  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
127
132
134
135
Advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
136
Driving and the environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine management and exhaust gas
purification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Economical and environmentally friendly driving
Environmental friendliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle care and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Care and cleaning the vehicle exterior . . . . . . . .
Caring for and cleaning the vehicle interior . . . .
Notes for the user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
136
136
136
137
140
141
141
147
151
Accessories, replacement of parts and
modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
154
Accessories, replacement of parts and
modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
154
Checking and refilling levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filling the tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
164
164
166
171
174
178
181
186
186
197
3
4
Table of Contents
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti-puncture kit TMS (Tyre Mobility System)* . .
199
203
If and when . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
207
207
209
211
212
215
221
224
In case of emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle tool kit* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing and tow starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description of specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index
...................................
228
228
228
230
232
235
235
237
About this manual
5
About this manual
What you should know before reading this manual
CAUTION
This manual describes the vehicle's equipment at the time of publication.
Some of the equipment described herein will not be available until a later
date or are only available in certain markets.
Texts with this symbol draw your attention to potential sources of damage
to your vehicle.
Because this is a general manual for the Mii, some of the equipment and
functions that are described in this manual are not included in all types or
variants of the model; they may vary or be modified depending on the technical requirements and on the market; this cannot be interpreted as misleading advertising.
Texts preceded by this symbol contain relevant information concerning environmental protection.
The illustrations are intended as a general guide and may vary from the
equipment fitted in your vehicle in some details.
Texts preceded by this symbol contain additional information.
The direction indications (left, right, front, rear) appearing in this manual refer to the normal forward working direction of the vehicle unless otherwise
indicated.
 The equipment marked with an asterisk is only supplied as standard in
certain model versions, is only optional in others or is only available in
specific countries.
®
All registered marks are indicated with ®. Although the copyright symbol does not appear, it is a copyrighted mark.

The section is continued on the following page.
 Marks the end of a section.
WARNING
Texts preceded by this symbol contain information on safety. They warn
you about possible dangers of accident or injury.
For the sake of the environment
Note

6
Content
Content
This manual is divided into five main parts, which are:
1. Safety
Information about the vehicle equipment relating to passive safety such as
seat belts, airbags, seats, etc.
2. Operation
Information about the distribution of controls in the driver position of your
vehicle, about the seat adjustment possibilities, about how to create a suitable climate in the vehicle interior, etc.
3. Advice
Advice relating to driving, caring for and maintaining your vehicle and certain problems you can solve yourself.
4. Technical specifications
Figures, values and the dimensions of your vehicle.
5. Index
At the end of this manual there is a detailed alphabetical index, this will
help you to quickly find the information you require.
Each part comprises main chapters, chapters and sections.

Safe driving
7
Safety
Safe driving
Safety first!
Tips for driving
Before starting every trip
WARNING
● This manual contains important information about the operation of
the vehicle, both for the driver and the passengers. The other sections of
the on-board documentation also contain further information that you
should be aware of for your own safety and for the safety of your passengers.
For your own safety and the safety of your passengers, always note
the following points before every trip:
– Make sure that the vehicle's lights and turn signals are working
properly.
● Ensure that the onboard documentation is kept in the vehicle at all
times. This is especially important when lending or selling the vehicle to
another person.
– Check tyre pressure.
– Ensure that all windows provide a clear and good view of the
surroundings.
WARNING
– Make sure all luggage is secured ⇒ page 13.
Driving under the influence of alcohol, drugs, medication or narcotics
may result in severe accidents and even loss of life.
● Alcohol, drugs, medication and narcotics may significantly alter perception, affect reaction times and safety while driving, which could result
in the loss of control of the vehicle.
– Make sure that no objects can interfere with the pedals.

– Adjust front seat, head restraint and rear vision mirrors properly
according to your size.
– Ensure that the passengers in the rear seats always have the
head restraints in the in-use position ⇒ page 12.
– Instruct passengers to adjust the head restraints according to
their height.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

8
Safe driving
– Protect children with appropriate child seats and properly applied seat belts ⇒ page 33.
CAUTION
SEAT does not accept liability for any damage to the vehicle due to the use
of a lower quality fuel, an inadequate service or the non-availability of genu
ine spare parts.
– Assume the correct sitting position. Instruct your passengers also to assume a proper sitting position. ⇒ page 9.
– Fasten your seat belt securely. Instruct your passengers also to
fasten their seat belts properly. ⇒ page 16.
Driving abroad
In some countries, certain safety regulations and requirements are in force
relating to exhaust gas emissions, which differ from the technical characteristics of the vehicle. Before travelling abroad, SEAT recommends you consult a Technical Service about the legal requirements and the following
points:
● Does the vehicle need technical modifications for driving abroad, for example, adjustment of the headlamps?
● Does the vehicle have all the tools, diagnostics equipment and spare
parts required for inspections and repairs?
● Are there any SEAT dealers in the destination country?
● For petrol vehicles: Is unleaded petrol available at the right octane rating?
● For diesel engines: Is diesel fuel available with a low sulphur content?
● Are a suitable engine oil (⇒ page 174) and other engine fluids complying with SEAT specifications available in the destination country?
● Will the navigation system fitted at the factory operate correctly in the
destination country with the available navigation data?
● Are special tyres required in the destination country?

Driving along flooded roadways
To prevent damage to the vehicle when driving through water, for example,
along a flooded road, please observe the following:
● Check the depth of the water before entering the flooded zone. The water should never come above the lower edge of the bodywork ⇒ .
● Do not drive faster than a pedestrian.
● Do not stop in the water, use reverse gear or switch off the engine.
● Oncoming traffic will cause waves which raise the level of the water,
making it difficult to cross the water.
● Disconnect the Start-Stop system whenever crossing water.
WARNING
When driving through water, mud, melted snow, etc., please remember
that due to damp or frozen brake discs and shoes in winter, the braking
effect may be delayed, therefore the required braking distance is greater.
● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking carefully. Ensure that you
are not endangering other road-users or breaking traffic regulations in
the process.
● After driving through water, avoid sudden sharp manoeuvres.

Safe driving
● Never lean against the dash panel.
CAUTION
● Driving through flooded areas may severely damage vehicle components such as the engine, transmission, running gear or electrical system.
● Never drive through salt water as salt causes corrosion. Always rinse any

parts of the vehicle which have been in contact with salt water.
● Never lie on the rear seats.
● Never sit on the front edge of a seat.
● Never sit sideways.
● Never lean out of a window.
● Never put your feet out of a window.
● Never put your feet on the dash panel.
Correct sitting position for vehicle occupants
Danger of injuries due to an incorrect sitting position
● Never put your feet on the surface of a seat or seat backrest.
● Never travel in a footwell.
● Never travel on a seat without wearing the seat belt.
● Never carry any person in the luggage compartment.
Number of seats
The vehicle has a total of 4 seats: 2 front seats and 2 rear seats. Each seat is
equipped with a seat belt.
If the seat belts are worn incorrectly or not at all, the risk of severe injuries
increases. Seat belts can provide optimal protection only if the belt web is
properly worn. The seat belt cannot offer its full protection if the belt web is
not positioned correctly. This could result in severe and even fatal injuries.
The risk of severe or fatal injuries is especially heightened when a deploying airbag strikes a vehicle occupant who has assumed an incorrect sitting
position. The driver is responsible for all passengers in the vehicle, particularly children.
The following list shows just some examples of incorrect sitting positions
which can be dangerous to all vehicle occupants.
When the vehicle is in motion:
● Never stand in the vehicle.
● Never stand on the seats.
WARNING
An incorrect sitting position in the vehicle can lead to severe injuries or
death in the event of sudden braking or manoeuvres, collision or accidents or if the airbag deploys.
● Before the vehicle moves, assume the proper sitting position and
maintain it throughout the trip. This also includes fastening the seat
belt.
● Never transport more people than there are seats with a seat belt
available in the vehicle.
● Children must always be protected with an approved child restraint
system suited to their height and weight ⇒ page 33, ⇒ page 25.
● Always keep your feet in the footwell while the vehicle is in motion.
Never, for example, put your feet on the surface of a seat or on the dash
panel and never put them out of a window. Otherwise the airbag and seat
belt offer insufficient protection and the risk of injury in the event of an
accident is increased.

● Never kneel on the seats.
● Never tilt your seat backrest too far to the rear.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
9
10
Safe driving
WARNING
Before every trip, adjust the seat, the seat belt and the head restraints
and instruct your passengers to fasten their seat belts properly.
● Move the front passenger seat back as far as possible.
● Adjust the driver seat so that there is at least 25 cm distance between
your chest and the hub of the steering wheel. Adjust the driver seat so
that you are able to press the accelerator, brake and clutch pedals to the
floor with your knees slightly angled and that the distance between your
knees and the dash panel is at least 10 cm. If your physical constitution
prevents you from meeting these requirements, contact a specialised
workshop to make any modifications required.
● Never drive with the seat backrest tilted far back. The further the seat
backrests are tilted to the rear, the greater the risk of injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt web or to the incorrect sitting position!
● Never drive with the seat backrest tilted forwards. Should a front airbag deploy, it could throw the seat backrest backwards and injure the
passengers of the rear seats.
● Sit as far away as possible from the steering wheel and the dash panel.
● Keep your back straight and resting completely against the seat backrest and the front seats correctly adjusted. Never place any part of your
body in the area of the airbag or very close to it.
● If passengers on the rear seats are not sitting in an upright position,
the risk of severe injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt web increases.
WARNING
Incorrect seat adjustment may lead to accidents and severe injuries.
● Only adjust the seats when the vehicle is stationary, as the seats
could move unexpectedly while the vehicle is in motion and you could
lose control of the vehicle. Furthermore, an incorrect position is adopted
when adjusting the seat.
● Only adjust the height, seat backrest and forwards or backwards position of the seat when there is nobody in the seat adjustment area.
● There must be no objects blocking the front seat adjustment area.

Safe driving
Correct sitting position
11
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of injury in the event of an accident or sudden braking or manoeuvre, SEAT recommend the following positions:
Valid for the driver:
● Adjust the seat backrest to an upright position so that your back rests
completely against it.
Fig. 1 The proper distance between driver and
steering wheel
● Adjust the seat so that there is a distance of at least 25 cm between the
steering wheel and your chest ⇒ Fig. 1 and so that you can hold the steering
wheel with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3
o'clock positions with your arms slightly bent.
● The adjusted steering wheel must face your chest and not your face.
● Adjust the driver seat forwards or backwards so that you are able to
press the accelerator, brake and clutch pedals to the floor with your knees
slightly angled and the distance between your knees and the dash panel is
at least 10 cm ⇒ Fig. 1.
● Adjust the height of the driver seat so that you can easily reach the top
of the steering wheel.
● Keep both feet in the footwell so that you have the vehicle under control
at all times.
● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly ⇒ page 16.
Fig. 2 Correct belt web
and head restraint positions
Safety
Valid for the passenger:
● Adjust the seat backrest to an upright position so that your back rests
completely against it.
The correct sitting positions for the driver and passengers are shown below.
● Move the front passenger seat back as far as possible for optimum protection should the airbag deploy.
If your physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the correct sitting position, contact a specialised workshop for help with any special devices. The seat belt and airbag can only provide optimum protection if a correct sitting position is adopted. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
● Always keep your feet in the footwell while the vehicle is in motion.
Operation
● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly ⇒ page 16.
Advice
Technical specifications

12
Safe driving
Valid for the passengers in the rear section:
Adjusting height
● Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same level as
the top of your head, or as close as possible to the same level as the top of
your head and under no circumstances below eye level. Keep the back of
your neck as close as possible to the head restraint ⇒ Fig. 1 and ⇒ Fig. 2.
● Push the head restraint up or down in the direction of the arrow with the
button pressed ⇒ Fig. 3 1 ⇒ .
● The head restraint must engage securely in position.
Correct adjustment of head restraints
● Short people must lower the head restraint to the first anchorage position, even if your head is below its upper edge.
● Tall people must raise the head restraint completely.
● Always keep your feet in the footwell while the vehicle is in motion.
● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly ⇒ page 16.

Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same level as the
top of your head, or as close as possible to the same level as the top of your
head and under no circumstances below eye level. Keep the back of your
neck as close as possible to the head restraint.
Adjusting the head restraint for short people
Set the head restraint in the first anchorage position, even if your head is
below its upper edge. When the head restraint is at its lowest, it is possible
that a small gap remains between it and the seat backrest.
Adjust the rear head restraints
Adjusting the head restraint for tall people
Raise the head restraint completely.
WARNING
Travelling with the head restraints removed or improperly adjusted increases the risk of severe or fatal injuries in the event of accidents and
sudden braking or manoeuvres.
Fig. 3 Adjusting the rear
head restraints
All seats are equipped with a head restraint.
The front seat head restraints are integrated in the backrests and adjusting
them is not possible.
● Always fit and adjust the head restraint properly whenever a person
is occupying a seat.
● All vehicle occupants must correctly adjust the head restraint according to their height to reduce the risk of back injuries in the event of an
accident. The upper edge of the head restraint must be as close as possible to the same level as the top of your head and under no circumstances
below eye level. Keep the back of your neck as close as possible to the
head restraint.
● Never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion.

Safe driving
Transporting objects
13
WARNING (Continued)
● Objects secured in the vehicle should never be placed in such a way
as to make passengers sit in an incorrect position.
Introduction
Always transport heavy loads in the luggage compartment and place the
seat backs in a vertical position. Never overload the vehicle. Both the carrying capacity as well as the distribution of the load in the vehicle have effects on driving performance and braking ability ⇒ .
WARNING
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can cause serious injury in case
of a sudden manoeuvring or breaking or in case of an accident. This is especially true when objects are struck by a detonating airbag and fired
through the vehicle interior. To minimise any risk, please note the following:
● If secured objects occupy a seat then this should not be occupied or
used by anybody.
WARNING
The driving behaviour and braking ability change when transporting
heavy and large objects.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and
weather conditions.
● Accelerate gently and carefully.
● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
● Brake early.

● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always keep equipment and heavy
objects in the luggage compartment.
● Always secure objects with suitable rope or slings so that they cannot
enter the deployment areas around the frontal or side airbags in case of
sudden braking or an accident.
● Always ensure that objects inside the vehicle cannot move into the
deployment area of the bags while driving.
● While driving, always keep object compartments closed.
● Remove all objects from the front passenger seat when this is folded
down. When the seat backrest is folded down, it presses on small and
light objects and these are detected by the weight sensor on the seat;
this sends false information to the airbag control unit.
● While the backrest of the front passenger seat is folded, the frontal
airbag must remain disconnected and the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF 
light on.
Transporting a load
Secure all objects in the vehicle
● Distribute the load throughout the vehicle and on the roof as uniformly
as possible.
● Transport heavy objects as far forward as possible in the luggage compartment and lock the seat backs in the vertical position.
● Check the headlight adjustment ⇒ page 66.
● Use the suitable tyre pressure according to the load being transported.
Read the tire inflation information label ⇒ page 186.
CAUTION
Objects on the shelf could chafe against the wires of the heating element in
the heated rear window and cause damage.

Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
14
Safe driving
Note
Please refer to the notes on loading the roof carrier ⇒ page 93.
WARNING

Toxic gases may enter the vehicle interior when the rear lid is open. This
could cause loss of consciousness, carbon monoxide poisoning, serious
injury and accidents.
Driving with the rear lid open
● To avoid toxic gases entering the vehicle always drive with the rear lid
closed.
Driving with the rear lid open creates an additional risk. Secure all objects
and secure the rear lid correctly and take all measures possible to reduce
toxic gases from entering the vehicle.
● In exceptional circumstances, if you must drive with the rear lid open,
observe the following to reduce the entry of toxic gases inside the vehicle:
– Close all windows.
WARNING
Driving with the rear lid unlocked or open could cause serious injuries.
● Always drive with the rear lid closed.
● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Loose items could fall out of the vehicle and injure other road users or damage other vehicles.
● Drive particularly carefully and think ahead.
– Disable air recirculation mode.
– Open all of the air outlets on the instrument panel.
– Switch on the blower to maximum.
CAUTION
An open tailgate changes the length and height of the vehicle.

● Avoid sudden manoeuvres and braking given that this could cause an
uncontrolled movement of the open rear lid.
● When transporting objects that protrude out of the luggage compartment, indicate them suitably. Observe legal requirements.
Driving a loaded vehicle
● If objects must project out of the luggage compartment, the rear lid
must never be used to “secure” or “attach” objects.
For the best handling when driving a loaded vehicle, note the following:
● If a baggage rack is fitted on the rear lid, it should be removed before
travelling with the rear lid open.
● Secure all objects ⇒ page 13.
● Accelerate gently and carefully.
● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
● Brake early.
● If necessary, read the instructions for driving with a roof carrier system
⇒ page 93.

Safe driving
WARNING
A sliding load could considerably affect the stability and safety of the vehicle resulting in an accident with serious consequences.
● Secure loads correctly so they do not move.
● When transporting heavy objects, use suitable ropes or straps.
● Lock the seat backs in vertical position.

Trailer coupling
Information about trailer coupling
The vehicle is not certified for trailer coupling. The vehicle is not manufactured with a towing bracket, nor is it possible to retrofit a towing bracket.
WARNING
Installing a towing bracket on the vehicle may cause accidents and serious injuries while operating the vehicle.
● Never install a towing bracket on the vehicle.
● The trailer may be released from the vehicle when the vehicle is moving.
CAUTION
Any type of towing bracket installed on the vehicle can cause serious and
costly damage that are not covered under the SEAT guarantee.
Safety
Operation

Advice
Technical specifications
15
16
Seat belts
Seat belts
Using seat belts
Introduction
Check the condition of all the seat belts at regular intervals. If you notice
that the belt webbing, fittings, retractor mechanism or buckle of any of the
belts is damaged, the belt must be replaced immediately by a specialised
workshop ⇒ . The specialised workshop must use the appropriate spare
parts corresponding to the vehicle, the equipment and the model year. SEAT
recommends visiting a Technical Service.
WARNING
Unbuckled or badly buckled seat belts increase the risk of severe or even
fatal injuries. The seat belt cannot offer its full protection if it is not fastened and used correctly.
● Seat belts are the most effective way of reducing the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries in the event of an accident. Seat belts must be
correctly fastened when the vehicle is in motion to protect the driver and
all vehicle occupants.
● Before each trip, every occupant in the vehicle occupants must sit
properly, correctly fasten the seat belt belonging to his or her seat and
keep it fastened throughout the trip. This also applies to other vehicle
occupants when driving in town.
● When travelling, children must be secured in the vehicle with a child
restraint system suitable for their weight and height and with the seat
belts correctly fastened ⇒ page 33.
● Instruct your passengers to fasten their seat belts properly before
driving off.
WARNING (Continued)
● Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the appropriate seat and ensure it is engaged. Using the latch plate in the buckle of another seat will
not protect you properly and may cause severe injuries.
● Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to enter the buckle fastenings.
This could damage the buckles and seat belts.
● Never unbuckle your seat belt when the vehicle is moving.
● Never allow more than one passenger to share the same seat belt.
● Never hold children or babies on your lap sharing the same seat belt.
● Loose, bulky clothing (such as a jacket) impairs the proper fit and
function of the seat belt.
WARNING
It is extremely dangerous to drive using damaged seat belts and could result in serious injury or loss of life.
● Avoid damaging the seat belt by jamming it in the door or the seat
mechanism.
● If the fabric or other parts of the seat belt are damaged, the seat belts
could break in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
● Always have damaged seatbelts replaced immediately by seat belts
approved for the vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which have been
worn in an accident and stretched must be replaced by a specialised
workshop. Renewal may be necessary even if there is no apparent damage. The belt anchorage should also be checked.
● Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a seat belt yourself. All repairs to seat belts, retractors and buckles must be carried out by a specialised workshop.

Seat belts
Warning lamp
Lights
up or Possible cause
flashes
Fig. 4 Warning lamp on
the instrument panel
Fig. 5 Indication of seat
belt status in the rear
seats on the instrument
panel display
Solution

On the instrument panel: Driver's
seat belt not fastened or front pasFasten seat belts!
senger seat belt not fastened if the
front passenger seat is occupied.

On the instrument panel: Objects
on the front passenger seat.
Remove any objects from
the front passenger seat
and store them safely.

Instrument panel display: A passenger in the rear seats has not
fastened their seat belt, if the seat
is occupied.*
Fasten seat belts!

On the instrument panel display: A
passenger in the rear seats has
fastened their seat belt, if the seat
is occupied.*
Several warning and control lamps should light up for a few seconds when
the ignition is switched on, signalling that the function is being verified.
They will switch off after a few seconds.
An audible warning will be heard if the seat belts are not fastened as the
vehicle drives off and reaches a speed of more then 25 km/h (15 mph) or if
the seat belts are unfastened while the vehicle is in motion. The seat belt
warning lamp  will also flash.
The warning lamp  does not switch off until the driver and front passenger
fasten their seat belts while the ignition is switched on.
Seat belt status display for rear seats
The seat belt status display on the instrument panel informs the driver,
when the ignition is switched on, whether any passengers in the rear seats
have fastened their seat belts. The symbol  indicates that the passenger
in this seat has fastened “his or her” seat belt ⇒ Fig. 5.

Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
17
18
Seat belts
The seat belt status is displayed for around 30 seconds when a seat belt in
the rear seats is fastened or unfastened. You can switch off this display by
pressing the 0.0 / SET button.
It is easy to explain how the laws of physics work in the case of a head-on
collision: when a vehicle starts moving, ⇒ Fig. 6 a type of energy called
“kinetic energy” is created in both the vehicle and its occupants.
The seat belt status flashes for a maximum of 30 seconds when a seat belt
in the rear seats is unfastened while the vehicle is in motion. An audible
warning will also be heard if the vehicle is travelling at over 25 km/h
(15 mph).
The amount of “kinetic energy” depends on the speed of the vehicle and
the weight of the vehicle and its passengers. The higher the speed and the
greater the weight, the more energy there is to be “released” in an accident.
Physical principles of frontal collisions

The most significant factor, however, is the speed of the vehicle. If the
speed doubles from 25 km/h (15 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph), for example,
the corresponding kinetic energy is multiplied by four.
Given that the passengers in our example are not fastened by seat belts, in
the event of collision against a wall, the entire amount of kinetic energy will
be only absorbed by the mentioned impact ⇒ Fig. 7.
Even at speeds of 30 km/h (19 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph), the forces acting
on bodies in a collision can easily exceed one tonne (1000 kg). At greater
speed these forces are even higher.
Fig. 6 Vehicle about to
hit a wall: the vehicle occupants are not wearing
seat belts
Fig. 7 The vehicle hits
the wall: the vehicle occupants are not wearing
seat belts
Vehicle occupants not wearing seat belts are not “attached” to the vehicle.
In a head-on collision, they will move forward at the same speed their vehicle was travelling just before the impact. This example applies not only to
head-on collisions, but to all accidents and collisions.

Seat belts
The danger of not using the seat belt
Seat belt protection
Fig. 10 Drivers with correctly fastened seat belts
will not be thrown forward in the event of sudden braking.
Fig. 8 A driver not wearing a seat belt is thrown
forward violently
Correctly worn seat belts hold the occupants in the correct position. They also help to prevent uncontrolled movements that could lead to severe injuries and reduce the danger of being thrown from the vehicle in the event of
an accident.
Vehicle occupants wearing their seat belts correctly benefit greatly from the
ability of the belts to absorb kinetic energy. The front part of your vehicle
and other passive safety features, such as the airbag system, are also designed to absorb the kinetic energy released in a collision. Taken together,
all these features reduce the releasing kinetic energy and consequently, the
risk of injury. This is why it is so important to fasten seat belts before every
trip, even when "just driving around the corner".
Fig. 9 The unbelted passenger in the rear seat is
thrown forward violently,
hitting the driver who is
wearing a seat belt.
Even at low speeds the forces acting on the body in a collision are so great
that it is not possible to brace oneself with one's hands. In a frontal collision, unbelted passengers are thrown forward and will make violent contact
with the steering wheel, dash panel, windscreen or whatever else is in the
way ⇒ Fig. 8.
It is also important for the rear passengers to fasten their seat belts correctly, as they could otherwise be thrown violently around the vehicle interior in
the event of an accident. Passengers in the rear seats who do not use seat
belts endanger not only themselves but also the front occupants ⇒ Fig. 9.
Safety
Operation
Ensure that your passengers wear their seat belts as well. Accident statistics
have shown that wearing seat belts is an effective means of substantially
reducing the risk of injury and improving the chances of survival in a serious accident. Furthermore, properly worn seat belts improve the protection
provided by airbags in the event of an accident. For this reason, wearing a
seat belt is required by law in most countries.

Although your vehicle is equipped with airbags, the seat belts must be fastened and worn. The front airbags, for example, are only triggered in some
frontal accidents. The front airbags will not be triggered during minor frontal 
Advice
Technical specifications
19
20
Seat belts
collisions, minor side collisions, rear collisions, overturns or accidents in
which the airbag trigger threshold value in the control unit is not exceeded.
Therefore, you should always wear your seat belt and ensure that all vehicle
occupants have fastened their seat belts properly before you drive off!

Using seat belts
Twisted seat belt
If it is difficult to remove the seat belt from the guide, the seat belt may
have become twisted inside the side trim after being wound too quickly on
unfastening:
● Pull out the seat belt completely, carefully pulling on the latch plate.
● Untwist the belt and guide it back, assisting it by hand.
The seat belt must be fastened even if it is impossible to untwist it. In this
case, the twisted area must not be in an area in direct contact with your
body. Have the seat belt untwisted urgently by a specialised workshop.
WARNING
An improperly handled seat belt increases the risk of sustaining severe
or fatal injuries.
● Regularly check that the seat belts and their components are in perfect condition.
● Always keep your seat belt clean.
● Do not jam or damage the seat belt or rub it with sharp edges.
● Make sure there are no liquids or foreign bodies on the latch plate
and in the buckle.

Seat belts
21
● Correctly adjust the front seat ⇒ page 9.
How to wear seat belts properly
● Engage the seat backrest in the upright position and correctly adjust the
hear restraint ⇒ .
Fastening or unfastening a seat belt
● Pull the latch plate and place the belt webbing evenly across your chest
and lap. Do not twist the seat belt when doing so ⇒ .
● Engage the latch plate in the buckle of the corresponding seat ⇒ Fig. 11.
● Pull the belt to ensure that the latch plate is securely engaged in the
buckle.
Unfastening the seat belt
The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has come to a standstill ⇒ .
Fig. 11 Insert the latch
plate into the buckle
● Press the red button on the buckle ⇒ Fig. 12. The latch plate is released
from the buckle.
● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls up easily and the trim will not
be damaged.
WARNING
An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause severe or fatal injuries in the
event of an accident.
● The seat belt cannot offer its full protection unless the seat backrest
is in an upright position and the seat belt is worn correctly, according to
your size.
Fig. 12 Release the latch
plate from the buckle
● Unbuckling your seat belt while the vehicle is in motion can cause severe or fatal injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle occupants in the position that
most protects them in the event of an accident or sudden braking ⇒ .
Fastening the seat belt
Fasten your seat belt before each trip.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

22
Seat belts
Seat belt position
Correct seat belt position
● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie on the centre of the shoulder,
never across the neck or the arm, under the arm or behind the shoulder.
● The lap part of the seat belt must lie across the pelvis, never across the
stomach.
● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably. Pull the belt tight if necessary to take up any slack.
In the case of pregnant women, the seat belt must lie evenly across the
chest and as low as possible over the pelvis, never across the stomach and
must be worn properly at all times during the pregnancy ⇒ Fig. 14.
Fig. 13 Correct seat belt
position
Adapting the position of the belt webbing to your size
The seat belt can be adapted using the following equipment:
● Seat height adjustment (front seats).
WARNING
An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause severe injuries in the event
of an accident or sudden braking or manoeuvre.
Fig. 14 Correct positioning of seat belts during
pregnancy
Seat belts offer their maximum protection in the event of an accident and
reduce the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries only when they are
properly positioned. Furthermore, if the webbing is correctly positioned, the
seat belt will hold the vehicle occupants in the optimum position to ensure
the airbag provides the maximum protection. The seat belt must therefore
always be worn and the webbing correctly positioned.
Incorrectly worn seat belts can cause severe or even fatal injuries ⇒ page 9,
Correct sitting position for vehicle occupants.
● The seat belt cannot provide optimum protection if it is not correctly
worn and the seat backrest is not tilted slightly backwards.
● The seat belt itself or a loose seat belt can cause severe injuries if the
belt moves from hard areas of the body to soft areas (e.g. the stomach).
● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie on the centre of the shoulder, never across the neck or the arm.
● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably on the torso
● The lap part of the seat belt must lie across the pelvis, never across
the stomach. The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably on the pelvis
Pull the belt tight if necessary to take up any slack.
● For pregnant women, the lap part of the seat belt must lie as low as
possible over the pelvis and always lie flat, “surrounding” the stomach.

Seat belts
● Do not lie the seat belt across rigid or fragile objects, e.g. glasses,
pens or keys.
Sensors trigger the belt tensioners during severe head-on, lateral and rear
collisions and retract and tighten the seat belts. If the seat belt is loose, it is
retracted to reduce the forwards movement of occupants or movement in
the direction of the collision. The belt tensioner works in combination with
the airbag system. The belt tensioner will not be triggered in the event of
the vehicle overturning if the side airbags are not deployed.
● Never use seat belt clips, retaining rings or similar instruments to alter the position of the belt webbing.
If the belt tensioner is triggered, a fine dust is produced. This is normal and
it is not an indication of fire in the vehicle.
WARNING (Continued)
● Do not twist the seat belt while it is fastened.
● Never pull the seat belt away from your body using your hand.
Belt tension limiter
Note
If you physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the correct position of the belt webbing, contact a specialised workshop for help with any
special devices to ensure the optimum protection of the seat belt and airbag. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
The belt tension limiter reduces the force of the seat belt on the body in the
event of an accident.
Note

The relevant safety requirements must be observed when the vehicle is dismantled or system components are removed. These requirements are
known to specialised workshops ⇒ page 23.
Seat belt tensioners
Automatic belt retainer, belt tensioner, belt tension limiter
Service and disposal of belt tensioners
Seat belts are part of the vehicle safety concept ⇒ page 25 and consist of
the following important functions:
If you work on the belt tensioners or remove and install other parts of the
vehicle when performing other repair work, the seat belt may be damaged.
The consequence may be that, in the event of an accident, the belt tensioners function incorrectly or not at all.
Automatic belt retainer
Every seat belt is equipped with an automatic belt retainer on the shoulder
belt. If the belt is pulled slowly or during normal driving, the system allows
for total freedom of movement on the shoulder belt. However, during sudden braking, during travel in mountains or bends and during acceleration,
the automatic belt retainer on the seat belt is locked is pulled quickly.
The seat belts for the occupants in the front seats are equipped with belt
tensioners.
Operation

So that the effectiveness of the belt tensioner is not reduced and that removed parts do not cause any injuries or environmental pollution, regulations must be observed. These requirements are known to specialised workshops.

Belt tensioners
Safety
23
Advice
Technical specifications
24
Seat belts
WARNING
Improper handling and homemade repairs of seat belts, automatic belt
retainers and tension devices increase the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries. The belt tensioner may fail to trigger or may trigger in the
wrong circumstances.
● Never attempt to repair, adjust or remove or install parts of the belt
tensioners or seat belts. Any work must be performed by a specialised
workshop only ⇒ page 154.
● Belt tensioners and automatic belt retainers cannot be repaired and
must be replaced.
For the sake of the environment
Airbag modules and belt tensioners may contain perchlorate. Observe the
legal requirements for their disposal.

Airbag system
25
Airbag system
Brief introduction
WARNING
Introduction
Front airbags have been installed for both driver and passenger. The front
airbags can also protect the chest and head of driver and passenger if the
seats, seat belts head restraints and, for the driver, the steering wheel are
correctly adjusted and used. Airbags are considered as additional safety
equipment. An airbag cannot replace the seat belt, which must be worn at
all times, even in front seats where front airbags have been installed.
WARNING
Never exclusively trust the airbag system as a means of protection.
● Even when triggered, airbag protection is only auxiliary.
● The airbags provide the best protection when the seat belts are properly fastened, thus reducing the risk of sustaining injuries ⇒ page 16, Using seat belts.
● Before each trip, every occupant must sit properly, correctly fasten
the seat belt belonging to his or her seat and keeping it fastened
throughout the trip. This rule is valid for all vehicle occupants.
Occupants sitting in the front of the vehicle must never carry any objects
in the deployment space between them and the airbags, as this increases the risk of sustaining injuries if the airbag is triggered. This modifies
the airbag deployment space or the objects may fly uncontrollably and
hit your body.
● Never carry objects in your hand or on your lap while the vehicle is in
motion.
● Never transport objects on the front passenger seat. In the event of
sudden braking and manoeuvres, the objects may end up in the airbag
deployment space and fly uncontrollably around the interior if the airbag
is activated.
● Occupants of the front and rear seats must never carry any other people, pets or objects in the deployment space between them and the airbags. Make sure children and other passengers also respect this recommendation.
WARNING
The airbag system provides protection for one accident only. If they have
been deployed, they must be replaced.
● Ensure deployed airbags and the system components involved are immediately replaced with new, SEAT-approved components for the vehicle.
● Have any repairs or modifications carried out at a specialised workshop. Specialised workshops have the necessary tools, diagnostics
equipment, repair information and qualified personnel.
● Never fit recycled or reused airbag components in your vehicle.
● Never modify the airbag system components.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

26
Airbag system
Control lamps
WARNING
If the airbags are triggered, a fine dust is produced. This is normal and it
is not an indication of fire in the vehicle.
● This fine dust may irritate the skin and eyes and cause breathing difficulties, particularly in people suffering from or who have suffered from
asthma or other illnesses of the respiratory tract. To reduce breathing difficulties, get out of the vehicle and open and doors and windows to
breath in fresh air.
● Should you touch the dust, wash your hands and face using a mild
soap and water before you eat.
Fig. 15 Control lamp for
disabling the front passenger front airbag on
the dash panel
● Prevent the dust from affecting the eyes or open wounds.
● Rinse your eyes with water if you have dust in them.
it
lights Location
up
WARNING
Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag modules to become porous. If
an airbag is accidentally triggered, the detachment of plastic parts could
cause serious injury.
● Never clean the dash panel and the surfaces of the airbag modules
with cleaners containing solvents.




Instrument
panel
Dash panel.
Possible cause
Solution
Fault in airbag system Have the system checked
and seat belt tension- immediately by a specialers.
ised workshop.
Fault in the airbag
system.
Have the system checked
immediately by a specialised workshop.
Front passenger front Check whether the airbag
airbag disabled.
should remain disabled.
Several warning and control lamps should light up for a few seconds when
the ignition is switched on, signalling that the function is being verified.
They will switch off after a few seconds.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG   warning lamp does not remain lit or if it is
lit together with the control lamp  on the instrument panel and the front
passenger airbag is disabled, there may be a fault in the airbag system
⇒ .

Airbag system
Airbags do not protect the arms or the lower part of the body.
WARNING
The most important factors for triggering the airbag are the type of accident,
the angle of impact, the vehicle speed and the characteristics of the object
the vehicle hits. Therefore, airbags are not triggered every time the vehicle
is visibly damaged.
In the event of a fault in the airbag system, the airbag may not trigger
correctly, may fail to trigger or may even trigger unexpectedly, leading to
severe or fatal injuries.
● Have the airbag system checked immediately by a specialised workshop.
● Never mount a child seat in the front passenger seat or remove the
mounted child seat! The front passenger front airbag may deploy during
an accident in spite of the fault.
CAUTION
Always pay attention to any lit control lamps and to the corresponding descriptions and instructions to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Airbag system
Description and function of the airbag
The airbag can protect vehicle occupants in the event of an accidents, cushioning the movement of the occupants in the direction of the collision in
frontal and side accidents.
Deployed airbags fill with a propellant gas. This causes the airbag covers to
break and the airbags to deploy extremely quickly in their entire deployment space within fractions of a second. When an occupant with the seat
belt properly fastened puts pressure on the inflated airbag, the propellant
gas escapes to absorb the force of the impact and slow the movement. This
reduces the risk of severe or fatal injuries. Airbag deployment does not
mean that other types of injury such as swelling, bruising and skin injuries
can be ruled out. Upon deployment of the airbag, friction can cause the
generation of heat.
Safety
27
Operation

The activation of the airbag system depends on the magnitude of the deceleration of the vehicle caused by a collision, which registers through an electronic control unit. If the deceleration magnitude value is below the reference value programmed in the control unit, the airbags will not deploy even
though serious damage might be caused to the vehicle as the result of an
accident. Damage suffered by the vehicle, reparation costs or absence of
damage suffered from the accident are not indications of whether an airbag
should have been deployed. Due to the varying nature of collision situations, it is impossible to define a speed range of the vehicle and reference
values. For this reason, it is not possible to cover all types of collisions and
collision angles resulting in the deployment of the airbag. Factors necessary
for the airbag to be deployed can be, the characteristics of the object (hard
or soft) against which the vehicle collides, the collision angle and the vehicle speed.
Airbags act in conjunction with the three-point seat belts in certain accident
situations, when the vehicle deceleration rate is severe enough to trigger
the airbags. Airbags only deploy once and only under certain circumstances. Seat belts remain present to offer protection in situations where airbags are not triggered or where they have already deployed. For example,
when a vehicle hits another after an initial collision or is hit by another vehicle.
The airbag system is an integral part of the car's passive safety system. The
airbag system can only work effectively when the vehicle occupants are
wearing their seat belts correctly and have adjusted the head restraints
properly  ⇒ page 9.
Vehicle safety components
The following safety equipment makes up the vehicle safety design to reduce the risk of severe and fatal injuries. Depending on the vehicle
Advice
Technical specifications

28
Airbag system
Important information on the passenger side front airbag
equipment, some equipment may not be fitted in the vehicle or may not be
available in some markets.
● Optimised seat belts for all seats.
● Seat belt tension devices for driver and passenger.
● Seat belt force limiters for driver and passenger.
● Seat belt warning lamp
● Front airbags for driver and passenger.
● Side airbags for driver and passenger.
● Airbag control lamp .
Fig. 16 Sun visor on the
front passenger side: airbag sticker
● Control units and sensors.
● Head restraints optimised for rear-end collision.
● Adjustable steering column.
● If necessary, anchor points for child seats for the rear seats.
● Where applicable, mountings for the child seat upper retaining strap.
Situations in which the front and side airbags do not deploy:
● If the ignition is switched off during the collision.
● In frontal collisions, when the deceleration measured by the control unit
is too low.
Fig. 17 On the rear of
the passenger side door:
sticker regarding the airbag.
● In minor side collisions.
● In rear collisions.
● In the event of the vehicle overturning.
● When the impact speed is lower than the reference value set in the control unit.

On the sun visor on the front passenger side and/or on the rear of the passenger side door there is a sticker with important information about the
front passenger airbag. Take careful note of the safety information in the following chapters:
● Child seats and passenger airbag ⇒ page 35, Use of the child seat on
the front passenger seat.
● Safe distance with regard to the passenger airbag ⇒ on page 25.
in Introduction
● Objects between the front passenger and the front passenger airbag
⇒ in Front airbags on page 29.

Airbag system
29
The front airbag for the driver is located in the steering wheel ⇒ Fig. 18 and
the airbag for the front passenger is located in the dash panel ⇒ Fig. 19. Airbags are identified by the word “AIRBAG”.
Front airbags
When the front airbags are triggered they fill the zones marked in
red ⇒ Fig. 18 and ⇒ Fig. 19 (radius of action). Therefore, objects should
never be placed or mounted in these areas ⇒ , Factory-fitted accessories
are outside the range of the front airbag for the driver and the front passenger, e.g. the baseplate for the mobile phone support.
The airbag covers fold out of the steering wheel ⇒ Fig. 18 or dash panel
⇒ Fig. 19 when the driver and front passenger airbags are triggered. The airbag covers remain connected to the steering wheel or the dash panel.
WARNING
Fig. 18 Location and deployment area of the front airbag for the driver
The airbag is deployed at high speed in fractions of a second.
● Always keep the deployment areas of the front airbags vacant.
● Never secure objects to the covers or in the deployment area of the
airbag modules, e.g. drink holders or phone supports.
● The deployment space between the front passengers and the airbags
must not in any case be occupied by other passenger, pets and objects.
● Never fix any object to the windscreen above the front airbag on the
front passenger side.
● Do not alter, cover or stick anything to the steering wheel hub or the
surface of the airbag module on the passenger side of the dash panel.
WARNING
Fig. 19 Location and deployment area of the front airbag for the driver
In conjunction with the seat belts, the front airbag system gives the driver
and the front passenger additional protection for the head and chest in the
event of a severe frontal collision. Always remain as far away as possible
from the front airbag ⇒ page 9. In this way, the front airbags can completely
deploy when triggered, providing their maximum protection.
Safety
Operation
Front airbags are deployed in front of the steering wheel ⇒ Fig. 18 and
the dash panel ⇒ Fig. 19.
● When driving, always hold the steering wheel on the outer edge of
the ring with both hands: 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock position.
Advice
Technical specifications

30
Airbag system
Deactivating and activating the front passenger front
airbag using the key switch
WARNING (Continued)
● Adjust the driver seat so that there is a distance of at least 25 cm
(10 inches) between the centre of your chest and the hub of the steering
wheel. If your physical condition prevents compliance with these requirements, be sure to contact a specialised workshop.
● Adjust the front passenger seat so there is as much distance as possible between the front passenger and the dash panel.

Fig. 20 On front passenger side: key switch for
disabling and enabling
the front passenger side
airbag
Types of front passenger front airbag systems
There are two different SEAT front passenger front airbag systems:
A
B
Characteristics of the passenger
front airbag without disabling.
Characteristics of the front passenger front airbag that can be disabled
manually ⇒ page 30.
– Control lamp on the instrument
panel.*
- Front passenger airbag located in
dash panel.
– Control lamp  on the instrument
panel.
- PASSENGER AIR BAG   control
lamp on the dash panel.
- Key switch in the glove compartment on the front passenger side of
the dash panel.
- Front passenger airbag located in
dash panel.
- Description: airbag system
The front passenger front airbag must be disabled when a rear-facing child
seat is mounted.
Disabling the front passenger front airbag
● Switch the ignition off.
● Open the door on the front passenger side.
● Unfold the vehicle key shaft ⇒ page 51.
● Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to OFF ⇒ Fig. 20.
● Close the door on the front passenger side.
● The PASSENGER AIR BAG   control lamp on the dash panel will remain lit while the ignition is switched on ⇒ page 26.
Activating the front passenger front airbag
- Description: airbag system with
front passenger front airbag disabling.
– Description: airbag system without disabling.*
● Switch the ignition off.
● Open the door on the front passenger side.

● Unfold the vehicle key shaft ⇒ page 51.
● Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to ON ⇒ Fig. 20.

Airbag system
Side airbags
● Close the door on the front passenger side.
● Check that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF  control lamp on the dash
panel does not light up ⇒ page 26 when the ignition is switched on.
How to know whether the front passenger front airbag is disabled
Disabling of the front passenger airbag is only indicated by the PASSENGER
AIR BAG   control lamp that remains lit on the dash panel (  remains yellow) ⇒ page 26.
If the control lamp   on the dash panel does not remain lit or is lit in
combination with the control lamp  on the instrument panel, a child restraint system cannot be mounted on the front passenger seat for safety
reasons. The front passenger front airbag may deploy during an accident.
Fig. 21 On the side of
the front seat: location of
the side airbag
WARNING
The front passenger front airbag must only be disabled in special cases.
● Disable and activate the front passenger front airbag when the ignition is switched off to avoid damage to the airbag system.
● It is the driver's responsibility to ensure that the key operated switch
is set to the correct position.
● Only disable the front passenger front airbag when a child seat is to
be mounted under exceptional circumstances.
● As soon as the child seat is no longer needed on the front passenger
seat, reconnect the front passenger front airbag.
Fig. 22 On the left side
of the vehicle: deployment area of side airbag

The side airbags are located in the outer cushion of the driver and front passenger seat backrests ⇒ Fig. 21. Their position is indicated by the word
“AIRBAG”. The area marked in red ⇒ Fig. 22 indicates the side airbag deployment zone.
In the event of a side-on collision, the side airbag will deploy in the side of
the vehicle affected ⇒ Fig. 22, thus reducing the risk of injuries to passengers on the side of the body and the head facing the accident side.

Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
31
32
Airbag system
WARNING
The airbag is deployed at high speed in fractions of a second.
● Always keep the deployment areas of the side airbags vacant.
● The deployment space between the front passengers and the airbags
must not in any case be occupied by other passenger, pets and objects.
● Do not mount accessories on the doors.
● Only used protective covers for the seats that are approved for the vehicle. Otherwise, the side airbag would be obstructed when deployed.
WARNING
Incorrect handling of the driver's and front passenger seat could prevent
the side airbag from deploying properly and cause severe injuries.
● Never remove the front seats of the vehicle or modify any of their
components.
● Great forces must not be exerted on the seat backrest bolsters because the side airbags might not deploy correctly, might not deploy at all
or might deploy unexpectedly.
● Any damage to the original seat upholstery or around the seams of
the side airbag units must be repaired immediately by a specialised
workshop.

Child safety
33
Child safety
Child seats (accessories)
WARNING (Continued)
● Do not allow the child's head or other part of his or her body to enter
the deployment area of the side airbags.
Introduction
● Make sure the belt webbing is correctly positioned.
Before transporting babies and children in a child seat placed in the front
passenger seat, first completely read the information regarding the airbag
system.
This information is extremely important for driver and passenger safety, particularly that of babies and children.
SEAT recommends the use of child seats from the SEAT accessory programme. These child seats have been designed and tested for use in SEAT
vehicles. You can purchase child seats with different mountings from a SEAT
dealership.
WARNING
Ensure that children are properly belted in and correctly secured to avoid
severe or fatal injuries while the vehicle is in motion.
● Never hold children or babies on your lap or in your arms.
● Only one child may occupy a child seat.
● Please read and observe the child seat manufacturer's handling instructions.
WARNING
An empty or loose child seat could fly uncontrollably around the vehicle
interior and cause injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
● When not in use while the vehicle is in motion, always safely secure
the child seat or store it in the luggage compartment.
Note
Replace the child seat after an accident, as it may have invisible damage.
● Never use a rear-facing child seat in the front passenger seat if the
front passenger side airbag is enabled.
● Children up to 12 years old should always travel on the rear seat.
● Children must always be protected with an approved child restraint
system suited to their height and weight.
● Children must assume the proper sitting position and be properly belted in while travelling.
● Ensure the seat backrest is upright when a child seat is being used on
it.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

34
Child safety
General information on transporting children in the vehicle
Legal regulations and provisions will always take priority over the descriptions of this instruction manual. There are different regulations and provisions for the use of child seats and their mountings (⇒ table on page 34).
In some countries, for example, the use of child seats on certain seats in the
vehicle may be forbidden.
The physical principles and the forces acting on the vehicle in the event of a
collision or other type of accidents also apply to children ⇒ page 16. However, unlike adults and youngsters, children do not have fully developed muscle and bone structures. In the event of an accident, children are subject to
a greater risk than adults of sustaining severe injuries.
Given that children's bodies are not yet fully developed, child restraint systems must be used that are especially adapted to their height, weight and
constitution. There are laws in force in many countries that determine the
use of approved seat systems for transporting babies and children.
Only used authorised, approved child seats that are suitable for the vehicle.
Always consult with a SEAT dealership or a Specialised workshop should
you have any doubts.
Specific child seat regulations for each country (selection)
Child seats must comply with the ECE-R 441) regulation. You can consult additional information at your SEAT dealership at the internet address
www.seat.es.
1)
ECE-R: Economic Comission for Europe Regulation.
Categorisation of child seats according to ECE-R 44
Weight category
Weight of the child
Age
Group 0
up to 10 kg
up to approximately. 9 months
Group 0+
up to 13 kg
up to approximately. 18
months
Group 1
9 to 18 kg
approx. 8 months to 3 1/2
years
Group 2
15 to 25 kg
approx. 3 to 7 years
Group 3
22 to 36 kg
approx. 6 to 12 years
Not all children fit in the seat of their weight group. Nor do all seats adapt to
the vehicle. Therefore, always check whether the child fits properly in the
child seat and whether the seat can be installed safely in the vehicle.
Child seats approved under the ECE-R 44 regulation are fitted with the corresponding approval symbol. The sign is an upper-case E in a circle with the
identification number below it.
WARNING
In general, the rear seat is always the safest place for children, who are
belted correctly, in the event of an accident.
● A suitable child seat that is correctly installed and used on one of the
rear seats offer the most protection possible for babies and children up
to 12 years in most accidents.

Child safety
Different mounting systems
The systems include the child restraint system mounting with an upper retaining strap (Top Tether) and lower anchoring points on the seat.
35

Use of the child seat on the front passenger seat
Transporting children on the front passenger seat is not permitted in all
countries. Furthermore, not all child seats are approved for use on the front
passenger seat. Your SEAT dealership has an updated list of all approved
child seats. Only used child seats that are approved for each vehicle.
The front airbag on the front passenger side is highly dangerous for a child.
The front passenger seat is life-threatening to a child if he or she is transported in a rear-facing child seat.
Fig. 23 On the rear seats: possible installations of the child seat.
Always secure child seats properly and safely in the vehicle according to the
child seat manufacturer's installation instructions.
Mounted child seats must rest correctly on the vehicle's seat and must not
move or rock more than 2.5 cm.
Child seats equipped for a Top Tether strap must also be secured using the
Top Tether retaining strap in the vehicle ⇒ page 39. Only attach the retaining strap to the corresponding retaining rings. Not all rings can be used
with the Top Tether system. Always tighten the Top Tether retaining strap so
that the child seat fits snugly against the corresponding seat in the vehicle.
Specific mounting systems for each country
B
Safety
Only use a rear-facing child seat on the front passenger seat if the front passenger front airbag is disabled. When it is disabled, the yellow PASSENGER
AIR BAG   ⇒ page 25 control lamp on the dash panel will be lit. If you
cannot disable the front passenger front airbag and it remains activated, it
is forbidden to transport children on the front passenger seat ⇒ .
Things to note if using a child seat on the front passenger seat:
● The front passenger front airbag must be disabled  when using a rearfacing child seat ⇒ page 25.
● The seat backrest of the front passenger seat must be upright.
● The front passenger seat must be moved as far back as possible.
Attachment variants ⇒ Fig. 23:
A
If a rear-facing child seat is secured to the front passenger seat, an inflating
front airbag can strike it with such great force that severe or fatal injuries
may result ⇒ . Therefore, rear-facing child seats must never be used on
the front passenger seat when the front passenger front airbag is enabled.
Europe: ISOFIX retaining rings and upper retaining strap ⇒ page 37
and ⇒ page 39.
Three-point seat belt and upper retaining strap ⇒ page 36.
Operation
● The seat backrest of the front passenger seat must be upright.
Suitable child seats
The child seat must be authorised by the manufacturer especially for use on
a front passenger seat with a front or side airbag.

Advice
Technical specifications
36
Child safety
Universal seats for children can be fitted in the front passenger seat, in
groups 0, 0+, 1, 2 or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation.
front passenger seat to the size of the child seat and the height of the child.
Ensure the passenger is in the correct position  ⇒ page 9.
Suitable child seats
WARNING
The manufacturer must authorise the child seat for use in the rear seats with
side airbags.
If a child seat is mounted on the front passenger seat, the risk of the
child sustaining severe or fatal injuries in the event of an accident increases. Rear-facing child seats must never be mounted on the front passenger seat when the front passenger front airbag is enabled. This is lifethreatening to the child should the front airbag deploy, as the child seat
would be struck by the inflated airbag and thrown against the seat backrest.
Universal seats for children can be fitted in the passenger seat, in groups 0,
0+, 1, 2 or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation.
The rear seats are suitable for child seats with the ISOFIX system specially
designed for this type of vehicle in accordance with regulation ECE-R 44.
ISOFIX child seats approved for rear seats
ISOFIX child seats are divided into certified categories that are “universal”,
“semi-universal” or “specific for the vehicle”.
WARNING
If, in exceptional circumstances, a child must be transported in a rear-facing child seat on the front passenger seat, strictly observe the following:
● If the ISOFIX child seat is certified “universal”, it must be supported by
the lower anchor points and the Top Tether retaining strap.
● Always disable the front passenger front airbag and leave it disabled.
● If the ISOFIX child seat is certified “semi-universal” or “specific categories for the vehicle”, check that the child seat is certified for the vehicle before employing it. The child seat manufacturer supplies, in addition to the
ISOFIX child seat, a list of vehicles for which the corresponding ISOFIX child
seat has been certified. If necessary, contact the child seat manufacturer for
an updated list of vehicles.
● The child seat must be approved by the manufacturer for use on a
front passenger seat with front and side airbag.
● Follow the installation instructions of the child seat manufacturer and
observe the warnings.
● Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible and adjust it to
its highest position to keep as far away as possible from the front airbag.

● Move the seat backrest to the upright position.
● Children must always be protected with an approved child restraint
system suited to their height and weight.
Use of the child seat on the rear seat
If a child seat is mounted on the rear seat, adapt the position of the front
passenger seat so that the child has enough space. Therefore, adapt the

Securing child seats with the seat belt
The seat belt may be used to secure child seats with the universal marking
(on the orange label) to the vehicle seats marked with a u in the table below.

Child safety
37
● Press the red button on the buckle. The latch plate is released from the
buckle.
Category
Front passenger
Rear seats
Group 0
Up to 10 kg
u
u
Category 0+
Up to 13 kg
● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls up easily and the trim will not
be damaged.
u
u
● Remove the child seat from the vehicle.
Group 1
9 to 18 kg
u
u
Group 2
15 to 25 kg
u
u
Group 3
22 to 36 kg
Unbuckling the seat belt while the vehicle is in motion can cause severe
or fatal injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
u
u
● The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has come to a
standstill.
WARNING

Securing the child seat using the seat belt
● Please read and observe the child seat manufacturer's handling instructions.
● Move the front passenger seat, or the rear seat bench back as far as possible and, in the case of an adjustable backrest, set it in the upright position ⇒ page 9.
Securing the child seat using the lower anchor points
(ISOFIX)
● Positioning the child seat on the seat according to the manufacturer's
instructions.
● Fasten the seat belt or pass it around the child seat structure in the manner described in the manufacturer's instructions.
● Make sure the seat belt is not twisted.
● Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the appropriate seat and push it
down until it is securely locked with an audible click.
Fig. 24 On the vehicle
seat: Identification variants of the anchor points
for child seats
● Ensure that the upper belt web lies tightly on the child seat.
● Pull the belt (it must be no longer possible to pull the lower belt webbing out).
Removing the child seat
The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has come to a standstill ⇒ .
Safety
Operation
Each seat of the rear seat bench has two retainers named lower anchor
points.
Advice
Technical specifications

38
Child safety
Overview of ISOFIX installation
Child seats with rigid mounting
In compliance with European Directive ECE 16, the following table details
the possible installations for ISOFIX child seats with the lower anchor points
in each of the vehicle seats.
For the installation of a child seat with rigid mounting auxiliary introduction
elements can be used. Using auxiliary introduction elements facilitates installation and protects upholstery. Auxiliary introduction elements form part
of the supply volume of the child seat or can be acquired at a SEAT dealership. If necessary, auxiliary introduction elements are inserted in both anchor points of the vehicle ⇒ .
The permitted body weight for the child seat or information regarding size A
to G is indicated on the label on child seats with “universal” or “semi-universal” certification.
● Observe the manufacturer's instructions when installing and removing
the child seat ⇒ .
Group (weight category)
Group 0:
up to 10
kg
Group 0: up to
10 kg
● Press the child seat onto the retaining rings ⇒ Fig. 24 in the direction of
the arrow. The child seat must be safely engaged and click audibly into
place.
Group 1: 9 to 18 kg
Group 0+: up to
13 kg
● Pull on both sides of the child seat to ensure that it is secure.
facing
backfacing backfacing backfacing forwards
wards
wards
wards
Installation di(in the di- (in the direction (in the direc(in the direcrection
rection
opposite to
tion opposite
tion of travel)
opposite
travel)
to travel)
to travel)
Size
installed on
front passenger seat
Installed on
the rear seat
bench
F
G
C
D
E
C
D
A
B
B1
Seat does not have anchor points, it is not possible to secure with ISOFIX
Child seat with adjustable retaining straps
● Observe the manufacturer's instructions when installing and removing
the child seat ⇒ .
● Place the child seat on the seat cushion and attach the retaining strap
hooks to the retaining rings ⇒ Fig. 24.
● Tighten the straps evenly using the corresponding adjustment device.
The child seat must sit flush against the vehicle seat.
● Pull on both sides of the child seat to ensure that it is secure.
WARNING
IL-SU
IL-SU
IL-SU
IUF/IL-SU
IL-SU: seat suitable for installing an ISOFIX child seat with certification
“semi-universal”, take note of the list of vehicles of the manufacturer of the
child seat.
IUF: seat suitable for the installation of an ISOFIX child seat with certification “universal” and with Top Tether retaining strap.
The lower anchor points for child seats do not include rings. Only secure
booster seats to lower anchor points.

Child safety
CAUTION
● To avoid making permanent marks in the padding, remove the auxiliary
introduction elements from the anchor points when the child seat is not installed in the vehicle anchor points.
● To prevent damage being done to the upholstery, the padding or the
auxiliary introduction elements, always remove the auxiliary introduction el
ements from the anchor points before folding the rear seat bench.
Securing a child seat using a Top Tether retaining strap
39
● Hook the upper retaining strap in the luggage compartment, to the corresponding retaining ring ⇒ Fig. 25.
● Tighten the strap so that the top of the child seat rests on the seat backrest.
WARNING
Child seats with lower anchor points and with an upper retaining strap
must be installed in line with the manufacturer's instructions. Failure to
comply could result in severe injuries.
● Always secure just one retaining strap to a child seat with the luggage compartment retaining ring.
● Always use the correct retaining rings for the retaining strap.
● Never secure the retaining strap to a retainer.
Fig. 25 Example of an
upper retaining strap
connected.
● Observe the manufacturer's instructions when installing and removing
the child seat ⇒ .
● Unlock the seat backrest and fold it gently forward ⇒ page 78.
● Remove the head restraints situated behind the child seat and store
them safely in the vehicle ⇒ page 9.
● Guide the upper retaining strap from of the child seat back to the luggage compartment, feeding it through the seat backrest and the rear shelf.
● Fold back the seat backrest and push it firmly into the lock.
● Secure the child seat to the lower anchor points ⇒ page 37
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

40
Cockpit
Fig. 26 Dash panel
Cockpit
Operation
Cockpit
Overview
8
– Start-Stop system button  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Legend for the Fig. 26:
1
Door release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
58
2
Turn switch for adjusting the exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
75
9
– Exterior mirror adjustment     
– Heated exterior mirrors 
132
– Rear window heating button  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
96
– Left seat heating controls  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
78
Switches for:
– Heating and ventilation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
96
– Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
96
160
10
SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Air outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
96
11
4
Lever for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
66
Radio (factory-fitted) ⇒ Booklet Radio
12
Controls for:
– Turn signals  and main beam headlights 
– Hazard warning lights switch  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
207
125
– Passenger front airbag off warning lamp PASSENGER AIRBAG   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25
– Driver airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27
6
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43, 46
– Right seat heating controls  or rear window heating button  (alternative position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
78, 96
7
Windscreen wiper/ windscreen wash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
71
13
Storage compartment with drink holder in the centre console
84
14
Handle of the storage compartment or storage compartment
open1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
80
15
In the side of the dash panel: Key switch for switching off the
front passenger airbag1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25
16
Position of passenger front airbag on the dash panel . . . . . . .
25
17
Ashtray* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
12 volt socket or cigarette lighter* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
– Cruise control system (CCS)  –  –  – /+ – /5
Steering wheel with horn
– Windscreen wipers
– Rear window wiper
– Lever with buttons for controlling the SEAT information
system - , / . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1)
Safety
Controls for:
48
According to version
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
85
86, 85 
41
42
Cockpit
19
Lever for:
– Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
109
– Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
110
20
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
114
21
Button for:
– City Safety Assist function   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
127
22
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
103
23
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
107
24
Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
80
25
Steering column adjustment lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
26
Open bonnet lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
171
27
Headlamp range adjustment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
66
28
Light switch  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
66
29
Central lock button    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54
30
Button for operating the electric windows of the driver
door  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
62 
Cockpit
43
Details of the instruments ⇒ Fig. 27 or ⇒ Fig. 28:
Instruments
1
Detail of instrument panel
Speedometer. Depending on the vehicle in km/h or in mph.
2
Displays on the screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Reset knob for trip recorder (trip).
44
– Press the button 0.0/SET briefly to switch between trip recorder and odometer.
– Press the button 0.0/SET for approximately. 5 seconds to
reset the odometer to zero and, where necessary, other
signals of the multifunction display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48
4
Fuel reserve display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
166
5
Rev counter (with the engine running, in thousands of revolutions per minute).
The beginning of the red zone of the rev counter indicates
the maximum speed in any gear after running-in and with
the engine hot. However, it is advisable to change up a gear
or move the selector lever to D (or lift your foot off the accelerator) before the needle reaches the red zone ⇒ .
Fig. 27 Instrument panel, on dash panel: variant 1
6
Clock set button.
– If necessary, change the time display by pressing the top
and bottom buttons of the rocker switch ⇒ Fig. 29 B .
– Press the button
ing.

to change the hour, so that it is flash-
– To continue setting the time, press button 0.0/SET . Hold
button down to scroll through the numbers quickly.
– Press the button  again to change the minute display,
so that it is flashing.
– To continue setting the time, press button 0.0/SET . Hold
button down to scroll through the numbers quickly.
Fig. 28 Instrument panel, on dash panel: variant 2
Safety
Operation
– Press button
Advice

again to end the clock setting.
Technical specifications

44
Cockpit
Warning and information messages
CAUTION
The system runs a check on certain components and functions when the ignition is switched on and while the vehicle is moving. Faults in the operation are displayed on the screen using red and yellow symbols on the instrument panel display (⇒ page 46) and, in some cases, with audible
warnings. The display may vary according to the type of instrument panel
fitted.
● When the engine is cold, avoid high revs and heavy acceleration and do
not make the engine work hard.
● To prevent damage to the engine, the rev counter needle should only remain in the red zone for a short period of time.
For the sake of the environment
Type of message
Changing up a gear in time reduces fuel consumption and noise.
Note
On the screen of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) ⇒ page 160
the other instruments can be seen, such as an outside temperature indicator.
Display messages
A variety of information can be viewed on the instrument panel display
⇒ Fig. 27 and ⇒ Fig. 28 2 , depending on the vehicle equipment:
Priority 1
warning.
Priority 2
warning.
● Time.
● Outside temperature.
Description
Red
Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with
audible warnings.
 Stop the vehicle! It is dangerous ⇒ !
Check the function that is faulty and repair it. If
necessary, request assistance from specialised
personnel.
Yellow
Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with
audible warnings.
A faulty function or fluids which are below the
correct levels may cause damage to the vehicle! ⇒ Check the faulty function as soon as possible.
If necessary, request assistance from specialised personnel.

● Warning and information messages
● Odometer
Symbol
colour
Odometer
The odometer registers the total distance travelled by the car.
● Selector lever positions ⇒ page 107
The odometer (trip) shows the distance travelled since the last odometer reset. The last figure indicates 100 m.
● Multifunction indicator (MFI) ⇒ page 48.
Outside temperature indicator
● Start-Stop system status display ⇒ page 132.
When the outside temperature is below +4 °C (+39 °F), the symbol “ice crystal” (warning of risk of freezing) is also displayed next to the temperature.
At first this symbol flashes and then it remains lit until the outside temperature rises above +6 °C (+43 °F) ⇒ .

● Recommended gear (manual gearbox) ⇒ page 107.
● Service interval display ⇒ page 45.
● Fuel gauge ⇒ page 166.
● Seat belt status display for rear seats ⇒ page 16.
Cockpit
When the vehicle is stationary or travelling at very low speeds, the temperature displayed may be slightly higher than the actual outside temperature
as a result of heat coming from the engine.
The temperatures measured range from -40 °C to +50 °C (-40 °F to +122 °F).
Selector lever positions
The range of engaged gears of the selector lever is shown on the side of the
lever, and on the instrument panel display. In positions D and M, and with
the Tiptronic, the corresponding gear is also indicated on the display.
Recommended gear* (manual gearbox)
The recommended gear to save fuel can be displayed on the instrument
panel display while you are driving ⇒ page 107.
Seat belt status display for rear seats*
The seat belt status display on the instrument panel display informs the
driver, when the ignition is switched on, whether any passengers in the rear
seats have fastened their seat belts ⇒ page 16.
Start-Stop system status display
The instrument panel display shows information on the current status
⇒ page 132.
45
WARNING (Continued)
● A faulty vehicle represents a risk of accident for the driver and for other road users. If necessary, switch on the hazard warning lamps and put
out the warning triangle to advise other drivers.
● Park the vehicle away from road traffic and ensure that there are no
flammable materials under the vehicle which could come into contact
with the exhaust system (e.g. dry grass, fuel).
WARNING
Although the outside temperature is above freezing, some roads and
bridges may be frozen.
● At an outside temperature of above +4 °C (+39 °F), even when the
“ice crystal” is not visible, there may still be ice on the road.
● Never rely on the outside temperature indicator!
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.
Note
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
● Different versions of the instrument panel are available and therefore
the versions and instructions on the display may vary.
● When several warnings are active at the same time, the symbols are
shown successively for a few seconds and will stay on until the fault is rectified.

Service interval display
The inspection display appears on the instrument panel display ⇒ Fig. 27
or ⇒ Fig. 28 2 .
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

46
Cockpit
SEAT makes a difference between services with engine oil change (Interval
Service) and services without engine oil change (Inspection Service). The
service interval display only gives information for service dates which involve an engine oil change. The dates of the remaining services (for example, the next Inspection Service or change of brake fluid) are listed on the
label attached to the door strut, or even in the Maintenance Programme.
The set service intervals have been specified with the service dependent on
time/distance travelled.
Inspection reminder
If the inspection period is due to expire shortly, Inspection reminder appears when starting the ignition abbreviated to  and a warning in km. The
number of kilometres shown is the maximum number that may be driven
until the next service.
Service due
After the service date, an audible warning is given when the ignition is
switched on and the abbreviation  displayed on the screen flashes for a
few seconds.
Note
The service message disappears after a few seconds, when the engine is
started or when OK is pressed on the windscreen wiper lever.
Note
In vehicles in which the battery has been disconnected for a long period of
time, it is not possible to calculate the date of the next service. Therefore
the service interval display may not be correct. In this case, bear in mind the
maximum service intervals permitted in the ⇒ Booklet Maintenance Pro
gramme.
Control lamps
Control and warning lamps
The control and warning lamps are indicators of warnings, ⇒ , faults ⇒ or certain functions. Some indicator and warning lamps come on when the
ignition is switched on, and switch off when the engine starts running, or
while driving.
When certain control and warning lamps are lit, an audible warning is also
heard.
Symbol
Meaning ⇒ 
Handbrake applied.

 Do not continue driving!
The brake fluid level is too low or there is a
fault in the brake system.





See
⇒ page 114
it lights up:  Do not continue driving!
The liquid coolant level is too low,
the engine liquid coolant temperature is too ⇒ page 178
high or
there is a fault in the liquid coolant system.
flashes: Engine coolant system faulty.
⇒ page 178
 Do not continue driving!
Engine oil pressure too low.
⇒ page 174
lights up or flashes:  Do not continue driving!
⇒ page 101
Fault in the steering.
On the instrument panel: Driver or passenger has not fastened seat belt.
Instrument panel display: A passenger in
the rear seats has fastened their seatbelt.
⇒ page 16

Cockpit
Symbol


See
A passenger in the rear seats has not fastened their seat belt.
⇒ page 16
Faulty generator.
⇒ page 181
Vehicles with the Start-Stop system: it is
necessary to start the engine manually.

flashes in addition to the rest of the segments of the fuel gauge: Fuel tank almost
empty.

flashes quickly: The City Safety Assist system* function brakes automatically or has
braked automatically. Or:
flashes slowly: City Safety Assist function is
not currently available.
 
 

The City Safety Assist* function has been
connected manually. It switches off after 5
seconds.
⇒ page 132
⇒ page 166
⇒ page 127
flashes: The City Safety Assist* function has
been disconnected manually.
after the ignition is switched on: Indication
that a service will shortly be due.
⇒ page 43

it lights up: ESC* faulty or disconnected by
the system. ALTERNATIVELY:
flashes: ESC* or ASR regulating.

it lights up: Traction Control faulty or switched off by the system. ALTERNATIVELY:
⇒ page 114
flashes: Traction Control regulator operating.


Safety
Meaning ⇒ Symbol












Meaning ⇒ See
lights up or flashes: fault in catalytic converter.
Fault in engine management.
⇒ page 136
lights up or flashes: Fault in the steering
system.
⇒ page 101
Fuel tank almost empty.
⇒ page 166
Fault in airbag system and seat belt tension⇒ page 25
ers.
it lights up: the Start-Stop system is enabled. ALTERNATIVELY:
flashes: the Start-Stop system is not available.
⇒ page 132
The Start-Stop system is enabled but the engine cannot be automatically stopped.
Tyre pressure* too low
⇒ page 135
Left or right turn signal.
⇒ page 66
Hazard warning lights on.
⇒ page 207
Cruise control operating.
⇒ page 125
Main beam on or flasher on.
⇒ page 66
The natural gas engine coolant temperature
is too low.
ABS faulty or does not work.
Rear fog light switched on.
Operation
⇒ page 66
Advice
47
Technical specifications

48
Cockpit
A specialised workshop will be able to programme or modify additional
functions, according to the vehicle equipment. SEAT recommends visiting a
Technical Service.
WARNING
If warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic or may cause
accidents and severe injuries.
WARNING
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
Any distraction may lead to an accident, with the risk of injury.
● Park the vehicle away from road traffic and ensure that there are no
flammable materials under the vehicle which could come into contact
with the exhaust system (e.g. dry grass, fuel).
● Do not consult the messages on the instrument panel screen when
driving.
● A faulty vehicle represents a risk of accident for the driver and for other road users. If necessary, switch on the hazard warning lamps and put
out the warning triangle to advise other drivers.
Note
On the screen of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) ⇒ page 160
other functions of the vehicle can be seen.
● Before opening the bonnet, switch off the engine and allow it to cool.

● In any vehicle, the engine compartment is a hazardous area and could
cause severe injuries ⇒ page 171.
Control functions of the instrument panel display
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.

SEAT information system
Introduction
With the ignition switched on it is possible to access different messages via
the display on the instrument panel display.
The number of messages displayed on the instrument panel display will
vary according to the vehicle electronics and equipment.
Fig. 29 Windscreen wiper lever: control buttons.

Cockpit
Calling up options
49
Possible displays
● Switch the ignition on.
● If a message or vehicle symbol is displayed, press
(⇒ Fig. 29 A ).
● Press the top or bottom part of the rocker switch
tion appears.
B
OK/RESET
until the desired op
Menu
Function
Time
Current time in hours (h) and minutes (min).
Journey duration
This indicates the hours (h) and minutes (min)
since the ignition was switched on.
Current fuel consump- The current fuel consumption display operates
tion
throughout the journey, in litres/100 km; and with
the engine running and the vehicle stopped, in litres/hour.
Multifunction display (MFI)
The multifunction display (MFI) has two automatic memories: 1 - Partial
memory and 2 - Total memory. The selected memory will be shown in the
lower right-hand corner of the display.
With the ignition switched on, and memory 1 or 2 displayed, briefly press
OK to change from one memory to another.
The memory stores the values for the journey and the consumption from the moment the ignition is switched on unTrip memotil it is switched off again.
ry (for a
If the journey is broken for more than 2 hours, the memory
1
single jouris automatically erased. If the journey is continued in less
ney).
than 2 hours after the ignition is switched off, the new data is added to the data already stored in the memory.
The memory stores the values of any number of journeys,
until it counts a total of 19 hours and 59 minutes of drivTotal meming, or 1999.9 km or miles of driving, depending on the
2 ory (for all
type of instrument panel fitted. On reaching either of these
journeys).
limits, the memory is automatically erased and starts to
count from 0 again.
Average fuel consump- After turning on the ignition, average fuel contion
sumption in litres/100 km will be shown after trav-
elling about 100 metres. Otherwise horizontal lines
are displayed. The value shown is updated approximately every 5 seconds.
Operating range
Approximate distance in km that can still be travelled with the fuel remaining in the tank, assuming
the same style of driving is maintained. This is calculated using the current fuel consumption.
Distance covered
Distance travelled, after ignition is switched on, in
km.
Average speed
The average speed will be shown after a distance of
about 100 metres has been travelled. Otherwise
horizontal lines are displayed. The value shown is
updated approximately every 5 seconds.
Digital display of
speed
Current speed displayed digitally.
Liquid coolant temper- Digital display of the current temperature of the enature digital display
gine liquid coolant.
Warning at --- km/h
If the stored speed is exceeded (between 30 250 km/h, or 18 - 155 mph), an audible warning is
given together with a visual warning.
Changing between display modes
● Press the rocker switch in the windscreen wiper lever.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

50
Cockpit
Storing a speed for the speed warning
● Select the display Speed warning at --- km/h.
● Press OK on the windscreen wiper lever to store the current speed and
switch off the warning.
● In addition, set the required speed by pressing the rocker switch on the
windscreen wiper lever or buttons  or  on the multifunction steering
wheel for 5 seconds. Next, press OK again or wait a few seconds. The
speed is stored and the warning activated.
● To switch off, press
OK . The stored speed is deleted.
Manually erasing memory 1 or 2
● Select the memory to be erased.
● Press and hold the eject button
OK
for approximately 2 seconds.
Note
On the screen of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) ⇒ page 160
other functions of the multifunction display can be seen.

Opening and closing
51
Opening and closing
Vehicle key set
To fold it press the button and at the same time press the key bit until it
locks in place.
Remote control vehicle key*
Replacing a key
To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys, the vehicle chassis number is
required.
Each new key must contain a microchip and be coded with the data from the
vehicle electronic immobiliser. A vehicle key will not work if it does not contain a microchip or if the microchip has not been encoded. This is also true
for keys cut for the vehicle.
The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be obtained from a SEAT dealership,
a Specialised workshop or approved key service qualified to create this kind
of key.
Fig. 30 Remote control
key
New keys or spare keys must be synchronised before use ⇒ page 54.
Remote control key
WARNING
With the vehicle key the vehicle may be locked or unlocked remotely
⇒ page 54.
The vehicle key includes an emitter and battery. The receiver is in the interior of the vehicle. The range of the vehicle key with remote control and new
battery is several metres around the vehicle.
If it is not possible to open or close the vehicle using the remote control key,
this should be re-synchronised ⇒ page 54 or the battery changed
⇒ page 53.
Careless or incorrect use of vehicle keys may result in severe injury and
accident.
● Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle.
Children and unauthorised individuals could lock the doors or tailgate,
start the engine or turn the ignition on, thereby activating electrical systems such as the electric windows.
Different keys belonging to the vehicle may be used.
Folding the key bit in and out
When button ⇒ Fig. 30
Safety
A
is pressed, the key bit is released and unfolds.
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

52
Opening and closing
Vehicle mechanical key
WARNING (Continued)
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the car. They could
be trapped in the car in an emergency and will not be able to get themselves to safety. For example, depending on the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.
● Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The
steering may lock and it will not be possible to turn the steering wheel.
Fig. 31 Vehicle mechanical key
CAUTION
The remote control key contains electronic components. Protect the vehicle
keys from damage, impacts and humidity.
The vehicle key set may include a mechanical key ⇒ Fig. 31.
Duplicate keys
Note
To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys, the vehicle chassis number is
required.
● Only use the key button when you require the corresponding function.
Pushing the button unnecessarily could accidentally unlock the vehicle or
trigger the alarm. It is also possible even when you are outside the radius of
action.
Each new key must contain a microchip and be coded with the data from the
vehicle electronic immobiliser. A vehicle key will not work if it does not contain a microchip or if the microchip has not been encoded. This is also true
for keys cut for the vehicle.
● Remote control key operation can be greatly influenced by overlapping
radio signals close to the vehicle and working in the same range of frequencies (for example, radio transmitters, mobile telephones).
Vehicle keys or new spare keys can be obtained from a SEAT dealership, a
specialised workshop or approved key service qualified to create this kind
of key.
● Obstacles between the remote control and the vehicle, bad weather conditions and discharged batteries can considerably reduce the range of the
remote control.
● If the buttons of the vehicle key are pressed ⇒ Fig. 30 or one of the central locking buttons ⇒ page 54 is pressed repeatedly in short succession,
the central locking briefly disconnects as protection against overloading.
The vehicle is then unlocked. Lock the vehicle if necessary.


Opening and closing
53
Control lamp on the vehicle key
Fig. 34 Vehicle key: removing the battery
Fig. 32 Control lamp on
the vehicle key
SEAT recommend having the batteries changed in a specialised workshop.
The battery is located to the rear of the vehicle key, under a cover.
When a button on the vehicle key is pressed, the control lamp flashes
⇒ Fig. 32 (arrow) once briefly. If the button is pressed and held, the indicator blinks several times, for example: for the convenience opening function.
When the control lamp does not light when the button is pressed, the batteries of the vehicle key must be changed ⇒ page 53.
Changing the battery
● Unfold the vehicle key shaft ⇒ page 51.

● Remove the cover from the back of the vehicle key ⇒ Fig. 33 in the direction of the arrow ⇒ .
● Extract the battery from the compartment using a suitable thin object
⇒ Fig. 34.
● Place the new battery in the compartment, pressing in the direction of
the arrow as shown ⇒ Fig. 34 ⇒ .
Changing the battery
● Fit the battery compartment cover, pressing in the direction of the arrow
as shown ⇒ Fig. 33 until it clicks into place.
CAUTION
● If the battery is not changed correctly, the vehicle key may be damaged.
● Use of unsuitable batteries may damage the vehicle key. For this reason,
always replace the dead battery with another of the same voltage, size and
specifications.
Fig. 33 Vehicle key: battery compartment cover
Safety
Operation
● When fitting the battery, check that the polarity is correct.
Advice
Technical specifications

54
Opening and closing
For the sake of the environment
WARNING
Please dispose of your used batteries correctly and with respect for the envi
ronment.
● The central locking system will lock all doors. A vehicle locked from
the inside can prevent any non-authorised individual from opening the
doors and accessing the vehicle. Nevertheless, in case of emergency or
accident, locked doors will complicate access to the vehicle interior to
help the passengers.
Synchronising the vehicle key
If the button  is pressed frequently outside of the vehicle range, it is possible that the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked using the key. In
this case, the vehicle key must be synchronised once more as follows:
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. The central locking button can be used to lock all the doors from within. Therefore, passengers will be locked inside the vehicle. Individuals locked in
the vehicle can be exposed to very high or very low temperatures.
● Unfold the vehicle key shaft ⇒ page 51.
● Press the button
vehicle.

on the vehicle key. For this, it must remain with the
● Depending on the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and
closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.
● Open the vehicle within one minute using the key bit.
● Turn on the ignition using the vehicle key. The key has been synchronised.
● If necessary, fit the cap.
Central locking* and locking system
Introduction
Central locking functions correctly when all the doors and the rear lid are
correctly shut. If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked with
the key.
The battery of a vehicle left unlocked for a long period (for instance, in a private garage) may run down and fail to start the engine.
The incorrect use of the central locking system may cause serious injuries.

● Never leave individuals locked in a closed and locked vehicle. In case
of emergency, they may not be able to exit the vehicle by themselves or
get help.

Description of the central locking system
The central locking system allows all doors and the rear lid to be locked and
unlocked centrally.
● From outside, using the vehicle key.
● From inside, by pushing the central locking button ⇒ page 57.
The central locking system can be activated or deactivated at a specialised
workshop.
In case of a vehicle key fault or central locking system fault, all doors can be
locked or unlocked manually.

Opening and closing
Locking the vehicle after the airbags have been deployed
Locking and unlocking the vehicle from the exterior
If the airbags are deployed due to an accident, the vehicle will be automatically and completely unlocked. Depending on the extent of the damage, the
vehicle may be locked after an accident in the following ways:
Function
Necessary operations
Lock the vehicle, by
pushing the central
locking button:
– Turn off the ignition and turn it on again.
– Push the central locking button  .
Use the key to lock the
vehicle:
– Turn off the ignition and turn it on again.
OR: Remove the key from the ignition.
– Open any door just once.
– Lock the vehicle with the key.
Fig. 35 Buttons on the
vehicle key
Note
If the buttons of the vehicle key are pressed ⇒ page 51 or one of the central
locking buttons ⇒ Fig. 37 is pressed repeatedly in short succession, the
central locking briefly disconnects as protection against overloading. In this
case, the vehicle remains unlocked for about. 30 seconds. If no doors or the
rear lid are opened during this time, the vehicle will subsequently lock auto
matically.
Fig. 36 Vehicle mechanical key

Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
55
56
Opening and closing
Central locking
Function
Handling the buttons Handling the vehicle key
on the vehicle
⇒ Fig. 35 in the lock cylinder or
⇒ Fig. 35
with the vehicle mechanical key
⇒ Fig. 36.
Unlocking the
vehicle.
Press button

Lock the vehicle. Press button

Unlocking the
rear lid.
.
Insert the vehicle key into the
lock cylinder of the driver door
and turn the key in an anticlockwise direction.
.
Insert the vehicle key into the
lock cylinder of the driver door
and turn the key in a clockwise
direction.
Press button

Locking the rear Press button
lid.

.
Insert the vehicle key into the
lock cylinder of the driver door
and turn the key in an anticlockwise direction.
.
Insert the vehicle key into the
lock cylinder of the driver door
and turn the key in a clockwise
direction.
Please note: Depending on the central locking operation set by a specialised workshop, in order to unlock all the doors and the tailgate, press the
button  twice.
The vehicle key only locks and unlocks the vehicle if it is within range of the
vehicle and if the battery has enough power.
● Upon locking the vehicle, all turn signals will flash once in confirmation.
● Upon unlocking the vehicle, all turn signals will flash twice in confirmation.
If the turn signals do not flash in confirmation, at least one of the doors or
the rear lid has been left unlocked.
If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked with the key. If you
unlock the vehicle without opening any doors or the rear lid, it will lock
again automatically after a few seconds. This function prevents the vehicle
from remaining unlocked if the unlocking button is pressed by mistake.
Mechanical locking
Function
Locking the driver door
manually.
Locking and unlocking
the rear lid.
Handling with the vehicle's mechanical key
⇒ Fig. 36 in the lock cylinder.
To unlock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an
anticlockwise direction.
To lock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in a clockwise direction.
To unlock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an
anticlockwise direction.
To lock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in a clockwise direction.
If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked with the key.

Opening and closing
Locking and unlocking the vehicle from the inside
57
If the vehicle has been locked with the vehicle key, the central locking button does not operate.
Please note the following when you use the central locking button to lock
your vehicle:
● The “Safe” security system will not activate ⇒ page 58.
● It will not be possible to open the doors or the rear lid from the outside
this may offer extra safety, when stopped at traffic lights for example.
Fig. 37 In the driver
door: central locking button
● The doors can be opened and unlocked individually from the inside by
pulling the inside door handle. If necessary, pull the door release lever
twice.
● The driver door cannot be locked when it is still open. This avoids locking the vehicle key inside the vehicle when there is nobody inside.
Mechanical locking
The doors are locked by pressing the door lever, so that the red mark becomes visible ⇒ Fig. 38 1 .
To unlock a door, pull its corresponding door lever.
If the vehicle becomes locked, take note of the following:
Fig. 38 In the passenger
door: Door handle for mechanical locking.
● The doors can be opened and unlocked individually from the inside by
pulling the inside door handle.
Central locking
● The driver door cannot be locked using the central locking system when
it is still open. This avoids locking the vehicle key inside the vehicle when
there is nobody inside.
Push the button ⇒ Fig. 37:


● The “Safe” security system will not activate ⇒ page 58.
● It will not be possible to open the doors from the outside, when stopped
at traffic lights for example.
Unlocking the vehicle.
Vehicle locking.
The central locking button is still operative when the ignition is switched off.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

58
Opening and closing
“Safe” security system*
WARNING
Function
Necessary operations
Careless use of the “Safe” security system can cause serious injury.
Locks the vehicle with the
“Safe” security system.
Press the
key.

button once on the vehicle
Press the
key.

button twice on the vehicle
● Never leave anybody inside the vehicle if this is locked using the key.
When the “Safe” security system is activated, doors cannot be opened
from the inside!
Locks the vehicle without the
“Safe” security system.
Press the central locking button
the driver door once.

on
When the vehicle is locked, the “Safe” security system deactivates the door
handles, making the vehicle difficult to open. The doors cannot be opened
from inside ⇒ .
Upon switching off the ignition, the “Safe” switched on warning will appear
on the instrument panel display ( SAFE lock or SAFELOCK).
When the “Safe” safety system is switched off:
● The vehicle can be opened and unlocked from the inside using an inside
door handle.
Control lamp on the driver door
When the vehicle is locked:
Meaning
● When the doors are locked, it is difficult to get to passengers in the
vehicle interior in case of an emergency. They could become trapped inside and unable to unlock the doors to exit the vehicle in case of emergency.
Doors
Introduction
WARNING
If a door is not correctly closed, it could open unexpectedly when driving
and cause serious injuries.
The red LED flashes for approximately 2
The “Safe” security system is
seconds at short intervals and then more switched on.
slowly.
● Always stop immediately and close the door.
The red LED flashes for about two secThe “Safe” security system is
onds then turns off. After 30 seconds, the switched off.
LED flashes again.
● Open and close doors only when nobody is in the way of the door.
The red LED flashes for about two seconds at short intervals. Subsequently,
the light will remain switched on for
about. 30 seconds.
There is a fault in the locking
system. Contact a specialised
workshop.

● When closing, ensure that the door has closed correctly. A closed
door should be flush with the corresponding parts of the bodywork.
WARNING
A door held open by its retainer could be blown closed by the wind or
close if the vehicle is on a hill, causing injury.
● When opening and closing doors, always use the door handle.

Opening and closing
– With the door open, rotate the groove in the door using the ignition key, anti-clockwise for the left hand side doors ⇒ Fig. 39
and clockwise for the right hand side doors.
Note
On the display of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT), ⇒ page 154
can be seen if at least one vehicle door has been left open or is not correctly
closed.

Deactivating the childproof lock
– Unlock the vehicle and open the door whose childproof lock you
want to deactivate.
Childproof lock
– With the door open, rotate the groove in the door using the ignition key, anti-clockwise for the right hand side doors, and clockwise for the left hand side doors ⇒ Fig. 39.
Once the childproof lock is activated, the door can only be opened from the
outside. The childproof lock can be activated and deactivated by inserting
the key in the groove when the door is open, as described above.
Fig. 39 Childproof lock
on the left hand side
door
The childproof lock prevents the rear doors from being opened
from the inside. This system prevents minors from opening a door
accidentally while the vehicle is running.
Introduction
WARNING
Careless and unsuitable locking, opening and closing of the rear lid can
cause accidents and serious injury.
Activating the childproof lock
● Do not close the rear lid by pushing it down with your hand on the
rear window. It could break and cause injury.
Operation

Rear lid
This function is independent of the vehicle electronic opening and
locking systems. It only affects rear doors. It can only be activated
and deactivated manually, as described below:
– Unlock the vehicle and open the door in which you wish to activate the childproof lock.
Safety
59
● Open and close the rear lid only when nobody is in the way.
Advice
Technical specifications

60
Opening and closing
Opening the rear lid
WARNING (Continued)
● Ensure the rear lid is locked after closing, otherwise, it may open unexpectedly while driving. A closed rear lid should be flush with the corresponding parts of the bodywork.
● Always keep the rear lid closed while driving to avoid toxic gases entering the vehicle interior.
● Do not open the rear lid when there is a load installed, for example a
carrier system. Likewise, the tailgate cannot be opened when a load is attached to it, for example bicycles. An open rear lid could close itself if
there is an additional weight on it. If necessary, press down on the rear
lid and remove the load.
Fig. 40 On the vehicle
key: Button to unlock and
open the tailgate
● Close and lock both the rear lid and all the other doors when you are
not using the vehicle. Ensure that nobody remains inside the vehicle.
● Never allow children to play inside or around the vehicle without supervision, especially if the rear lid is open. Children could enter the luggage compartment, close the rear lid and become trapped. Depending on
the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can
be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.
For example, if there are bicycles attached to a carrier located on the rear
lid, it may not automatically open under certain circumstances ⇒ . Remove the load from the carrier and support the open rear lid.
Opening with central locking
● Press the button  on the vehicle key ⇒ Fig. 40 for about one second
to unlock the rear lid.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. If the vehicle key or the central locking button is used, they may be locked in the
vehicle.
● OR: Press the button  on the vehicle key until the rear lid opens automatically several centimetres.
● Opening the rear lid with the button.
CAUTION
Opening with the vehicle mechanical key
Before opening the rear lid, ensure that there is sufficient free space to
open and close it, for example if you are in a garage.
● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn
the key in an anticlockwise direction ⇒ page 54.
● Opening the rear lid with the button.
Note
On the display of the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT)
⇒ page 160 can be seen if the rear lid has been left open or is not correctly
shut.


Opening and closing
61
Locking the rear lid with central locking*
WARNING
If the vehicle is unlocked and no doors or the rear lid are opened during
about. 30 seconds, it will automatically lock again. This function prevents
the vehicle from remaining unlocked if the unlocking button is pressed by
mistake.
Unsuitable or careless unlocking and opening of the rear lid could cause
serious injuries.
● If there is a loaded luggage carrier on the rear lid, it could be unlocked or open but not recognised as such. An unlocked or open rear lid
could open unexpectedly while driving.
Locking is only possible when the rear lid is correctly and fully closed.
● The rear lid is also locked by a central locking.
● If the vehicle rear lid is locked or unlocked using the
is closed once more it will lock automatically.
Note
At outside temperatures of less than 0 °C (+32 °F), the pressurised gas
struts cannot always automatically lift the rear lid. In this case, open the
rear lid manually.


button, when it
● A closed but not locked rear lid will lock automatically at a speed above
about 9 km/h (6 mph).
Locking the rear lid with the vehicle mechanical key
Locking is only possible when the rear lid is correctly and fully closed.
Closing the rear lid
● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn
the key in a clockwise direction ⇒ page 54.
WARNING
Unsuitable or careless closing and locking of the rear lid could cause serious injuries.
Fig. 41 Rear lid open:
hand grip
● Never allow children to play inside or around the vehicle without supervision, especially if the rear lid is open. Children could enter the luggage compartment, close the rear lid and become trapped. A locked vehicle can be subjected to extremely high and low temperatures, depending
on the time of year, thus causing serious injuries/illness and even death.
Closing the rear lid
Note
● Grab the handgrip inside the rear lid ⇒ Fig. 41 (arrow).
● Push the rear lid downwards until it locks into place in the lock.
Before closing the rear lid, make sure that the key has not been left inside
the luggage compartment.
● Ensure that it is correctly closed by pulling on it firmly.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

62
Opening and closing
Windows
CAUTION
When the windows are open, rain can enter the vehicle, dampening the interior equipment and causing damage to the vehicle.
Opening and closing the electric windows

Side-opening rear windows
Fig. 42 In the driver
door: electric windows
button
Opening and closing the windows
Function
Necessary operations
Opening:
Press button
Closing:
Pull the switch

.

.
WARNING
Careless use of the electric windows can cause serious injury.
● Only operate the electric windows when nobody is in the way.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle if the
doors are to be locked. The windows cannot be opened in case of an
emergency.
● Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. After turning off the ignition, the windows can be opened and closed for a
short time using the buttons on the door as long as the driver door or
passenger side door is not open.
Fig. 43 Lever to open
and close the rear window
Opening
Pull the release lever in the direction of arrow
the lever engages.
A
and press outwards until
B
and then press the lever
Closing
Pull the release lever in the direction of arrow
backwards until it engages.

Opening and closing
Opening and closing the sliding/tilting
electric panoramic sunroof
Introduction
Note
● Leaves and other loose objects that land in the guides of the sliding/tilting sunroof should be removed periodically by hand or using a vacuum
cleaner.
● If the sliding/tilting sunroof does not work correctly, the anti-trap function will not work either. In this case, you should take the vehicle to a specialised workshop.
WARNING
If the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof is used negligently or
without paying due attention, it can cause serious injury.
● The sliding/tilting sunroof should only be opened or closed when nobody is obstructing its path.
● After switching off, it is still possible to open or close the sliding/tilting sunroof during a short space of time provided that neither the driver
nor passenger door is opened.
CAUTION
● To prevent damage, when there are winter temperatures any ice or snow
that there may be on the roof of the vehicle must be removed before opening or raising the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof.
● Before leaving the vehicle or in the case of heavy rain, the sliding/tilting
sunroof must always be closed. With the sliding/tilting sunroof open or
raised, water can enter the passenger compartment and can cause considerable damage to the electrical system. As a result, other damage can occur
in the vehicle.
● In the case of heavy rain, if the sliding/tilting sunroof is open, the interior equipment of the vehicle may get wet, destroying the seat heating and
damaging the electrical system of the vehicle.
Safety
Operation
63
Advice
Technical specifications

64
Opening and closing
Opening and closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic
sunroof
Fig. 44 In the interior
roof: turn the knob to
open and close
Function
Completely
opening the sliding sunroof:
3
Put the sliding
sunroof in convenience position:
2
To set the intermediate position:
To raise the sliding/tilting sunroof, the knob must be in the basic position
1 .
2
to
Completely closing the sliding
sunroof:
1
To raise the tilting sunroof completely:
4
To stop automatic operation:
Fig. 45 In the interior
roof: turn the knob to
raise and to close the
sunroof
⇒ Fig. 44
or
⇒ Fig. 45
To close completely:
4
or
5
Action
turn the know beyond position 2 and hold it
in that position until the sunroof reaches
the required position.
1
Turn the knob to the required position.
briefly press the rear part of the knob.
5
Press or pull the knob again briefly.
briefly pull the rear part of the knob.
The sliding/tilting sunroof only works when switched on. After switching off,
it is still possible to open or close the sliding/tilting sunroof during a short
space of time provided that neither the driver nor passenger door is
opened.
All operations are interrupted when the rotary knob is actuated.
If it were not possible to close the sliding/tilting sunroof electrically, it
would need to be closed manually. It is not possible to do an emergency
close of the sliding/tilting sunroof without removing components of the vehicle. In such a case, obtain professional assistance.

Opening and closing
Sliding blind
With the roof grab handle situated in the rear part of the roof opening, it is
possible to move the sliding blind to the required position.
WARNING
Closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof without the antitrap function can result in serious injury.
● The sliding/tilting sunroof should always be closed carefully.
Note
The convenience position permits sufficient ventilation with a level of sound

produced by low wind.
Anti-trap function of the sliding/tilting electric panoramic
sunroof
● No person should ever remain in the way of the sliding/tilting sunroof, especially when closing without the anti-trap function.
● The anti-trap function does not prevent fingers or other parts of the
body from becoming trapped against the roof frame and injuries occurring.
The anti-trap function can reduce the risk of injury when closing the sliding/
tilting electric panoramic sunroof ⇒ . If the sliding/tilting sunroof encounters resistance or an obstacle when closing, it will immediately reopen.
● Check why the sliding/tilting sunroof has not closed.
● Try to close it again.
● If it is still not possible to close it due to an obstacle or resistance, it will
remain in the corresponding position. Close it without the anti-trap function.
Closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof without the anti-trap
function
● Before approx. 5 seconds have passed since the activation of the antitrap function, pull the knob ⇒ Fig. 45 5 until the sliding/tilting sunroof is
completely closed.
● As such, the sliding/tilting sunroof will close without the anti-trap function!
● If the sunroof still cannot be closed, visit a specialised workshop.
If the knob is released during the closing operation, the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof opens automatically.
Safety
65
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

66
Lights and visibility
Lights and visibility
Lights
It lights
Possible cause
up
Introduction

The legal requirements regarding the use of vehicle lights in each country
must be observed.

The driver is personally responsible for the correct use and adjustment of
the lights in all situations.
WARNING
It lights
Possible cause
up


Solution
Rear fog light switched on.
⇒ page 68.
Fog lights switched on
⇒ page 68.
⇒ page 67.
WARNING
Observe the safety warnings ⇒ page 48.
● Always make sure that the headlights are correctly adjusted.
Control lamps
Main beam on or flasher on.
Several warning and control lamps should light up for a few seconds when
the ignition is switched on, signalling that the function is being verified.
They will switch off after a few seconds.
If the headlights are set too high and the main beam is not used correctly, there is a risk of dazzling or distracting other road users. This could
result in a serious accident.
● Never use the main beam or flashed headlamps as this could dazzle
other drivers.
Solution
Left or right turn signal.
The control lamp flashes twice If necessary, check the vehicle
as fast when a vehicle turn sig- lighting.
nal is faulty.

in Control and warning lamps on

Lights and visibility
Turn signal and main beam lever
67
Note
● The turn signal only works when the ignition is switched on. The hazard
warning lights also work when the ignition is switched off ⇒ page 207.
● If any of both turn signals fails, the warning lamp will start flashing twice
faster than normal.
● The main beam headlights can only be switched on if the dipped beam
headlights are already on.
Fig. 46 Turn signal and
main beam lever in their
initial position

Turning on and off lights
Move the lever to the required position:
1
Right turn signal.
2
Left turn signal.
3
Switching on main beam ⇒ . When the main beam is switched on,
the warning lamp  lights up on the instrument panel.
4
Switch on the flasher or switch off the main beam headlights. The flashed beam comes on if the lever is pressed. The warning lamp  will
light up during this process.
Fig. 47 Next to the
steering wheel: diagram
of some of the types of
light switch
Push the lever all the way down to turn off the corresponding function.
The legal requirements regarding the use of vehicle lights in each country
must be observed.
Convenience turn signals
For the convenience turn signals, move the lever as far as possible upwards
or downwards and release the lever. The turn signal will flash 3 times.
The convenience indicators can be deactivated at a Specialised workshop.
WARNING
Incorrect use of the headlights may cause accidents and serious injury,
as the main beam may distract or dazzle other drivers.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

68
Lights and visibility
Turn the light switch to the required position ⇒ Fig. 47:



WARNING
When the ignition is switched
off
When the ignition is on
Fog lights, dipped beam and
side lights off.
Lights off, daytime driving light
on.
The side lights or daytime driving lights are not bright enough to illuminate the road ahead and to ensure that other road users are able to see
you.
Side light on.
Side light on.
● Always use your dipped beam head lights if it is raining or if visibility
is poor.
Dipped beam off; if necessary,
the side light comes on for a
Dipped beam switched on.
time.

Lights and visibility: functions
Fog lights*
The control lamp  appears on the fog lights control connected.
Parking light remains on both sides
● Switching on the fog lights : Turn the switch to position  or pull out
 to the first stop.
If when switching off the ignition, the light control remains in the position  and the vehicle is closed from outside, both headlights, in addition
to the side lights and the rear lights will light up.
● Switching on the rear fog light : turn the light switch to position  o
pull out  to the maximum.
Daytime driving light
● To switch off the fog lights, press the light switch or turn it to position .
The daytime driving light consists of individual lights in the front headlamps.
Audible warnings to advise the driver that the lights have not been
switched off
If the key is not in the ignition and the driver door is open, an audible warning signal is heard in the following cases: This is a reminder to turn off the
lights.
When the daytime driving light is switched on, only the individual lights
come on ⇒ .
The daytime lights are switched on each time the ignition is turned on if the
light switch is in position .
● When the light switch is in position .
Switching the daytime driving light on and off
● When the light switch is in position .
To switch the daytime driving light on or off, it is necessary to fit or remove
the corresponding fuse. Ask for professional assistance for this.

Lights and visibility
Headlight range control, lighting of instruments and
controls
WARNING
If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is not clearly visible to other
drivers, there is a risk of accident.
● Never use the daytime driving light if the road is not well-lit as a result of the weather conditions and poor visibility. The daytime driving
lights are not bright enough to illuminate the road ahead and to ensure
that other road users are able to see you.
● The rear lights do not come on with the daytime driving light. A vehicle which does not have the rear lights on may not be visible to other
drivers in the darkness, if it is raining or in conditions of poor visibility.
Fig. 48 Next to the
steering wheel: Headlight range control
Note
The headlights, rear lights and turn signals may mist up temporarily on the
inside in cool or damp weather. This is normal and in no way effects the
useful life of the vehicle lighting system.
Headlamp height adjustment

Adjusting the headlights
The headlight range control ⇒ Fig. 48 is modified according to the value of
the headlight beam and the vehicle load status. This offers the driver optimum visibility and the headlights do not dazzle oncoming drivers ⇒ .
The headlights can only be adjusted when the dipped beam is switched on.
To reset, turn switch ⇒ Fig. 48:
In those countries where vehicles drive on the other side of the road to the
home country, the asymmetric dipped beam may dazzle drivers of oncoming vehicles.
Value
For this reason, stickers may need to be used to cover the certain parts of
the headlights when driving abroad. For further information, please refer to
a specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
a)
Note
The use of stickers to cover headlights is only permitted over a short period.
To modify the direction of the headlamps more permanently, please take
the vehicle to a specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Safety
Operation
Vehicle load statusa)
–
Two front occupants, luggage compartment empty
1
All seats occupied, luggage compartment empty
2
All seats occupied, luggage compartment full
3
Driver only, luggage compartment full
If the vehicle load does not correspond to those shown in the table, it is possible to select
intermediary positions.
Instrument and switch lighting

When the side lights or dipped beam headlights are switched on, the lighting for instruments and controls lights up at a constant brightness.

Advice
Technical specifications
69
70
Lights and visibility
Sun protection equipment
WARNING
Heavy objects in the vehicle may mean that the headlights dazzle and
distract other drivers. This could result in a serious accident.
● Adjust the light beam to the vehicle load status so that it does not
blind other drivers.
Sun visors

Reading light
Button/ Function
Switch



Switching off the reading light.
Fig. 49 Sun visor
Switching on the reading light.
Options for adjusting driver and front passenger sun visors:
Switches door contact control on (central position).
The reading light comes on automatically when the vehicle is unlocked, a door is opened or the key is removed from the ignition.
The light goes off a few seconds after all the doors are closed,
the vehicle is locked or the ignition is switched on.
● Lower the sun visor towards the windscreen.
● The sun visor can be pulled out of its mounting and turned towards the
door.
● Swing the sun visor towards the door, longitudinally backwards.
Vanity mirror*
Note
The reading lights go out when the vehicle is locked, or a few minutes after
the key is removed from the ignition. This prevents the battery from discharging.
There may be a vanity mirror in the folded sun visor on the passenger side
and a cardholder in the driver sun visor.

WARNING
Folded sun blinds can reduce visibility.
● Always roll or fold sun blinds and visors away when not in use.

Lights and visibility
71
Windscreen wiper and washer
Heat-insulating glass windscreen
Introduction
WARNING
Water from the windscreen washer water bottle may freeze on the windscreen if it does not contain enough anti-freeze, reducing forward visibility.
Fig. 50 Windscreen with
reflective infrared and
metal coating and small
window (red surface)
● In winter, ensure the windscreen washer contains enough anti-freeze.
● In cold conditions, you should not use the wash/wipe system unless
you have warmed the windscreen with the ventilation system. The antifreeze could freeze on the windscreen and reduce visibility.
The heat-insulating windscreens include a reflective infrared coating. The
section above the rear vision mirror has been left uncoated (communication
window) to allow electric components from the accessories shop to operate
correctly ⇒ Fig. 50.
WARNING
Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility and increase the risk of accident and serious injury.
CAUTION
When the uncoated surface is covered or has a sticker on the interior or exterior, malfunctions in the electronic components may occur. Never cover
the uncoated surface on the interior or exterior.
● Always replace damaged or worn blades or blades which do not clean
the windscreen correctly.

CAUTION
In icy conditions, always check that the wiper blades are not frozen to the
glass before using the wipers for the first time. In cold weather, it may help
to leave the vehicle parked with the wipers in service position ⇒ page 73.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

72
Lights and visibility
Window wiper lever
CAUTION
If the ignition is switched off while the windscreen wipers are on, the windscreen wipers carry on wiping at the same level when the ignition is switched back on. Ice, snow and other obstacles may damage the windscreen wiper and the wiper motor.
● If necessary, remove snow and ice from the windscreen wipers before
starting your journey.
● Carefully lift the frozen windscreen wipers from the glass. SEAT recommends a de-icer spray for this operation.
Fig. 51 Operating the
windscreen wiper and
rear wiper
Move the lever to the required position ⇒ :
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7








Windscreen wiper off.
Note
● The windscreen wipers will only work when the ignition is switched on.
● The interval wipe speed varies according to the vehicle speed. The faster
the vehicle is moving, the more often the windscreen is cleaned.
● The rear wiper is automatically switched on when the windscreen wiper
is on and the car is in reverse gear.

Windscreen interval wipe.
Slow wipe.
Continuous wipe.
Brief wipe - short wipe. Hold the lever down for more time to
increase the wipe frequency.
Automatic wipe for cleaning windscreens with the lever up.
Windscreen wiper functions
Windscreen wiper performance in different situations
If the vehicle is at a standstill
The activated position provisionally changes
to the previous position.
For the intermittent wipe:
The intervals of the intermittent wipe depend
upon vehicle speed. The higher the vehicle
speed the shorter the intervals.
Interval wipe for rear window. The wiper will clean the window approximately every 6 seconds.
Automatic wipe for cleaning rear windows with the lever
pressed.
Note
The wiper will try to wipe away any obstacles that are on the windscreen.
The wiper will stop moving if the obstacle blocks its path. Remove the obstacle and switch the wiper back on again.

Lights and visibility
Windscreen wipers service position
Checking and topping up the windscreen washer reservoir
with water
Fig. 53 In the engine
compartment: windscreen washer reservoir
top
Fig. 52 Wipers in service
position
The wiper arms can be raised when the wipers are in service position
⇒ Fig. 52. To place the windscreen wipers in the service position, proceed
as follows:
Check the water level in the windscreen washer reservoir regularly and top
up as required.
● The bonnet must be closed ⇒ page 171.
● Open the bonnet  ⇒ page 171.
● Switch the ignition on and off.
● Press the windscreen wiper lever downwards briefly ⇒ Fig. 51
4
● The washer reservoir is marked with the symbol  on the lid ⇒ Fig. 53.
.
● Check there is enough water in the reservoir.
● To top up, mix water with a window cleaner recommended by SEAT ⇒ .
Please follow the instructions for use found on the packaging.
Before driving, always lower the wiper arms. When the ignition is switched
on, the windscreen wiper arms return to their initial position upon activating
the windscreen wiper lever.
● In cold weather, a special antifreeze should also be added to prevent
the water from freezing ⇒ .
Lifting and returning windscreen wiper arms
Reservoir capacity
● Place the wiper arms in the service position ⇒ .
The washer bottle capacity is approximately. 3 litres.
● Only hold the wiper arms at the point where the blade is fixed.
CAUTION
● To prevent damage to the bonnet and the wiper arms, only leave them in
the service position.
● Before driving, always lower the wiper arms.
Safety
Operation
73

Advice
Technical specifications

74
Lights and visibility
WARNING
Never mix an unsuitable antifreeze or other similar additives with the
windscreen washer water. A greasy layer may be formed on the windscreen which will impair visibility.
● Use clean water with a window cleaner recommended by SEAT.
● If necessary, add a suitable antifreeze to the water in the reservoir.
Fig. 55 Changing the
rear wiper blade
CAUTION
● Do not mix cleaning products recommended by SEAT with other products. This could lead to flocculation and may block the windscreen washer
jets.
● When topping up service fluids, make absolutely certain that you fill the
fluids into the correct reservoirs. Using the wrong fluids could cause serious

malfunctions and engine damage!
The windscreen wiper blades are supplied as standard with a layer of graphite. This layer is responsible for ensuring that the wipe is silent. If the graphite layer is damaged, the noise of the water as it is wiped across the windscreen will be louder.
Check the condition of the wiper blades regularly. If the wipers scrape
across the glass they should be changed if they are damaged, or cleaned if
they are dirty ⇒ .
Changing windscreen wiper blades
Damaged wiper blades should be replaced immediately. These are available
from qualified workshops.
Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms
The wiper arm may only be lifted at the point where it is fastened to the
blade.
For windscreen wipers, please note: the wiper should be in service position
before unfolding it ⇒ page 71.
Cleaning windscreen wiper blades
Fig. 54 Changing the
front wiper blades
● Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms.
● Use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt from the windscreen wiper
blades.
● If the blades are very dirty, a sponge or damp cloth may be used ⇒ .

Lights and visibility
Changing the windscreen wiper blades
75
CAUTION
● Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms.
● Hold down the release button ⇒ Fig. 54
blade in the direction of the arrow.
1
while gently pulling the
● Fit a new wiper blade of the same length and design on to the wiper arm
and hook it into place.
● Rest the wiper arms back onto the windscreen.
● Damaged or dirty windscreen wipers could scratch the glass.
● If products containing solvents, rough sponges or sharp objects are
used to clean the blades, the graphite layer will be damaged.
● Never use fuel, nail varnish remover, paint thinner or similar products to
clean the windows.
Changing the rear wiper blade
Note
● Lift the windscreen wiper arm and fold it at an angle of approximately
60° ⇒ Fig. 55.
● Press and hold the release button
1
.
● Fold the wiper blade towards the windscreen wiper arm ⇒ Fig. 55 (arrow
A ) while simultaneously pulling in the direction of arrow B . This may require some strength.
If wax deposits, other cleaning products from the automatic car wash, or
other care products, are left on the windscreen and the rear window, the
blades can scratch the glass. Remove wax deposits with a special product
or cleaning cloths.
● Insert a new blade of the same length and type in the windscreen wiper
arm in the opposite direction to the arrow B and hook into place. This feature is operational when the knob is in position (arrow A ).
Rear vision mirror
● Return the windscreen wiper arm to the windscreen. Do not let it simply
drop down!
Rear vision mirror

WARNING
Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility and increase the risk of accident and serious injury.
● Always replace damaged or worn blades or blades which do not clean
the windscreen correctly.
Fig. 56 Manual anti-dazzle function for rear vision mirror
The driver should always adjust the rear vision mirror to permit adequate
visibility through the rear window.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

76
Lights and visibility
Manual anti-dazzle function for interior rear vision mirror
Turn the rotary control ⇒ Fig. 58 to the required position:
● Basic position: point the lever at the bottom of the mirror forwards.
● Pull the lever to the back to select the anti-dazzle function ⇒ Fig. 56.
Exterior mirrors





Switch on the exterior mirror heating
Adjust the left hand exterior wing mirror by turning the knob
forwards, backwards, to the left or to the right.
Zero position. Exterior mirror heating switched off, it is not
possible to adjust the exterior mirrors.
Adjust the right hand exterior wing mirror by turning the knob
forwards, backwards, to the left or to the right.
Folding in the exterior mirrors and returning them to their original position
is possible through a mechanical system. Carefully fold the exterior rear vision mirror casing towards the side window or pull it away from the window
until it clicks into place.
Fig. 57 In the front
doors: button to adjust
the mechanical exterior
rear vision mirror
WARNING
Fold and unfold the exterior mirror, taking care to avoid injuries.
● Only fold or unfold the exterior mirror when there is no-one in the way
of the mirror.
● When moving the mirror, take care not to trap fingers between the
mirror and the mirror bracket.
WARNING
Fig. 58 In the driver
door: rotary control for
the exterior electric mirrors
Adjust the exterior mirrors by pressing the adjust button ⇒ Fig. 57 or the
rotary control* ⇒ Fig. 58.
Failure to correctly estimate the distance of the vehicle behind could lead
to serious accident.
● Rear-view convex or aspheric mirrors increase the field of vision, however objects appear smaller and further away in the mirrors.
● The use of these mirrors to estimate the distance to the next vehicle
when changing lane is imprecise and could result in serious accident.
● If possible, use the rear vision mirror to estimate distances to vehicles behind you or in other circumstances.
● Make sure that the rear visibility is adequate.

Lights and visibility
For the sake of the environment
The exterior mirror heating should be switched off when it is no longer needed. Otherwise, it is an unnecessary fuel waste.
Note
In the event of faults, the electric exterior mirrors can be adjusted manually
by pressing the edge of the mirror surface.
Safety
Operation

Advice
Technical specifications
77
78
Seats and storage
Seats and storage
Front seats
Fig. 59 Function
Manual seat adjustment
3
Fig. 59 Front left seat
controls
Necessary operations
Adjust: pull the lever and at the same
time adjust the backrest angle until
you reach the desired position. The
3 doors: Easy Entry + ad- seat backrest must be engaged.
justable seat angle funcTo fold: pull the lever and fold the
tion.
backrest. At the same time, move the
seat forward.
5 doors: only adjustable
To tilt open: move the seat back until it
seat angle function.
engages. Pull the lever and tilt open
the backrest. The backrest must engage in the upright position.

Seat functions
The controls are mirrored for the front right-hand seat.
The front seat head restraints are integrated in the backrests and adjusting
them is not possible.
Fig. 59 Function
Seat heating*
Necessary operations
1
Moving the head restraint backwards or forwards.
Pull the lever and move the seat forwards. The front seat must be engaged when the lever is released!
2
Adjusting the seat
height.
Pull the lever up or push down (several times if necessary) from its home
position.
Fig. 60 In the centre
console: Front seats
heating switch

Seats and storage
The front seat cushions can be heated electrically when the ignition is
switched on.
Switch off seat heating if there is nobody in the seat.
Function
Action ⇒ Fig. 60
Activate
Press button . Seat heating is switched on fully.
All warning signals light up.
Adjusting the heating
output
Press the button  again to adjust the desired
heat.
Deactivating
Keep pressing button  until all of the lights are
switched off.
WARNING
People whose pain and temperature threshold has been affected by some
kind of medicine, paraplegia or chronic illness (e.g. diabetes) may sustain burns to the back, buttocks and legs from use of the seat heating
that may lead to a long healing process or that may never completely
heal. Seek medical advice if you have doubts regarding your health.
● People with a limit pain and temperature threshold must never use
seat heating.
79
CAUTION
● To avoid damaging the heating elements of the seat heating, please do
not kneel on the seat or apply sharp pressure at a single point to the seat
cushion and backrest.
● Liquids, sharp objects and insulating materials on the seat could damage the seat heating.
● In the event of smells, switch off the seat heating immediately and have
the unit inspected by a specialised workshop.
For the sake of the environment
The seat heating should remain on only when needed. Otherwise, it is an
unnecessary fuel waste.

Head restraints
Removing and installing the rear head restraints
WARNING
Inappropriate use of the seat functions can cause severe injuries.
● Assume the proper sitting position before your trip and remain in it
throughout. This also applies to the other occupants.
● Keep hands, fingers, feet and other limbs away from the seat operating and adjustment radius.
Fig. 61 Removing the
rear head restraint
The rear seats are equipped with a head restraint.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

80
Seats and storage
Storage compartments
Removing the rear head restraint.
● Unlock the rear seat backrest and fold it forward ⇒ page 88.
● Push the head restraint up as far as it will go ⇒ .
Introduction
● Pull the head restraint out of the fitting without releasing the button
⇒ Fig. 61 1 .
Storage compartments must only be used to store light or small objects.
● Fold the rear seat backrest backwards again until it is engaged.
● Safely store the removed head restraints.
WARNING
Removing the rear head restraint.
In the event of sudden braking movements or turns, loose objects may be
thrown around the vehicle interior. This could cause serious injuries to
passengers and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● Unlock the rear seat backrest and fold it forward ⇒ page 88.
● Insert the head restraint into the guides on the seat backrest.
● Push the head restraint down as far as it will go while pressing button
1 .
● Do not transport animals or place hard, heavy or sharp objects inside
the vehicle in: open storage compartments, dash panel, rear shelf, items
of clothing or bags.
● Fold the rear seat backrest backwards again until it is engaged.
● While driving, always keep object compartments closed.
● Adjust the head restraint to the correct position ⇒ page 12.
WARNING
WARNING
Travelling with the head restraints removed or improperly adjusted increases the risk of severe or fatal injuries in the event of accidents and
sudden braking or manoeuvres.
Objects falling into the driver's footwell could prevent use of the pedals.
This could lead the driver to lose control of the vehicle, increasing the
risk of a serious accident.
● Always fit and adjust the head restraint properly whenever a person
is occupying a seat.
● Make sure the pedals can be used at all times, with no objects rolling
underneath them.
● Refit any removed head restraints immediately so that passengers
are properly protected.
● The floor mat should always be secured to the floor.
● Never place other mats or rugs on top of the original mat supplied by
the factory.
● Make sure that no objects can fall into the driver's footwell while the
vehicle is in motion.
CAUTION
On removing and fitting the head restraint, make sure the head restraint
does not hit the interior roof of the vehicle or the backrest of the front seat.
This could damage the interior roof and other parts of the vehicle.


Seats and storage
81
Compartment on the centre console
CAUTION
● Objects on the shelf could chafe against the wires of the heating element in the heated rear window and cause damage.
● Do not keep temperature-sensitive objects, food or medicines inside the
vehicle. Heat and cold could damage them or render them useless.
● Light-transparent objects placed inside the vehicle, such as lenses,
magnifying glasses or transparent suction caps on the windows, could concentrate the sun's rays and cause damage to the vehicle.
Note
The ventilating slits between the heated rear window and the rear shelf
must not be covered so that used air can escape from the vehicle.

Storage compartment on the driver side
Fig. 63 In the front part
of the centre console:
storage compartment
The storage compartment ⇒ Fig. 63 may be used as a drink holder
⇒ page 84 or as an ashtray* ⇒ page 85 or to store small objects.
Note
A 12 volt electrical socket ⇒ page 87 can be found in the storage compartment.
Fig. 62 On the driver
side: storage compartment
There may be a storage compartment on the driver side.
Safety
Operation

Advice
Technical specifications

82
Seats and storage
Storage compartment with cover on the passenger side*
CAUTION
For structural reasons, some model versions will have gaps behind the
glove compartment into which small objects may fall. This could lead to
strange noises and damage to the vehicle. Therefore, do not store small objects in the storage compartment, apart from those stored in the spaces
provided.

Bag holder*
Fig. 64 Storage compartment with cover on the passenger side
There may be a storage compartment with cover on the passenger side.
Opening and closing the storage compartment cover
Pull the lever to open ⇒ Fig. 64
1
.
Fig. 65 Storage compartment on front passenger side: folding
hook.
To close, press the cover upwards until it clicks into place.
Sunglasses storage compartment.
Sunglasses can be stored in the passenger side storage compartment.
The sunglasses storage compartment is in the upper area of the storage
compartment 2 .
Supports
Next to the sunglasses storage compartment is a notebook holder 3 and in
the interior of the storage compartment there is a pen holder 4 , a map
storage area and a coin holder 5 .
On the storage compartment release lever on the passenger side, there is a
folding hook ⇒ Fig. 65 on which small items of luggage such as handbags
etc., can be hung.
CAUTION
● The hook will hold a maximum weight of 1.5 kg.
● When opening the storage compartment, the folding hook will retract
automatically when facing forward.
● It is recommended that any items of luggage should be taken off the
hook before opening the storage compartment lid.

Seats and storage
The drink holder in the back part of the centre console ⇒ page 84 can be
used as a storage compartment.
Open storage compartment on the passenger side*
83

Other storage compartments
Fig. 66 Open storage
compartment on the passenger side
There may be an open storage compartment on the passenger side.
Fig. 68 In front of the
rear seats: storage compartment
Support
In the open storage compartment there is a hook for bags ⇒ Fig. 66
1
.

Storage compartment in the back of the centre console
Fig. 69 In the centre pillars: coat hooks
Coat hooks
Fig. 67 In the back part
of the centre console:
storage compartment
Safety
Operation
In the centre pillars there are coat hooks ⇒ Fig. 69 (arrow).
Advice
Technical specifications

84
Seats and storage
Other storage compartments:
WARNING
● In the front door trims ⇒ page 40.
Improper use of the drink holders can cause injury.
● In front of the rear seats ⇒ Fig. 68.
● Do not place containers with hot drinks in a drink holder. During sudden braking or driving manoeuvres, the hot drink could be spilled and
lead to scalding.
● Rear shelf for light items of clothing*.
● Bag hook in the luggage compartment ⇒ page 88.
● In the upper part of the centre console, in place of the radio ⇒ Fig. 26
11 .
● Ensure that bottles and other object is dropped in the driver footwell,
as it could get under the pedals and obstruct their working.
● Never place heavy containers, food or other heavy objects in the drink
holder. In the event of an accident, these heavy objects “could be
thrown” around the vehicle interior and cause serious injuries.
WARNING
Clothing hung on the coat hooks could restrict the driver's view and lead
to serious accidents.
WARNING
● Hang the clothes from the hooks so that driver's view is not restricted.
● The coat hook is suitable for light items of clothing. Never place
heavy, hard or sharp objects in the bags.
Drink holders
Introduction
Drink holders
The drink holders are in the open storage compartments in the driver and
passenger doors.

Closed bottles inside the vehicle could explode or crack due to the heat
or the cold.
● Never leave a closed bottle in the vehicle if the inside temperature is
too high or too low.
CAUTION
Do not leave open drinks containers in the drink holders when the vehicle is
in motion. They could spill during braking, for example, and cause damage
to the vehicle and the electrical system.

Seats and storage
85
Ashtray and Lighter
Centre console drink holders
Ashtray*
Fig. 70 In the front part
of the centre console:
drink holder
Fig. 72 In the front part
of the centre console:
opening the ashtray
Opening and closing the ashtray
To open, lift the lid of the ashtray in the direction of the arrow ⇒ Fig. 72.
To close, push the ashtray lid down.
Emptying the ashtray
Fig. 71 In the back part
of the centre console:
drink holder
● Remove the ashtray from the storage compartment lifting it up.
● After emptying the ashtray, insert it into the drink holder from above.
There are drink holders in the front and rear parts of the centre console.
WARNING
Securing the drink container in the front drink holder
Misuse of the ashtray may cause a fire or burns and other serious injuries.
Fold the drink holder ⇒ Fig. 70 forward.
Place the drink container in the drink holder so that it surrounds it securely.
Safety
Operation

● Never put paper or other flammable objects in the ashtray.
Advice
Technical specifications

86
Seats and storage
Power socket*
Cigarette lighter*
Introduction
Electrical equipment can be connected to the socket in the vehicle.
All connected appliances should be in perfect working order without any
faults.
WARNING
Fig. 73 In the front part
of the centre console:
lighter
Improper use of the socket or electrical devices could lead to a fire and
cause serious injuries.
● Push the cigarette lighter button inwards with the ignition on ⇒ Fig. 73.
● Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. The socket and
equipment connected to it can be used when the ignition is switched on.
● Wait for the lighter to pop out slightly.
● Should a connected electrical device overheat, switch it off and unplug it immediately.
● Pull out the cigarette lighter and light the cigarette on the glowing coil
⇒ .
● Replace the cigarette lighter in its insert.
CAUTION
● To avoid damage to the vehicle's electrical system, never connect equipment that generates electrical current, such as solar panels or battery chargers, to the 12 Volt power sockets in order to charge the vehicle's battery.
WARNING
Undue use of the cigarette lighter may cause a fire or burns and other serious injuries.
● Only use accessories with approved electromagnetic compatibility according to current regulations.
● The cigarette lighter must only be used to light cigarettes or similar.
● Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. The cigarette lighter
can be used when the ignition is switched on.
● To avoid damage due to voltage variations, switch off all devices connected to the 12 V socket before switching the ignition on or off and before
starting the engine.
Note
The cigarette lighter can also be used with the 12 Volt socket.

● Never connect an appliance to the 12 Volt power socket that consumes
more than the power indicated in watts. Exceeding the maximum power absorption could damage the vehicle's electrical system.

Seats and storage
Where 2 or more appliances are connected at the same time, the total rating
of all the connected devices must never exceed 190 Watts ⇒ .
For the sake of the environment
Do not leave the engine running when the vehicle is at a standstill.
12 volt power socket
The 12 volt socket is found in the storage compartment in the front part of
the centre console ⇒ Fig. 74 and only functions when the ignition is switched on.
Note
● When the engine is switched off, leaving the ignition and accessories
switched on will drain the vehicle battery.
Using electrical appliances with the engine stopped and the ignition switched on will drain the battery. Therefore, electrical devices connected to the
power socket must only be used when the engine is running.
● Unshielded equipment can cause interference on the radio equipment
and the vehicle's electrical system.
● If electrical equipment is used near an aerial, you may observe interference in the reception of AM stations.
87

To prevent voltage variations from causing damage, switch off the electrical
appliance connected to the 12 Volt power socket before switching the ignition on or off and before starting the engine.
Vehicle socket
CAUTION
● Always follow the operating instructions for the appliances to be connected!
● Never exceed the maximum power rating as this could damage the vehicle's general electrical system.
● 12 volt power socket:
– Only use accessories with approved electromagnetic compatibility according to current regulations.
Fig. 74 Front centre console: 12 Volt socket in
the storage compartment
– Never power the socket.

Maximum power consumption
Power socket
Maximum power consumption
12 Volts
120 Watts
The maximum capacity of the socket must not be exceeded. The power consumption is indicated on the rating plate of each appliance.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
88
Seats and storage
Loading luggage compartment
WARNING (Continued)
● While driving, always keep object compartments closed.
Introduction
● Do not place hard, heavy or sharp objects inside the vehicle interior,
in open storage compartments, the rear shelf or on the dash panel.
Always transport heavy loads in the luggage compartment and place the
seat backs in a vertical position. Never overload the vehicle. Both the carrying capacity as well as the distribution of the load in the vehicle have effects on the driving behaviour and braking ability ⇒ .
● Remove hard, heavy and sharp objects from clothes and pockets inside the vehicle and store securely.
WARNING
When the vehicle is not in use or being watched, always lock the doors
and the rear lid to reduce the risk of serious injury or death.
● Never leave children unattended, especially when the tailgate is
open. Children could climb into the luggage compartment, close the rear
lid from inside and be unable to escape themselves. This could lead to
serious injury or death.
● Never allow children to play in or around the vehicle.
WARNING
The transport of heavy object changes vehicle handling and increases
braking distance. Heavy loads that have not been stored or secured correctly could cause loss of control and result in serious injury.
● Vehicle handling changes when transporting heavy objects, due to a
change in the centre of gravity.
● Distribute the load as uniformly and as low down on the vehicle as
possible.
● Store heavy objects in the luggage compartment as far from the rear
axle as possible.
● Never transport people in the luggage compartment.
WARNING
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can cause serious injury in case
of a sudden manoeuvring or breaking or in case of an accident. This is especially true when objects are struck by a detonating airbag and fired
through the vehicle interior. To minimise any risk, please note the following:
● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always keep equipment and heavy
objects in the luggage compartment.
● Always secure objects with suitable rope or straps so that they cannot enter the deployment areas around the front or side airbags in the
event of sudden braking or an accident.
CAUTION
Hard objects on the rear shelf could chafe against the wires of the heating
element in the heated rear window and cause damage.
Note
The ventilating slits between the heated rear window and the rear shelf
must not be covered so that used air can escape from the vehicle.

Seats and storage
Folding and lifting up the rear seat bench backrest
89
WARNING
Folding and lifting the backrests of the rear seats carelessly without paying attention could cause serious injury.
● Never fold or lift the seats while driving.
● Do no trap or damage seat belts when raising the seat backrest.
● Keep hands, fingers, feet and other limbs away from the range of the
rear seat backrests when folding and lifting them.
Fig. 75 Rear seat: unlock
button A ; red marking
B
The rear seat backrest can be folded forward to extend the luggage compartment.
Folding the rear seat backrest forwards
● Push the head restraint down as far as it will go or remove it if necessary
⇒ page 9 and store it in a safe place.
● Pull the unlock switch ⇒ Fig. 75
ing the rear seat backrest.
A
● All seat backrests must engage correctly for the seat belts on the rear
seats to work properly. When the backrest of an occupied seat is not correctly locked in place, the passenger can be thrust forward with the rear
seat backrest in case of sudden braking, sudden manoeuvres or an accident.
● A red signal on button B warns that the backrest is not engaged. Always check that the red marking is not visible when the backrest of the
rear seat is in the upright position.
● No seat must be occupied if the backrest of the rear seat is folded or
not correctly engaged.
forwards whilst simultaneously lift-
● The rear seat backrest is not engaged when the red marking of the button B is visible.
● If the rear seat backrest is folded, people (including children) are not
permitted to travel in the rear folded seats.
CAUTION
Before folding the backrest of the rear seat, adjust the front seats so that
neither the head restraint nor backrest hit them when the seat is folded forward. If necessary, remove the head restraints and store them safely
⇒ page 79.
Folding up the rear seat backrest
● Lift back the backrest of the rear seat and push it firmly into the lock until it clicks securely into place ⇒ .
● The red marking on the unlock button
B
must not be seen.
● Make sure that the backrest of the rear seat is securely locked in position so that the seat belts can provide proper protection in the rear seats.
● If necessary, install and adjust the head restraints again ⇒ page 79.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

90
Seats and storage
Rear shelf*
WARNING
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects or animals on the rear shelf
could cause serious injuries in case of a sudden manoeuvre, sharp braking or an accident.
● Do not leave hard, heavy or sharp objects (loose or in bags) on the
rear shelf.
● Never transport animals on the rear shelf.
Fig. 76 In the luggage
compartment: removing
and installing the rear
shelf
Light items of clothing may be placed on the rear shelf. Check that the rear
view is not limited.
Lifting up the rear shelf
Lift up the rear shelf and secure it into the side locks ⇒ Fig. 76 1 . Check
that it is correctly fitted. To lower the rear shelf, press it until it is released
from the locks.
Removing the shelf
Pull the rear shelf upwards, removing it from the side supports
Lifting up the rear shelf
Press the rear shelf downwards into the side supports
2
.
2
.
● Never drive with the rear shelf raised. Always lower it or remove it before the journey.
CAUTION
To prevent the rear shelf from being damaged:
● Always check that the rear shelf is firmly engaged into the side supports.
● Regulate the height of the load in the luggage compartment to ensure
the rear shelf does not press down on the load with the rear lid closed.

Seats and storage
91
Luggage compartment variable floor
Fig. 77 A: open the luggage compartment variable floor. B: raised luggage compartment variable floor.
Fig. 78 C: extending the
luggage compartment
downwards D: extending
the luggage compartment forwards.
Raising and lowering the luggage compartment floor
● To raise the floor, raise handle ⇒ Fig. 77
and pull from the floor upwards ⇒ Fig. 77 B.
1
in the direction of the arrow
● To lower it, guide the floor downwards.
Extending the luggage compartment downwards
● Raise the luggage compartment floor and push it downwards in the
guide ⇒ Fig. 78 C (arrows).
● Place the variable floor over the floor lining.
● If necessary, fold the backrest of the rear seat forwards ⇒ page 89.
Extending the luggage compartment forwards
● Disassemble the luggage compartment tray ⇒ page 90.
● Disassemble the rear headrests ⇒ page 9.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

92
Seats and storage
● Fold the backrest of the rear seat forwards ⇒ page 89.
Note
● If necessary, expand the luggage compartment downwards.
● The maximum tensile load that the fastening rings can support is 3.5
kN.
CAUTION
Do not allow the luggage compartment floor to fall when closing it. Always
carefully guide it downwards in a controlled manner. Otherwise, the trims
and floor of the luggage compartment could be damaged.
Fastening rings*
● Belts and securing systems for the appropriate load can be obtained
from specialised dealerships. SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT dealership
for this.


Retaining hooks
In the front part of the luggage compartment, there may be fastening rings
to secure the luggage.
In order to use the fastening rings, they must be lifted beforehand.
WARNING
If unsuitable or damaged belts or retaining straps are used, they could
break in the event of braking or an accident. Objects could then be
launched across the passenger compartment and cause serious or fatal
injuries.
● It is important to always use belts or retaining straps that are suitable and in a good condition.
● Belts and retaining straps should be securely fastened to the fastening rings.
● Objects in the luggage compartment that are unsecured could move
suddenly and modify the handling of the vehicle.
● Small and light objects must also be secured.
● The maximum tensile load of the fastening ring for securing objects
should never be exceeded.
● A child seat should never be secured with the fastening rings.
Fig. 79 In the luggage
compartment: retaining
hooks
There may be hooks in the upper left and right part of the luggage compartment.
WARNING
Never use these hooks to secure objects. In case of sudden braking or an
accident, the hooks could rupture.
CAUTION
The hooks can support a maximum of 2.5 kg individually.

Seats and storage
Roof carrier system
CAUTION
● Always remove the roof carrier system from the roof before entering a car
wash.
Introduction
The vehicle roof has been designed to optimise aerodynamics. For this reason, conventional roof carrier systems cannot be secured to the water
drains.
Given that the water drains have been incorporated into the roof for aerodynamic reasons, only the SEAT approved basic supports and roof carrier systems can be used.
● The height of your vehicle is changed by the installation of the roof carrier and the load secured on it. Compare the vehicle height with the clearance
height, for example in underground car parks or under garage doors.
● The roof antenna and the area of travel of the tailgate should not be affected by the roof carrier system and the load being transported.
● Take extra care to prevent the tailgate from striking the roof load when
opening.
When the roof carrier system should be removed:
● When they are not in use.
For the sake of the environment
The vehicle uses more fuel when the roof carrier system is fitted.
● When the vehicle is being washed in a car wash.
● When the vehicle height exceeds the maximum height, for example, in
some garages.
WARNING
The risk of an accident is increased by transporting heavy or bulky loads
on the roof, which affects the car's handling by shifting the centre of
gravity and increasing susceptibility to cross winds.
● Always secure loads correctly with suitable and undamaged attachment rope or straps.
● Large, heavy, wide and flat loads negatively affect the vehicle aerodynamics, centre of gravity and handling.
● Avoid brusque manoeuvres and sudden braking.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and
weather conditions.
Safety
93
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

94
Seats and storage
Securing the base supports and roof carrier system
Two-door vehicles: the holes and markings that indicate the attachment
points for the front mounts are located on the underside of the roof beam
⇒ Fig. 80 (zoomed image. left). The holes and markings can only be seen
with the door open. The markings for attachment of the rear mounts are located at the top of the windows ⇒ Fig. 80 (zoomed image, right).
Four-door vehicles: the holes and markings that indicate the attachment
points for the base supports are located on the underside of the roof beams
and can only be seen when the door is open ⇒ Fig. 81.
Fig. 80 Attachment
points for the mounts
and the roof carrier system in two-door vehicles.
The base support should only be fitted to the points indicated in the diagram.
WARNING
If the base supports and the roof carrier system are incorrectly fitted or
used in an unsuitable manner, the entire system could break free causing
accident and injury.
● Always take the manufacturer assembly instructions into account.
● Only use base supports and roof carrier systems that are not damaged and are correctly fitted.
Fig. 81 Attachment
points for the mounts
and the roof carrier system in four-door vehicles.
The mounts are the basis of a complete roof carrier system. However, for
reasons of safety, special fixtures must be added in order to safely transport
luggage, bicycles, skis, surf boards or boats on the roof. The suitable accessories can be acquired at SEAT dealerships.
● The base support should only be fitted to the points indicated in the
diagram ⇒ Fig. 80.
● Secure the mounts and roof carrier system correctly.
● Check the screw fittings and attachments before driving and after
travelling a short distance. During each long journey, check the attachments during every break.
● Always fit the roof carrier system correctly for wheels, skis and surfboards, etc.
● Never change or repair the basic supports or roof carrier system.
Securing the base supports and roof carrier system
The roof carrier system must always be installed exactly according to the instructions provided.
Note
Read and take into account the instructions included with the roof carrier
system fitted and keep them in the vehicle.

Seats and storage
Loading the roof carrier system
WARNING
Loads can only be correctly secured when the roof carrier system is correctly
fitted ⇒ .
Loose and incorrectly secured loads can fall from the roof carrier system
causing accidents and injury.
Maximum authorised roof load
● Always use suitable ropes and straps in good condition.
The maximum authorised roof load is 50 kg. The roof load includes the
weight of the base support, the roof carrier system and the load being
transported ⇒ .
● Always secure loads correctly.

Always check the weight of the base support, the roof carrier system and
the weight of the load to be transported and, if necessary, weigh them. Never exceed the maximum authorised roof load.
If you are using a roof carrier with a lower weight rating, you cannot transport the maximum roof load. Do not exceed the maximum weight limit for
the roof carrier given in the fitting instructions.
Distributing a load
Uniformly distribute loads and secure them correctly ⇒ .
Check attachments
After fitting the mounts and the roof carrier system, always check the attachments after travelling a short distance and at regular intervals.
WARNING
Exceeding the maximum authorised roof load can result in accidents
and/or vehicle damage.
● Always respect the maximum authorised weight for the roof, the maximum authorised weight on the axles and the total maximum authorised
weight of the vehicle.
● Never exceed the capacity of the roof carrier system even if this is
less than the maximum authorised roof load.
● Secure heavy items as far forward as possible and distribute the vehicle load uniformly.
Safety
Operation
95
Advice
Technical specifications
96
Air conditioning
Air conditioning
Heating, ventilation and cooling system
WARNING
Introduction
Stuffy or used air will increase fatigue and reduce driver concentration
possibly resulting in a serious accident.
Dust and pollen filter
● Never leave the fresh air fan turned off or use the air recirculation for
long periods of time; the air in the vehicle interior will not be refreshed.
The dust and pollen filter with its activated charcoal cartridge serves as a
barrier against impurities in the interior ambient air.
CAUTION
For the air conditioner to work with maximum efficiency, the dust and pollen
filter must be replaced at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Programme.
● Switch the air conditioner off if you think it may be broken. This will
avoid additional damage. Have the air conditioner checked by a specialised
workshop.
If the filter loses efficiency prematurely due to use in areas with very high
levels of air pollution, the filter must be changed more frequently than stated in the Service Schedule.
● Repairs to the air conditioner require specialist knowledge and special
tools. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Note
WARNING
Reduced visibility through the windows increases the risk of serious accidents.
● Ensure that all windows are free of ice and snow and that they are not
fogged up preventing a clear view of everything outside.
● The maximum heat output required to defrost windows as quickly as
possible is only available when the engine has reached its normal running temperature. Only drive when you have good visibility.
● Always ensure that you use the heating system, ventilation, air conditioner and the heated rear window to maintain good visibility.
● Never leave the air recirculation on for a long period of time. If the
cooling system is switched off and air recirculation mode switched on,
the windows can mist over very quickly, considerably limiting visibility.
● Switch air recirculation mode off when it is not required.
● When the cooling system is turned off, air coming from the outside will
not be dried. To avoid fogging up the windows, SEAT recommends leaving
the cooler (compressor) on. To do this, press the A/C button. The button
lamp should light up.
● The maximum heat output required to defrost windows as quickly as
possible is only available when the engine has reached its normal running
temperature.
● Keep the air intake slots in front of the windscreen free of snow, ice and
leaves to ensure heating and cooling are not impaired, and to prevent the
windows from misting over.

Air conditioning
Controls
97
Control Additional information. Heating and ventilation system
button ⇒ Fig. 82 and air conditioning system ⇒ Fig. 83.
Temperature.
1
 ...  Rotate the control to adjust the temperature accordingly.
2
 ... 
3
Fig. 82 In the centre console: Heating and ventilation system rotary control

Fig. 83 In the centre console: Air conditioning system controls




4

Air fan.
setting 0: air fan and air conditioning system switched off, setting 4: maximum fan level.
Air distribution.
Rotate the continuous control to direct the airflow to the desired
area.
Heating and ventilation system: defrost function. Distribution of
air to the windscreen and the side windows in the exterior rear
vision mirror area.
Air conditioning system: defrost function. Distribution of air to
the windscreen and the side windows in the exterior rear vision
mirror area. Press the A/C button, increase the air fan speed
and switch on the air recirculation ⇒ page 99 to clear the
windscreen of condensation as soon as possible.
Air distribution towards the body.
Air distribution towards the footwell.
Air distribution towards the windscreen and the footwell.
Air conditioner: press the button to turn off/on the cooling system ⇒ page 98.
Air conditioner: sliding control for air recirculation ⇒ page 99.
Switch off
Turn the air fan switch
Safety
Operation
Advice
2
to position 0.
Technical specifications

98
Air conditioning
Heated rear window
The air conditioning operates most effectively with the windows closed.
However, if the vehicle has heated up after standing in the sun for some
time, the air inside can be cooled more quickly by opening the windows
briefly.
The heated rear window button  is located on the centre console. The
heated rear window only works when the engine is running and switches off
automatically after a maximum of 10 minutes.
Setting for conditions of optimal visibility
WARNING
When the air conditioning is switched on, the temperature and the air humidity in the vehicle interior drop. Hence, when the outside air humidity is
high, the windows do not mist over and comfort for the vehicle occupants is
improved:
Never turn off the air fan for a long time or the air in the vehicle interior
will not be refreshed.
● Stuffy or used air will increase fatigue and reduce driver and passenger concentration possibly resulting in a serious accident.

● Disable air recirculation mode ⇒ page 99.
● Set the fan to the required setting.
● Turn the temperature control to the centre position.
Heating and ventilation system user instructions
● Open and direct the air outlets in the dash panel ⇒ page 99.
Temperature
● Press the
light up.
● Turn the air distribution control to the defrost position.
The desired temperature for the interior cannot be lower than that of the exterior air temperature, as the heating and fresh air system cannot cool or dehumidify the air.
2
If the air conditioning system cannot be switched on, this may be caused by
the following:
to setting 1 or 2.
● Turn the temperature control ⇒ Fig. 82
1
● The engine is not running.
to the centre position.
● The fan is switched off.
● Open and direct the air outlets in the dash panel ⇒ page 99.
● Turn the air distribution control ⇒ Fig. 82
button to turn on cooling. The lamp on the button will
The cooling system does not switch on
Setting for conditions of optimal visibility
● Set the fan ⇒ Fig. 82
A/C
3
to the required position.
● The air conditioner fuse has blown.

● The outside temperature is lower than approximately +2 °C (+36 °F).
● The air conditioner compressor has been temporarily switched off because the engine coolant temperature is too high.
User instructions for the air conditioner*
The interior cooling system only works when the engine is running and fan
is switched on.
● Another fault in the vehicle. Have the air conditioner checked by a specialised workshop.

Air conditioning
Things to note
There are additional air vents in the centre of the dash panel and in the footwell area.
If the humidity and temperature outside the vehicle are high, condensation
can drip off the evaporator in the cooling system and form a pool underneath the vehicle. This is normal and does not indicate a leak!
CAUTION
Never place food, medicines or other heat-sensitive objects close to the air
vents. Food, medicines and other heat-sensitive objects may be damaged
or made unsuitable for use by the air from the air vents.
Note
After starting it, any residual humidity in the air conditioner could mist over
the windscreen. Switch on the defrost function as soon as possible to clear
the windscreen of condensation.
99


Air recirculation
Air vents
Important
Air recirculation mode prevents the ambient air from entering the interior.
When the outside temperature is very high or very low, selecting manual air
recirculation mode for a short period refreshes or heats the interior more
quickly.
● Switch off air recirculation mode by turning the air distribution control to
the  ⇒ position.
Switching the air recirculation mode on and off 
Fig. 84 Dash panel: Air vents
Switching on: move the sliding control ⇒ Fig. 83
mum.
4
to the right to maxi-
Switching off: move the sliding control ⇒ Fig. 83
4
to the left to maximum.
Air vents
Never close the air vents ⇒ Fig. 84
and ventilation inside the vehicle.
WARNING
A
completely to ensure heating, cooling
● To open the air vents press the recess with one slat.
● Change the air direction by turning the slats.
Stuffy or used air will increase fatigue and reduce driver concentration
possibly resulting in a serious accident.
● Never use recirculation mode for long periods as it does not refresh
the air inside the vehicle.
● To close the air vents, fold the slats.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

100
Air conditioning
WARNING (Continued)
● If the cooling system is switched off and air recirculation mode
switched on, the windows can mist over very quickly, considerably limiting visibility.
● Switch air recirculation mode off when it is not required.
CAUTION
Do not smoke when the air recirculation is activated. The smoke taken in
could lie on the cooling system vaporiser and on the dust and pollen filter,
leading to a permanently unpleasant smell.

Driving
101
Driving
Steering
Adjusting the steering wheel position
Introduction
The power steering* is not hydraulic but electromechanical. The advantage
of this steering system is that it disposes of hydraulic tubes, hydraulic oil,
the pump, filter and other components. The electromechanical system
saves fuel. While a hydraulic system requires oil pressure to be maintained,
electromechanical steering only requires energy when the steering wheel is
turned.
With the power steering system, the assisted steering function automatically adjusts according to the vehicle speed, the steering torque and the wheel
turning angle. The power steering only works when the engine is running.
Fig. 85 Mechanical
steering wheel adjustment
WARNING
Adjust the steering wheel before your trip and only when the vehicle is stationary.
If the power steering is not working then the steering wheel is much
more difficult to turn and the vehicle more difficult to control.
● Push the lever ⇒ Fig. 85
● The power steering only works when the engine is running.
● Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The
steering may lock and it will not be possible to turn the steering wheel.
1
downwards.
● Adjust the steering wheel so that you can hold onto the steering wheel
with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock
positions and your arms slightly bent.
● Never allow the vehicle to move when the engine is switched off.

● Push the lever firmly upwards until it is flush to the steering column
⇒ .
Adjust the correct distance between the driver and the steering wheel
⇒ Fig. 1 using the controls on the driver seat ⇒ page 78.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

102
Driving
Control and warning lamps
WARNING
Incorrect use of the steering wheel adjustment function and an incorrect
adjustment of the steering wheel can result in severe or fatal injury.
It lights up
● After adjusting the steering column, push the lever ⇒ Fig. 85 1 firmly upwards to ensure the steering wheel does not accidentally change position while driving.
(red)

Possible cause
Solution
Power steering faulty.
The steering system should be
checked by a specialised
workshop as soon as possible.
Power steering operation
reduced.
The steering system should be
checked by a specialised
workshop as soon as possible.
If, after restarting the engine
and driving for a short distance, the yellow warning
lamp no longer comes on, it
will not be necessary to take
the vehicle to a specialised
workshop.
Possible cause
Solution
● Never adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion. If you
need to adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion, stop
safely and make the proper adjustment.

● The adjusted steering wheel should be facing your chest and not your
face so as not to hinder the driver's front airbag protection in the event of
an accident.
(yellow)
● When driving, always hold the steering wheel with both hands on the
outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions to reduce injuries when the driver's front airbag deploys.
● Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position or in any other manner (e.g. in the centre of the steering wheel). In such cases, if the
driver's airbag deploys, you may sustain injuries to your arms, hands and
head.
Flashes


(red)

(yellow)
Fault in the steering column  Do not drive on!
electronic lock.
Seek professional advice.
Steering column deviation.
Gently turn the steering wheel
to and fro.
Steering wheel not unlocked or locked.
Remove the key from the ignition and then switch the ignition back on. If necessary,
check the messages displayed
on the instrument panel display.
Do not drive on, if the steering
column remains locked after
the ignition has been switched
on. Seek specialist assistance. 
Driving
103
Electromechanical power steering
Several warning and control lamps should light up for a few seconds when
the ignition is switched on, signalling that the function is being verified.
They will switch off after a few seconds.
With the power steering system, the assisted steering function automatically adjusts according to the vehicle speed, the steering torque and the wheel
turning angle. The power steering only works when the engine is running.
WARNING
You should remember that you will need considerably more power than normal to steer the vehicle if the power steering is not working correctly or not
at all.
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.

● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
Stopping and starting the engine
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.

Introduction
Immobiliser display
When an invalid key is used or in the event of a system fault,  is displayed on the instrument panel. The engine cannot be started.
Information on the steering
To prevent theft, we recommend you lock the steering before leaving the vehicle.
Mechanical steering lock
Pushing or towing
For technical reasons, the vehicle must not be push- or tow-started. Jump
starting is preferable.
Lock the steering column by removing the key from the ignition when the
vehicle is stopped.
Please engage steering lock
Unlocking the steering
Parking the vehicle ⇒ page 114.
Insert the key in the ignition lock.
Remove the key from the ignition.
Turn the steering wheel slightly to
release the steering lock.
Turn the steering wheel slightly until Hold the steering wheel in this posiyou hear the steering lock.
tion and switch on the ignition.
Safety
Operation
WARNING
Switching off the engine while driving makes stopping the vehicle difficult. As a consequence you may lose control of the vehicle and there is a
risk of serious accident.
● The assisted braking and steering systems, the airbag system, seat
belts and certain safety equipment are only active while the engine is
running.
● The engine should only be switched off when the vehicle is at a
standstill.
Advice
Technical specifications

104
Driving
Ignition lock
WARNING
While the engine is running or starting it could help reduce the risk of serious injury.
● Never start or leave the engine running in poorly ventilated or closed
spaces. Exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide, a toxic, colourless and
odourless gas. Carbon monoxide can cause people to lose consciousness. It can also cause death.
● Never leave the vehicle unattended if the engine is running. The vehicle could move off suddenly or something unexpected could happen resulting in damage and serious injury.
Fig. 86 Vehicle key positions
● Never use start boosters. Cold start sprays could explode or increase
the engine speed unexpectedly.
Car keys ⇒ Fig. 86
No key in the ignition lock: the steering lock may be activated.
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures.
This could cause a fire and considerable damage.
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can
come in contact with flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, spilled
fuel, dried grass, etc).
● Never apply additional underseal or anti-corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, catalytic converter or the heat shields on the exhaust system.
0
Ignition switched off. Key can be removed from the vehicle.
1
Ignition is switched on. The steering lock can be unlocked.
2
Switch on the engine. Release the key when the engine has started. When it is released, the key returns to position 1 .
Key not authorised for the vehicle

If a key which is not authorised for this vehicle is inserted in the ignition
lock, it can be removed as follows:
● Automatic gearbox: the key cannot be removed from the ignition lock.
Press and release the selector lever locking button. Key can be removed
from the vehicle.
● Manual gearbox: remove the key from the ignition.

Driving
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
WARNING
Unsuitable or careless use of the vehicle key could result in serious injury.
● Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. The
engine could start accidentally and electrical equipment such as the windows could operate accidentally, resulting in serious injury.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the car. They could
become trapped in the car in an emergency and will not be able to remove themselves to safety. For example, depending on the time of the
year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely
high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even
death, particularly for young children.
● Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The
steering may lock and it will not be possible to turn the steering wheel.
Note
2.
Put the gearbox lever in neutral or the selector lever in position P or N.
3.
Turn the key in the ignition lock to position ⇒ Fig. 86
not press the accelerator.
4.
When the engine has started, release the key in the ignition
lock.
5.
If the engine does not start, stop the process and try again after one minute.
6.
Release the handbrake when you want to begin driving
⇒ page 114.
; do
WARNING
Never leave the vehicle unattended if the engine is running. The vehicle
could move off suddenly, especially if it is in gear, resulting in an accident and serious injury.
● If the key is left in the ignition lock with the engine off for long periods,
the vehicle battery will run flat.
● For automatic gearbox vehicles the key can only be removed from the ignition lock if the gear selector lever is in position P. In this case, press and

release the selector lever locking button.
2
WARNING
Cold start sprays could explode or cause a sudden increase in the engine
speed.
● Never use start boosters.
CAUTION
Starting the engine
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
Safety
1.
Press the brake pedal and keep pressed until step 5 has been
completed.
1 a.
In vehicles with a manual gearbox: press the clutch pedal
fully and hold down until the engine starts.
Operation
● An attempt to start the engine while driving or starting the engine immediately after turning it off can cause damage to the engine or starter motor.
● When the engine is cold, avoid high revs and heavy acceleration and do
not make the engine work hard.
● Do not push or tow start the engine. Unburnt fuel could damage the catalytic converter.

Advice
Technical specifications
105
106
Driving
For the sake of the environment
WARNING
Do not warm the engine at idle speed; start driving immediately if the visibility is OK. This helps the engine reach operating temperature faster and
reduces emissions.
Never switch off the engine while the vehicle is moving. You may lose
control of the vehicle and there is a risk of serious accident.
● The airbags and belt tensioners do not work when the ignition is
switched off.
Note
● The brake servo does not work with the engine off. To stop, the brake
pedal must be pressed with more force.
● Electrical devices with a high power consumption are switched off temporarily when the engine starts.
● As the power steering does not work if the engine is not running, you
will need more strength to steer than normally.
● When the engine is started cold, there may be strong vibrations for a few
moments for technical reasons. This is quite normal, and no cause for concern.
● Natural gas engines always start up with petrol, as a certain operating
temperature is required for running with gas. Once the required operating
temperature is reached, the engine will change to operate with natural gas.
● In vehicles with automatic gearbox, the key can only be removed when
the selector lever is in position P.
.
2.
Press the brake pedal and keep pressed until step 4 has been
completed.
3.
In automatic gearboxes, put the selector lever in position P.
4.
Apply the handbrake firmly ⇒ page 114.
5.
6.
CAUTION
Note
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
Stopping the vehicle completely ⇒ 
If the engine has been driven at high speed for a prolonged period of time,
it may overheat when turned off. To avoid engine damage, allow the engine
to run for approximately 2 minutes in neutral before switching it off.
Stopping the engine
1.
● If the key is removed from the ignition, the steering may lock and it
will not be possible to steer the vehicle.
Turn the key in the ignition lock to position ⇒ Fig. 86
0
● After stopping the engine, the engine compartment fan may continue
running for a few minutes, even when the ignition has been switched off or
the key removed. The radiator fan is automatically switched off.

.
With a manual gearbox, put the vehicle in first or reverse gear.
Electronic immobiliser
The gear lock prevents the engine from being started with an unauthorised
key and the vehicle being moved.
The vehicle key has a built-in chip. It automatically deactivates the electronic immobiliser when the key is inserted into the ignition lock.

Driving
The electronic immobilizer will be activated again automatically as soon as
you remove the key from the ignition lock.
107
WARNING
Do not allow the brakes to “rub” for a prolonged period of time, or brake
frequently or for long periods of time. Continuous braking heats up the
brakes. This could significantly reduce braking power, increase braking
distance or even result in the total failure of the brake system.
For this reason, the vehicle can only be used with a genuine SEAT key with
the correct code. Coded keys can be obtained from SEAT dealerships
⇒ page 51.

If an unauthorised key is used, the signal  appears on the instrument
panel display. The vehicle cannot be started in this case
Warning and control lamps
Note
The correct operation of the vehicle is only guaranteed when original SEAT
keys are used.
Changing gear

If it
lights
up:

(red)
Introduction
When reverse gear is engaged and the ignition is switched on the following
takes place:
● Reverse lights light up.
● The rear wiper blade performs one movement when the windscreen wiper is activated.

Possible cause
Solution
Fault in the automatic gearbox.
 Do not drive on!
Seek professional advice. Failure
to do so could result in considerable damage to the transmission
⇒ page 112.
Switch the ignition on and off.
When the control lamp does not
In the automatic gearbox the
light up, find the nearest specialgears can engage incorrectly.
ised workshop and have the automatic gearbox checked.
(yellow)
● If necessary, connect the parking distance warning system.
The automatic gearbox overheats temporarily.
WARNING
Let the transmission cool with the
gearbox lever in the position .
When the control lamp does not
light up, find the nearest specialised workshop and have the automatic gearbox checked.

Rapid acceleration can cause loss of traction and skidding, especially on
slippery ground. This could cause loss of control of the vehicle resulting
in an accident and considerable damage.
● Use rapid acceleration only when visibility, weather, road conditions
and traffic permit.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
108
Driving
If it
lights
up:

Possible cause
Solution
Place the automatic gearbox
lever in the position  and do
not press the brake pedal.
Press the brake pedal to select a
gear range.
If
flash- Possible cause
ing

Press brake pedal and let the
transmission cool. Avoid pressing
Together with the yellow conthe accelerator. When the control
trol lamp for the temperature
lamp does not light up, find the
of the transmission : the
nearest specialised workshop
automatic gearbox overheats.
and have the automatic gearbox
checked.
Together with the turn signal
display in the instrument panel display: the automatic
Move the gearbox lever to the pogearbox lever is not in the po- sition  and start the engine.
sition , indication to start the
engine.
An automatic gearbox in the
vehicle does not guarantee
that the vehicle will not roll
away.
Solution
Apply the handbrake.
In the instrument panel display, in addition to the control
Move the gearbox lever to the polamp requesting the brake
sition  and start the engine.
pedal to be pressed : indication to start the engine.

On the instrument panel display: whilst driving in a forward direction, try to move the
automatic gearbox lever to the
position .
Stop the vehicle and move the
gearbox lever to the position  in
order to subsequently change to
the position .
On the instrument panel display: The automatic gearbox
lever was placed in the position  or , but the brake pedal
was not pressed.
Press the brake pedal, move the
gearbox lever to the position ,
and subsequently to the required
position  or .
When switching on the ignition some warning and control lamps light up for

a short time to check operation. They will switch off after a few seconds.
Pedals
Do not allow floor mats or other objects to obstruct the free passage of the
pedals.
Floor mats should leave the pedal area free and unobstructed and be correctly secured in the footwell zone.

Driving
Manual gearbox: engaging gears
In the event of failure of a brake circuit, the brake pedal must be pressed
harder than normal to brake the vehicle.
WARNING
Objects falling into the driver's footwell could prevent use of the pedals.
This could lead the driver to lose control of the vehicle, increasing the
risk of a serious accident.
● Make sure the pedals can be used at all times, with no objects rolling
underneath them.
● Always secure the mat in the footwell.
Fig. 87 Gear shift pattern of a 5-speed manual
gearbox
● Never place other mats or rugs on top of the original mat supplied by
the factory.
● Ensure that no objects can fall into the driver's footwell while the vehicle is in motion.
The position of each of the gears is shown on the gear stick ⇒ Fig. 87.
● Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way down.
● Move the gearbox lever to the required position ⇒ CAUTION
The pedals must always have free and unobstructed passage to the floor.
For example, in case of a fault in the brake circuit, the brake pedal will need
to be pressed further to stop the vehicle. To press the brake pedal down further will require more force than usual.
.
● Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch.

In some countries, it is necessary to press the clutch pedal to the floor to
start the engine.
Selecting reverse gear
● Engage reverse gear only when the vehicle is stopped.
● Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way down ⇒ .
● Place the gearbox lever into neutral and push the lever downwards.
● Slide the gear lever towards the right and then backwards, as shown on
the gear lever knob.
● Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch.
Shifting down a gear
Shifting down a gear while driving must be carried out gear by gear, i.e. to
the gear immediately preceding the current gear and at an engine speed
that is not excessive ⇒ . At high speeds, or high engine speeds, skipping 
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
109
110
Driving
Automatic gearbox: engaging a gear
one or various gears when shifting down a gear can cause damage to the
clutch and the gearbox, even if the clutch is not engaged during the process
⇒ .
WARNING
When the engine is running, the vehicle will start to move as soon as a
gear is engaged and the clutch released.
● Never engage the reverse gear when a vehicle is moving forward.
WARNING
Fig. 88 Automatic gearbox diagram of gears
As a consequence of shifting down a gear incorrectly, you may lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident with serious consequences.
To move the gear selector lever from the position N to D or to R, first press
and hold the brake pedal.
CAUTION
In the instrument panel display, with the ignition switched on, the selected
gear range or the gear engaged in the gearbox is shown.
If, at high speeds or high engine speeds, the gear lever is shifted down to a
gear that is too low, serious damage can be caused to the clutch and gearbox. This also applies if you hold the clutch pedal down and it does not engage.
CAUTION
To prevent damage and avoid premature wear, please observe the following:
● While driving, do not leave your hand resting on the gear stick. The pressure applied by your hand is transmitted to the gearbox selector forks.
● Always ensure that the vehicle is completely stopped before engaging
the reverse gear.
● When changing gear, always make sure the clutch pedal is pushed right
to the floor.
● Never hold the vehicle “on the clutch” on hills with the engine on.

Selector lever
positions
Denomination
Meaning ⇒ 
Reverse gear
Reverse gear is selected. Engage only
when the vehicle is stopped.

Neutral
The gear box is in neutral. No movement
is transmitted to the wheels and the engine does not act as a brake.

Driving
Selector lever
positions
Meaning ⇒ Denomination

The gears are changed (up and down)
automatically. The gear shifts are deterStandard driving
mined by the engine load, your individposition
ual driving style and the speed of the
vehicle.

All gears can be changed (up and down)
Tiptronic driving manually ⇒ page 111. This is possible
position (manual as long as the system is not changing
shift programme) gear automatically due to a traffic situation.
111
Note
If, while driving, the selector lever is accidentally placed in position N, lift
your foot off the accelerator. Wait until the engine is running at idle speed
before selecting a new gear range.

Engaging gear with Tiptronic
WARNING
Placing the selector lever in an incorrect position may cause loss of control of the vehicle and a serious accident.
● Do not press the accelerator when engaging a range of gears.
● With the engine running and a gear range selected, the vehicle will
move off when the brake pedal is released.
● Never engage reverse gear while driving.
● Unintentional movements of the vehicle could cause serious injury.
● As a driver, you should never leave your vehicle if the engine is running and a gear range is engaged. If you have to leave your vehicle while
the engine is running, you must always apply the handbrake and put the
selector lever in position N.
● Never engage the R gear range when the vehicle is moving.
● Never leave the vehicle without applying the handbrake. With the engine running the vehicle moves downhill regardless of the gear range selected.
Fig. 89 Lever in the Tiptronic position
With Tiptronic, the gears can be changed up or down manually with the automatic gearbox. When you change to the Tiptronic programme, the vehicle
remains in the currently selected gear. This is possible as long as the system is not changing gear automatically due to a traffic situation.
Using Tiptronic
● Place the lever in the position D to the left on the Tiptronic shift gate M
⇒ in Automatic gearbox: engaging a gear on page 111.
● Press the lever forwards
⇒ Fig. 89.
+
or backwards
–
to move up or down a gear
● Place the lever back to the position M to the left on the Tiptronic shift
gate, to leave Tiptronic mode ⇒ in Automatic gearbox: engaging a gear
on page 111.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

112
Driving
With the lever in the position D, and pressing forwards
the Tiptronic programme can be selected M.
+
or backwards
Kick-down
–
The kickdown system provides maximum acceleration when the gear selector lever is in the position D, or in the Tiptronic position M.
CAUTION
When the accelerator pedal is pressed right down, the automatic gearbox
will shift down to a lower gear, depending on road speed and engine speed.
This takes advantage of the maximum acceleration of the vehicle ⇒ .
● When accelerating, the gearbox automatically shifts up into the next
gear shortly before the maximum engine speed is reached.
● When reducing speed manually, the gear box only shifts gear when the
engine can no longer exceed the maximum engine speed.
Driving with an automatic gearbox
The gearbox changes gear ratios automatically as the vehicle moves.
Driving down hills

When the accelerator is pressed to the floor, the automatic gearbox shifts to
the next gear only after the engine reaches the specified maximum engine
speed.
WARNING
Rapid acceleration can cause loss of traction and skidding, especially on
slippery ground. This could cause loss of control of the vehicle resulting
in an accident and serious injury.
The steeper the gradient, the lower the gear you will need to select. The lowest gears increase the engine braking work. Never go down hills with the selector lever in neutral N.
● Always adapt your driving style to suit the flow of traffic.
● You should reduce speed accordingly.
● Never put other road users in danger by accelerating or with your
driving style.
● Place the lever in the position D to the left on the Tiptronic shift gate M
⇒ page 111.
● Gently pull the selector lever back
–
to change down a gear.
Starting when going up a slope
The steeper the gradient, the lower the gear you will need.
When stopping on a slope with a gear range engaged, the vehicle must be
prevented from rolling backwards by always pressing the brake pedal or
pulling the handbrake lever up. When starting, release the brake pedal or
the handbrake ⇒ .
● Only use the kick-down function or rapid acceleration if visibility,
weather, road and traffic conditions so permit.
CAUTION
If you stop on a hill with a gear range engaged, do not try to prevent the
vehicle from rolling back by pressing on the accelerator. Otherwise, the automatic gearbox may overheat causing damage.

Automatic gearbox malfunction
Back-up programme
When automatic gearbox warning and control lamps light up on the instrument panel, there may be a system malfunction ⇒ page 107. In the event of 
Driving
some faults the automatic gearbox functions using a backup programme.
When this programme is activated, it is possible to drive the vehicle, although only at low speeds and within a selected range of gears.
With the manual gearbox, in some cases it is not possible to drive with all
the gears.
Recommended gear display
In some vehicles, the recommended gear for reducing fuel consumption is
displayed on the instrument panel:
display
In all cases the automatic gearbox must be checked at a specialised workshop.



Automatic gearbox overheating
The automatic gearbox can overheat with a prolonged start up, or when
stopping and starting continuously. This overheating is displayed with a
warning lamp  in the instrument panel. Additionally, an audible warning
can be heard. Stop and let the gearbox cool ⇒ .
Optimum gear.
Recommendation to change up a gear.
Recommendation to change down a gear.
The recommended gear display is intended as a guideline only; it should
never replace the driver's attention to driving carefully.
● Responsibility for selecting the correct gear for each situation continues to lie with the driver, for example when overtaking or climbing a hill.
For the sake of the environment
CAUTION
● When the gearbox is displayed as overheating for the first time, the vehicle must be parked safely or must be driven at a speed of more than 20 km/
h (12 mph).
● When the warning lamp lights up and the audible warning is sounded,
the vehicle must be parked safely and the engine switched off. Let the gearbox cool down.
● To prevent damage to the gearbox, driving must only be continued when
the warning lamps are no longer lit up. While the gearbox is overheated,

starting up and driving at walking speed should be avoided.
Safety
Meaning
WARNING
The vehicle moves forward or back despite having selected a gear range
When the vehicle does not move in the required direction, the system may
not have the gear range correctly engaged. Press the brake pedal and engage the gear range again. If the vehicle still does not move in the required
direction, there is a system malfunction. Seek specialist assistance and
have the system checked.
113
Operation
Selecting the most appropriate gear for the situation will help you to save
fuel.
Note
● The recommended gear display is switched off when the clutch pedal is
pressed.
● On the display of the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT)
⇒ page 160 the recommended gear can also be seen.
Advice
Technical specifications

114
Driving
Braking, stopping and parking
Introduction
The assisted braking systems are the electronic distribution of the brake
force (EBV), the anti-lock brake system (ABS), the brake assist system (BAS),
the electronic differential lock (EDL), the traction control (TC), the traction
control system (ASR) and the electronic stability control (ESC*).
WARNING (Continued)
● Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. The
engine could accidentally be started and electrical equipment such as
the windows could accidentally be operated resulting in serious injury.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the car. They could
be trapped in the car in an emergency and will not be able to get themselves to safety. For example, depending on the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.
WARNING
Driving with worn brake pads or a faulty brake system may lead to serious accident.
● If you believe the brake pads to be worn or the brake system to be
faulty, immediately refer to a specialised workshop to check the brake
pads and replace any that are worn.
WARNING
Careless parking can cause serious injury.
● Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The
steering lock may engage and locked the steering wheel making the vehicle impossible to control.
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can
come in contact with flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, dried
grass, spilled fuel etc.).
● Always apply the handbrake when you leave your vehicle and when
you park.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. They
could release the electronic parking brake, activate the selector lever or
gear stick and start the vehicle moving. This could result in a serious accident.
CAUTION
● Special care should be taken when parking in areas with high kerbs or
fixed barriers. Objects protruding from the ground may damage the bumper
or other parts of the vehicle during manoeuvres. To avoid damage, stop before the wheels touched the barrier or kerb.
● Special attention is required when driving through entrances, over
ramps, kerbs or other objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, mudguards
and running gear, and the engine and exhaust system could be damaged as

you drive over these objects.
Driving
Warning and control lamps
FlashPossible cause
es
It lights
Possible cause ⇒ up


Solution
Handbrake applied.
⇒ page 116.
Fault in the brake system
 Do not drive on!
Seek professional advice
⇒ page 118.
Brake fluid level inadequate.
 Do not drive on!
Check brake fluid level
⇒ page 122.
Together with the ABS control
lamp : ABS and EBV do not
function.
 Do not drive on!
Seek professional advice
⇒ page 118.
Switching the ignition on and off
ESC* disconnected by system. If necessary, drive for a short distance.



Safety
Fault in ESC*.
Contact a specialised workshop.
Together with the ABS control
lamp : fault in ABS.
Contact a specialised workshop.
The vehicle can be braked without ABS.
The battery has been reconnected.
⇒ page 181.
Traction Control faulty or
switched off by the system.
Contact a specialised workshop.
Contact a specialised workshop.
Together with the ESC* control
The vehicle can be braked withlamp : fault in ABS.
out ABS.
Together with the warning
lamp : ABS and EBV do not
function.
 Do not drive on!
Seek professional advice
⇒ page 118.
Operation
Solution
Take your foot off the accelerator.
Adjust your driving style to the
road conditions.

ESC* or ASR regulating.

Take your foot off the accelerator.
Traction Control regulator operAdjust your driving style to the
ating.
road conditions.
Several warning and control lamps should light up for a few seconds when
the ignition is switched on, signalling that the function is being verified.
They will switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
WARNING
Driving with brakes in bad condition could result in a serious accident.
● If the brake warning lamp  does not go out, or if it lights up when
driving, the brake fluid level in the reservoir is too low or there is a fault
in the brake system. Obtain professional assistance immediately
⇒ page 121, Brake fluid.
● If the brake warning lamp  lights up together with the ABS warning
lamp , the regulation function of the ABS could be malfunctioning. As a
result, the rear wheels can lock relatively easily when braking. If the rear
wheels lock this could result in loss of vehicle control! If possible, reduce 
Advice
Technical specifications
115
116
Driving
Releasing the handbrake
WARNING (Continued)
● Pull gently in an upwards direction on the handbrake lever and press the
lock button ⇒ Fig. 90 (arrow).
your speed and drive carefully to a specialised workshop close by to
check the brake system. During the following journey, avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
● Move the handbrake lever downwards keeping the lock button pressed.
● If the ABS warning lamp  does not go out or if it lights while driving, the ABS is malfunctioning. The vehicle can only be stopped using
normal braking without ABS. The protection provided by the ABS is not
available. Visit a specialised workshop as soon as possible.
WARNING
The incorrect use of the handbrake may result in a serious accident.
● Never use the handbrake to brake the vehicle except in an emergency.
The braking distance is considerably longer, because braking is only applied to the rear wheels. Always use the foot brake.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.

● Never drive with the handbrake gently applied. This can overheat the
brake, affecting the brakes system. This also causes premature wear on
the rear brake pads.
● Never accelerate from the engine compartment with the engine running and a gear engaged. The vehicle could move, even if the handbrake
is applied.
Handbrake
Note
If the vehicle moves at a speed superior to 6 km/h (4 mph) with the handbrake applied, an audible warning is sounded.

Parking
Fig. 90 Between the
front seats: handbrake.
When parking your vehicle, all legal requirements should be observed.
To park the vehicle
Using the handbrake
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
● Pull firmly in an upwards direction on the handbrake lever while pressing the button.
● Park the vehicle on a suitable surface ⇒ ● The handbrake is applied when the control lamp  lights up on the instrument panel ⇒ page 115 when the ignition is switched on.
.
● Press and hold the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a standstill.
● Apply the handbrake firmly ⇒ page 116.

Driving
● For an automatic gearbox, move the selector lever to position P.
● Switch off the engine and release the brake pedal.
● Remove the key from the ignition.
● If necessary, turn the steering wheel slightly to lock the steering.
● With a manual gearbox, engage 1st gear on flat ground and slopes, or
even reverse gear on hills, and release the clutch pedal.
● Ensure that all passengers leave the vehicle, especially children.
● When leaving the vehicle, take all keys with you.
● Lock the vehicle.
CAUTION
● Special care should be taken when parking in areas with high kerbs or
fixed barriers. Objects protruding from the ground may damage the bumper
or other parts of the vehicle during manoeuvres. To avoid damage, stop before the wheels touched the barrier or kerb.
● Special attention is required when driving through entrances, over
ramps, kerbs or other objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, mudguards
and running gear, and the engine and exhaust system could be damaged as

you drive over these objects.
Additional information for steep slopes and hills
Before switching off the engine, rotate the steering wheel so that if the vehicle should move then it will come up against the kerb.
Information about the brakes
● On slopes, turn the front wheels so that they are against the edge of the
kerb.
For the first 200 to 300 km, the new brake pads have not yet reached their
maximum braking capacity, and need to be “run in” first ⇒ . The slightly
reduced braking effect can be compensated for by increasing pressure on
the brake pedal. While running in, the full braking distance or emergency
braking distance is larger then when the brake pads have been run in.
While running in, avoid full power braking or situations requiring braking
performance. For example, in heavy traffic.
● Uphill, turn the wheels towards the centre of the road.
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures.
This could cause a fire and considerable damage.
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can
come in contact with flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, spilled
fuel, dried grass, etc).
The rate of wear of the brake pads depends to a great extent on the conditions in which the vehicle is used and the way the vehicle is driven. If the
vehicle is used frequently in city traffic or for short trips or driven sport style,
visit a specialised workshop regularly, more frequently than advised in the
Maintenance Programme, to have the brake pads checked.
If you drive with wet brakes, for example, after crossing areas of water, in
heavy rainfall or even after washing the car, the effect of the brakes is lessened as the brake discs are wet or even frozen (in winter). At higher speed,
“dry” the brakes as quickly as possible by braking gently several times. Only do this without endangering vehicles behind you or any other road users
⇒ .

Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
117
118
Driving
A layer of salt on the discs and brake pads will reduce the effectiveness of
the brakes and increase braking distance. If you drive for a prolonged period on salted roads without braking then brake carefully several times to
eliminate the layer of salt on the brakes ⇒ .
If the vehicle remains parked for considerable lengths of time, is used little,
or if the brakes are not used, there may be corrosion on the brake discs and
a build up of dirt on the brake pads. If the brakes are not used frequently, or
if rust has formed on the discs, SEAT recommends cleaning the pads and
discs by braking firmly a few times at a moderately high speed. Only do this
without endangering vehicles behind you or any other road users ⇒ .
Faults in the brake system
During braking, if you notice that the vehicle does not react as usual (that
the braking distance has increased suddenly) it may be possible that there
is a fault in the braking system. This is indicated by the warning lamp .
Take the vehicle to a specialised workshop immediately and have the fault
repaired. Drive at a moderate speed and be prepared to use more pressure
on the brake pedal, and allow for longer stopping distances.
Brake servo
The brake servo only operates when the engine is running and the pressure
applied by the driver on the brake pedal increases.
If the brake servo does not operate or the vehicle must be towed, then the
brake pedal will have to be pressed with more force given that the braking
distance will be increased when the brake servo does not operate ⇒ .
WARNING
New brake pads do not brake to full efficiency.
● For the first 320 km, new brake pads have not yet reached their maximum braking capacity, and need to be “run in” first. For this, to compensate for reduced braking efficiency the brake pedal will have to be pressed with more force.
WARNING (Continued)
● To avoid losing control of the vehicle and causing serious accidents,
always take great care when driving with new brake pads.
● When running in new brake pads, always respect the safety distances
between you and other vehicles and do not cause situations requiring extreme braking performance.
WARNING
When brakes overheat, braking is less efficient and braking distances increase.
● When driving on slopes, brakes can be overloaded and overheat
quickly.
● Reduce speed or reduce the gear when faced with steep and long
slopes. This allows you to use the engine braking effect and to reduce
the strain on the brake system.
● Non-standard or damaged front spoilers could restrict the airflow to
the brakes and cause them to overheat.
WARNING
Wet, frozen or salt-covered brakes take time to brake and this increases
braking distances.
● Test the brakes carefully.
● Dry the brakes, free them of ice and salt by braking gently several
times, when visibility, weather, and road and traffic conditions permit.

Driving
Brake assist systems
WARNING
The assisted braking systems ESC*, ABS, EBV, BAS, ASR, TC and EDL only
operate when the ignition is switched on. They contribute significantly to increasing active safety.
Driving without the brake servo may significantly increase the braking
distance and result in a severe accident.
● Never allow the vehicle to move forwards when the engine is switched
off.
Electronic stability control (ESC)*
● If the brake servo does not operate or the vehicle must be towed,
then the brake pedal will have to be pressed with more force given that
the braking distance will be increased when the brake servo does not operate.
ESC* reduces the risk of skidding and increases the vehicle stability by
braking individual wheels under specific driving conditions. ESC* detects
critical handling situations, such as understeer, oversteer and wheelspin on
the driven wheels. The system stabilises the vehicle by braking individual
wheels or by reducing the engine torque.
CAUTION
The ESC* has limits. It is important to realise that the ESC* is also subject to
the laws of physics. ESC* will not be able to deal with all situations with
which drivers may be faced. For example, if the road surface changes suddenly then ESC* will not be useful in all cases. If the vehicle suddenly enters
a section covered by water, mud or snow then ESC* will not provide assistance in the same way as on dry ground. If the vehicle loses its grip on the
ground and moves over a film of water (“aquaplaning”), the ESC* will not be
able to assist the driver to control the vehicle due to the loss of adherence
with the road surface, preventing braking and steering. If the vehicle is driven through series of bends at high speed, the ESC* will not always be as
effective: the vehicle reaction to aggressive driving is not the same as at reduced speeds.
● Never make the brakes “slip” by pressing the pedal gently, if it is not
really necessary to brake. Continuously pressing on the brake pedal will
heat the brakes. This could significantly reduce braking power, increase
braking distance or even result in the total failure of the brake system.
● Reduce speed or reduce the gear when faced with steep and long
slopes. This allows you to use the engine braking effect and to reduce the
strain on the brake system. Otherwise, the brakes may overheat and fail.
Only use the brakes to reduce speed or to stop.
Note
Make use, when having the front brake pads checked, and have the rear
pads checked also. The thickness of the brake pads should be checked visually and regularly, by looking through the openings in the wheel rims or
from underneath the vehicle. If necessary, remove the wheels to check them
thoroughly. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Safety
Operation

Adjust your speed and driving style to suit visibility, and weather, road and
traffic conditions. ESC* cannot push the limits of the laws of physics; improve the transmission available or maintain the vehicle on the road if a
lack of driver attention creates an inevitable situation. Otherwise, ESC* assists in maintaining vehicle control in extreme situations and uses the
movements of the steering made by the driver to maintain the vehicle moving in the desired direction. If the vehicle is driven at such a speed that it
will leave the road before ESC* can intervene then the system cannot provide assistance.

Advice
Technical specifications
119
120
Driving
The ABS, BAS, ASR and EDL systems are incorporated into the ESC*. The
ESC* is always on1).
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
ABS can prevent the wheels from locking during braking until just before
the vehicle stops thus helping the driver to steer the vehicle and maintain
control. This means that, even during full braking, the risk of skidding is reduced:
● Press and hold the brake pedal fully. Do not remove your foot from the
brake pedal or reduce braking force!
● Do not “pump” the brake pedal, or reduce braking force!
● Maintain vehicle direction when braking fully.
● When the brake pedal is released or when the brake force is reduced,
ABS is turned off.
ABS control can be observed by vibration of the brake pedal and noise. You
should never expect the ABS to reduce the braking distance under any circumstances. Braking distances will increase when driving on gravel, recent
snow or on icy and slippery ground.
Brake assist system (BAS)
The brake assist system may reduce the required braking distance. The
brake assist system boosts the braking force if you press the brake pedal
quickly in an emergency. As a result, the braking pressure increases rapidly,
the braking force is multiplied and the braking distance is reduced. This enables the ABS to be activated more quickly and effectively.
¡Do not lift your foot off the brake pedal! When the brake pedal is released
or when the brake force is reduced, braking assist automatically turns off
the brake servo.
1)
According to version.
Traction control system (ASR) or Traction Control (TC)
In the event of wheelspin, the traction control system ASR or TC reduces the
engine torque to match the amount of grip available. The ASR or TC makes
some situations easier, for example, when starting, accelerating or going
uphill, even in unfavourable road conditions.
Electronic differential lock system (EDL)
EDL is available when driving in straight lines under normal conditions.
When the EDL detects wheelspin, it brakes the spinning wheel and directs
the power to the other driven wheel. To prevent the disc brake of the braked
wheel from overheating, the EDL cuts out automatically if subjected to excessive loads. The EDL will switch on again automatically when the brake
has cooled down.
WARNING
Driving at high speed on icy, slippery wet ground can result in loss of vehicle control and serious injury to the driver and passengers.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and
weather conditions. Even though the braking assist systems, ABS, BAS,
EDL, ASR, TC and ESC*, provide more security, do not take unnecessary
risks while driving.
● Brake assist systems can not overcome the laws of physics. Even with
ESC* and other systems, slippery and wet roads will always be dangerous.
● Driving to quickly on wet ground can result in the wheels losing contact with the ground in an effect known as “aquaplaning”. Without adherence, it is impossible to brake, steer or control the vehicle.
● Brake assist systems cannot avoid accidents if, for example, the driver does not respect safety distances or drives to quickly in difficult conditions.

Driving
121
Brake fluid
WARNING (Continued)
● Even though brake assist systems are extremely effective and help
control the vehicle in difficult situations, remember that the vehicle stability depends on tyre grip.
● When accelerating on a slippery surface, for example on ice and
snow, press the accelerator carefully. The wheels can still slip even with
brake assist systems resulting in loss of vehicle control.
WARNING
Fig. 91 In the engine
compartment: brake fluid
reservoir, lid
The effectiveness of the ESC* can be considerably reduced if other components and systems affecting driving dynamics are not maintained or
are not functioning correctly. This includes, among others, brakes, tyres
and other systems already mentioned.
In the course of time, the brake fluid absorbs water from the ambient air. If
there is too much water contained in the brake fluid, the brake system could
be damaged. In addition, the boiling point of the brake fluid is significantly
lowered. When the brake fluid contains too much water and the brakes are
subject to considerable forces, bubbles of water vapour can form in the system. These bubbles of water vapour can significantly reduce braking power,
significantly increasing braking distance, and could even result in the total
failure of the brake system. Ensuring that the brake system is always functioning correctly is essential for your own safety and the safety of other road
users ⇒ .
● Remember that changing and fitting other components to the vehicle
can affect operation of the ABS, BAS, ASR TC, EDL and ESC*.
● Changes to the vehicle suspension or using unapproved wheel/tyre
combinations can affect operation of the ABS, BAS, ASR, TC, EDL and
ESC* systems and their effectiveness.
● Likewise, the effectiveness of ESC* depends on the use of suitable
tyres ⇒ page 186.
Note
Brake fluid specifications
● To ensure that the ESC*, ASR and TC work properly, all four wheels must
be fitted with identical tyres. Any differences in the rolling radius of the
tyres can cause the system to reduce engine power when this is not desired.
● If a malfunction should occur in the ABS, the ESC*, ASR, TC and EDL will
also be affected.
● Noises may be heard while any of the above systems are operating.

SEAT have developed a special brake fluid optimised for the brake systems
of their vehicles. To ensure the optimum working of the brake system, SEAT
recommends the use of brake fluid in accordance with the VW 501 14
standard. If this brake fluid is not available or another brake fluid is used for
different reasons, use a brake fluid that complies with the United States
standard FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or the German standard DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4
⇒ .
Brake fluids conforming to the standard VW 501 14, fulfil the American requirements of the FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard and the German
DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard. However, fluids that comply with the
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

122
Driving
American FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard or the German DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4
standard do not necessarily comply with the VW 501 14 standard. Always
check the information on the brake fluid container and ensure that you are
using suitable brake fluid.
A suitable brake fluid can be obtained from SEAT dealerships.
Brake fluid level
The level of the brake fluid should always be between the MIN and MAX
marks, or above the MIN mark ⇒ .
It is not always possible to check the level of the brake fluid, as in some
models the engine components make it difficult to see the brake fluid reservoir. If you cannot read the exact brake fluid level, consult a specialist.
The brake fluid level drops slightly when the vehicle is being used due to
wear of the brake pads and the automatic readjustment of the brake.
Changing the brake fluid
The brake fluid should be changed in accordance with the instructions given in the Maintenance Programme. Have the brake fluid changed by a specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service. This
means that only brake fluid complying with the required specifications will
be used.
WARNING
If the brake fluid level is low or if unsuitable or old brake fluid is used,
the brake system may fail or braking power will be reduced.
● Check the brake system and the brake fluid level regularly!
● The brake fluid should be changed regularly in accordance with the
instructions given in the Maintenance Programme.
WARNING (Continued)
● When the brake fluid is used and brakes are subjected to extreme
braking forces, bubbles of vapour form in the brake system. These bubbles of water vapour can significantly reduce braking power, significantly
increasing braking distance, and could even result in the total failure of
the brake system.
● Always ensure that you use suitable brake fluid. Only used brake fluid
that conforms to the VW 501 14 standard, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard or
even the DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard. Other types of brake fluid
could affect brake operation and reduce braking power. Do not use a
brake fluid if the container does not specify compliance with the
VW 501 14, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standards.
● The replacement brake fluid must be new.
WARNING
Brake fluid is poisonous.
● To reduce the risk of poisoning, do not keep brake fluid in drinks bottles/containers or similar. Other people could drink from these recipients
even if the contents are clearly marked.
● Always keep brake fluid in the original container; keep it correctly
sealed and out of reach of children.
CAUTION
Brake fluid damages the vehicle paintwork. Wipe off any brake fluid from
the paintwork immediately.
For the sake of the environment
Brake fluid is an environmental pollutant. Collect any spilt service fluids and

get a professional to dispose of them.
Driver assistance systems
123
Driver assistance systems
Parking sensor system*
Introduction
The parking sensor system assists the driver when parking. If the rear of the
vehicle is approaching an obstacle, an intermittent audible warning is emitted. The shorter the distance, the shorter the intervals between tones. If the
vehicle is too close to the obstacle, the audible warning becomes constant.
If you continue to approach an obstacle when the sound is continuous, this
means the system can no longer measure the distance.
Sensors situated on the rear bumper transmit and receive ultrasound. Using
the ultrasound signal (transmission, reflection from the obstacles and reception), this system continuously calculates the distance between the
bumper and the obstacle.
WARNING
The parking distance warning system cannot replace the driver's assessment of the situation.
● The sensors have blind spots in which obstacles and people are not
registered.
● Always observe the area around the vehicle, as the sensors do not always detect small children, animals or objects.
WARNING (Continued)
● The surface of certain objects and some clothing do not reflect the ultrasound signals from the parking distance system. The system cannot
detect or incorrectly detects these objects and people wearing these
types of clothes.
● External sound sources can affect the parking distance aid signals. In
this case, under certain circumstances, people and objects will not be detected.
CAUTION
● The sensors may not always be able to detect objects such as trailer
draw bars, thin rails, fences, posts, trees and open luggage compartments,
etc. This could result in damage to your car.
● Although the parking sensor system detects and warns of the presence
of an obstacle, the obstacle could disappear from the angle of measurement of the sensors if it is too high or low and the system would no longer
indicate it. Therefore, it will not warn you of these objects. Ignoring the
warnings of the parking sensor system could cause considerable damage to
the vehicle.
● The bumper sensors may become damaged or misaligned, for example,
when parking.
● To ensure that the system works properly, the bumper sensors must be
kept clean, free of ice and snow and uncovered.
● When cleaning the sensors with high-pressure or steam cleaning equipment, spray the sensors briefly at a distance of no less than 10 cm.
● Different sources of noise can produce errors in the parking distance
warning system, for example parking distance warning systems from other
vehicles, inductive loops or construction works machinery.
● Retrofitting components to the vehicle, such as a bicycle carrier, may interfere with the function of the parking distance warning system.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

124
Driver assistance systems
Parking distance warning system
Note
A fault in the parking distance warning system is indicated through a brief
audible warning that is constant for about 3 seconds when switching on for
the first time. Check the parking distance warning system at a Specialised
workshop as soon as possible.

Optical parking system* (OPS)
Fig. 92 Parking distance
warning system sensors
on the rear bumper
The sensors of the parking distance warning system are situated on the rear
bumper ⇒ Fig. 92.
Switching the parking sensor system on and off
● Switching on: with the ignition switched on, select reverse gear. A short
audible warning confirms that the parking distance warning system is
switched on and functioning.
● Switching off: release reverse gear.
Things to note on the parking distance warning system
● The parking sensor system sometimes registers water on the sensors as
an obstacle.
● If the distance does not change, the warning signal will sound less loudly after a few seconds. If the continuous signal sounds, the volume will remain constant.
● When the vehicle moves away from the obstacle, the beeping sound automatically switches off. On approaching the obstacle again, the beeping
sound will switch back on.
● Your SEAT dealership can adjust the volume of the warning signals.
Fig. 93 On-screen OPS
display: A an obstacle
has been detected in the
collision zone; B an obstacle has been detected
in the section; C area
registered behind the vehicle.
The optical parking system is an extension of the parking distance warning
system ⇒ page 124.
On the screen of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) the area behind the vehicle is shown registered by the sensors. Any obstacles are display in relation to the vehicle ⇒ .

Driver assistance systems
Function
Necessary operations
Switching the display
on:
Switching on the ⇒ page 124 parking distance
warning system. The OPS switches on automatically.
Switching the display
off manually:
Press the
System.
Switching the display
off manually:
Release reverse gear.

button on the Portable Navigation
Note
● SEAT recommends practising using the parking distance warning system
in a traffic free zone or in a car park to familiarise yourself with the system
and its operation.
● Representation of the registered area on the screen of the portable navigation system may take up to 5 seconds.
● Note the Instruction Manual provided for the device of the additional information relating to the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT)
⇒ page 160.
Zones explored
125

Behind the vehicle ⇒ Fig. 93 C , the zone analysed reaches a distance of up
to 150 cm and around 60 cm to the sides.
Cruise control* (Cruise control system - CCS)
Screen display
The image displayed represents the supervised zones in several segments.
As the vehicle moves closer to an obstacle, the segment moves closer to the
vehicle displayed A or B . When the penultimate segment is displayed,
this means that the vehicle has reached the collision zone. Stop the vehicle!
Distance from the vehicle
to the obstacle
Audible warning
Displayed in colour on the
screen: colour of the segment if an obstacle is recognised
behind:
approx. 31-150 cm
beeping sound
Yellow
behind:
approx. 0-30 cm
permanent
sound
Red
WARNING
Do not be distracted from the traffic when looking at the screen.
Safety
Operation
Introduction
The cruise control system (CCS) is able to individually maintain the set
speed when driving forwards from approx. 20 km/h (15 mph).
The CCS only slows down by reducing the accelerator but not by braking
⇒ .
WARNING
Use of the cruise control could cause accidents and severe injuries if it is
not possible to drive at a constant speed maintaining the safety distance.
● Do not use the cruise control in heavy traffic, if the distance from the
vehicle in front is insufficient, on steep roads, with several bends or in
slippery circumstances (snow, ice, rain or loose gravel), or on flooded
roads.
● Never use the CCS when driving off-road or on unpaved roads.
Advice
Technical specifications

126
Driver assistance systems
Cruise control system operation
WARNING (Continued)
● Always adapt your speed and the distance to the vehicles ahead in
line with visibility, weather conditions, the condition of the road and the
traffic situation.
● To avoid unexpected operation of the cruise control system, turn it off
every time you finish using it.
● It is dangerous to use a set speed which is too high for the prevailing
road, traffic or weather conditions.
● When travelling down hills, the CCS cannot maintain a constant
speed. The vehicle tends to accelerate under its own weight. Select a
lower gear or use the foot brake to slow the vehicle.

Control lamp
It lights up

Possible cause
This cruise control system maintains the set speed of
the vehicle.
Several warning and control lamps should light up for a few seconds when
the ignition is switched on, signalling that the function is being verified.
They will switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.
Fig. 94 Turn signal and
main beam headlights
lever on the left of the
steering column: CCS
buttons and controls

Function
Control position, control opAction
erations ⇒ Fig. 94
Switching on
the CCS
Control
.
Activating the
CCS
Press button
.
B
in the position
A
in the area
The system is switched on.
After switching on, no
speeds are stored and no
regulator has yet been
placed.
The current speed is stored
and maintained.
Place control B in the posiCCS temporarily tion .
OR:. Press the brake or
switched off.
clutch pedal.
The cruise control system is
switched off temporarily.
The speed setting will remain stored.
Switching on
the CCS again
The stored speed is
reached again and maintained.
Press button
.
A
in the area

Driver assistance systems
Function
Control position, control opAction
erations ⇒ Fig. 94
Press the button A in the
area  briefly to increase
speed in shot measures of
Increasing the about. 1 km/h (1 mph) and
The vehicle accelerates acstore.
stored speed
tively until it reaches the
(during CCS set- Keep button A pressed in
new stored speed.
ting)
the area  for a long
time to continually increase
speed until releasing and
storing.
Press the button A in the
area  briefly to reduce
the stored speed in shot
measures of about. 1 km/h
(1 mph) and store.
Reducing the
stored speed
(during CCS set- Keep button A pressed in
ting)
the area  for a long
time to continually decrease
stored speed until releasing
and storing.
Switching off
the CCS
Control
.
B
in the position
● If the system detects a fault that could affect the working order of the
CCS.
● If you increase the stored speed by pressing the accelerator pedal for a
certain time.
● if the brake or clutch pedal is depressed.
● If the gear is changed with the manual gearbox.
● If the airbag is triggered.

Safety Assist* (City Safety Assist function)
Introduction
Reduce speed without
braking, by interrupting the
accelerator until reaching
the new stored speed.
The City Safety Assist function covers driving situations to a distance of
about 10 metres in front of the vehicle, in a speed range of approximately
5-30 km/h (3-19 mph).
When the system detects a possible collision with a vehicle in front, the vehicle prepares for a possible emergency braking ⇒ .
The system is switched off.
The stored speed is deleted.
Travelling down hills with the CCS
When travelling down hills the CCS cannot maintain a constant speed. Slow
the vehicle down using the brake pedal and reduce gears if required.
If the driver does not react to an imminent collision, the system can automatically brake the vehicle in order to reduce speed faced with a possible
collision. The system can help to reduce the consequences of an accident.
If the City Safety Assist function determines that the driver has braked insufficiently faced with an imminent collision, the system can increase the brake
force in order to reduce speed. The system can help to reduce the consequences of an accident.

Automatic off
The cruise control system (CCS) is switched off automatically or temporarily:
Safety
Operation
127
Advice
Technical specifications
128
Driver assistance systems
WARNING
The intelligent technology in the City Safety Assist system cannot change
the limits imposed by the laws of physics and by the system itself. The
increased convenience offered by the City Safety Assist system should
never prompt you to take risks. The driver always assumes the responsibility of braking in time.
● The City Safety Assist function cannot, of itself, prevent accidents or
serious injury.
● The City Safety Assist system may carry out unwanted brake interventions in complex driving situations, for example when a vehicle crosses
your path a short distance away.
WARNING
Incorporating the role of the City Safety Assist system in your driving behaviour may cause accidents and serious injury. The system is not a replacement for driver awareness.
● Always adapt your speed and the distance to the vehicles ahead in
line with visibility, weather conditions, the condition of the road and the
traffic situation.
● The City Safety Assist function does not react to people, animals or
vehicles that cross or move in the opposite direction in the same lane.
● If after switching on the City Safety Assist function the vehicle begins
to move, slow the vehicle with the foot brake.
CAUTION
If you suspect that the laser sensor of the City Safety Assist function is damaged, switch off the City Safety Assist function. This will avoid additional
damage.
● All repairs to the laser sensor require specialist knowledge. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Note
● If the City Safety Assist function activates a brake, the brake pedal range
is reduced. This makes the brake pedal seem “harder”.
● Automatic brake intervention by the City Safety Assist function can be
cancelled by pressing the clutch pedal, the accelerator pedal or by a corrective intervention.
● During the automatic braking by the City Safety Assist function you may
hear unusual noises. This is normal and is produced in the brake system.

Warning and control lamps
The City Safety Assist function is switched on every time the ignition is
switched on. No special indication is produced.
If the City Safety Assist function is switched off, functions or there is an error
in the system, this will be shown by a control lamp on the instrument panel
display.
It lights
Possible cause ⇒ up
 
The City Safety Assist function has been switched on
manually using the button
  ⇒ Fig. 97.
Solution
The control lamp turns off after
about 5 seconds.

Driver assistance systems
Flashes Possible cause ⇒ Solution

Fast: The City Safety Assist
system function brakes auto- Control lamp turns off automatimatically or has braked auto- cally.
matically.

If the vehicle is stopped, switch
off the engine and switch it on
again. If necessary, inspect the
radar sensor (obstructed by dirt
Slow: City Safety Assist funcor ice) ⇒ in Radar sensor on
tion is not currently available.
page 130. If it still does not
function, refer to a Specialised
workshop to have the system inspected.


Within the operating range of
5-30 km/h (3-19 mph): The
Switch on the City Safety Assist
City Safety Assist function
function manually using the buthas been switched off manton   ⇒ Fig. 97.
ually using the button  
⇒ Fig. 97.
129
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.

Radar sensor
Fig. 95 In the windscreen: City Safety Assist
function radar sensor.
Several warning and control lamps should light up for a few seconds when
the ignition is switched on, signalling that the function is being verified.
They will switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
Fig. 96 Radar sensor detection area.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
A radar sensor on the windscreen ⇒ Fig. 95 allows the system to detect driving situations in front of the vehicle.

Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
130
Driver assistance systems
Function
Vehicles ahead can be detected up to a distance of about 10 m.
WARNING
The laser beam on the radar sensor can cause serious injury to the eyes.
● Never focus optical devices, for example a camera, microscope or
magnifying glass closer than 100 mm from the radar sensor.
● Note that the laser beam can remain active when the City Safety Assist system is switched off or unavailable. The laser beam is not visible to
the human eye.
Fig. 97 In the lower part
of the centre console:
button for the City Safety
Assist function.
CAUTION
If the windscreen is dirty or frozen in the area of the radar sensor, for example due to rain, mist or snow, the City Safety Assist system may subsequently fail to operate.
Switching the City Safety Assist function on and off
● Press the ⇒ Fig. 97 button on the centre console.
● Always keep the radar sensor area free of dirt and ice.
When the City Safety Assist function is switched on, the control lamp  
lights up on the instrument panel within the operational range, i.e. for
speeds between 5-30 km/h (3-19 mph).
● Use a small brush to remove snow and a de-icer spray to remove ice.
CAUTION
Switch off the City Safety Assist function in the following situations
A damaged windscreen in the radar sensor area may cause the City Safety
Assist function to fail to operate.
Switching off the City Safety Assist function is recommended in the following situations ⇒ :
● Replace the windscreen if it is scratched, cracked or chipped by stones
in the radar sensor area. Only use a windscreen authorised by SEAT. Carrying out repairs is not permitted (for example in the case of damage suffered
in an impact from a stone).
● While the vehicle is being towed.
● When replacing the windscreen wipers, only use windscreen wipers authorised by SEAT.
● If the radar sensor is faulty.
● Do not paint the radar sensor area on the windscreen, or cover it with
stickers or other materials.
● If the vehicle has been taken to an automatic car wash.
● If the vehicle is above a test bed.
● After the radar sensor has been involved in a collision.

● When driving off road (overhanging branches).
● If objects are protruding above the bonnet, for example a load carried
on the roof that protrudes at the front.
● If the windscreen is damaged in the radar sensor area.

Driver assistance systems
131
WARNING
Failure to switch off the City Safety Assist function in the above situations may result in accidents and serious injury.
● Switch off the City Safety Assist function in critical situations.

Special driving situations
Fig. 99 Other vehicles
changing lanes
The City Safety Assist function has physical limits and limits determined by
the system itself. In certain circumstances, this may produce reactions from
the City Safety Assist system that are delayed or unexpected by the driver.
For this reason, always pay due attention and if necessary, intervene.
For example, the following driving situations require special attention:
Driving through a bend
When entering or leaving a “long” bend, the vehicle may decelerate when
the radar sensor detects a vehicle travelling in the opposite lane ⇒ Fig. 98
A. To interrupt the deceleration you can accelerate, turn the steering wheel
or press the clutch.
Fig. 98 A: Vehicle on a
bend. B: Motorcyclist
driving ahead out of
range of the radar sensor.
Narrow vehicles in front
The radar sensor will only detect narrow vehicles in front if they are in the
sensor detection zone ⇒ Fig. 98 B. This applies in particular to narrow vehicles such as motorcycles.
Other vehicles changing lanes
Vehicles changing lane in close proximity can cause the City Safety Assist
system to brake unexpectedly ⇒ Fig. 99. To interrupt the deceleration you
can accelerate, turn the steering wheel or press the clutch.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

132
Driver assistance systems
Hill hold
Malfunction in the radar sensor
If radar sensor operation is impaired, for example due to heavy rain, spray,
snow or dirt, the City Safety Assist system function is temporarily switched
off. On the instrument panel display the control lamp  flashes.
Introduction
When the fault in the radar sensor has been rectified, the City Safety Assist
system function automatically becomes available. The control lamp 
switches off.
WARNING
The following conditions could prevent the City Safety Assist system from
functioning:
The smart technology included in the hill hold cannot change the laws of
physics. Do not let the extra convenience afforded by the hill hold tempt
you into taking any risks when driving.
● Tight bends.
● Any accidental movement of the vehicle could result in serious injury.
● Accelerator pressed fully down to the floor.
● The hill hold is not a replacement for driver awareness.
● If the City Safety Assist system is switched off or there is a fault
⇒ page 128.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, weather, road and
traffic conditions.
● In the event of snow, heavy rain or dense fog.
● The hill hold cannot always keep the vehicle at a standstill on a slope
or brake sufficiently when travelling downhill (e.g. on slippery or frozen
surfaces).
● If the radar sensor is dirty, covered or overheated ⇒ page 129.
● If there are vehicles in front.

● Vehicles changing lanes.
● Vehicles moving in the opposite direction in the same lane.
Warning lamps
● Very dirty vehicles with a low degree of reflection.
● Presence of thick dust.

It lights up
Possible cause
Solution

The Start-Stop system is enabled.

The Start-Stop system is enabled but the engine cannot be
automatically stopped.
Contact a specialised
workshop.
The Start-Stop system cannot
start the engine.
Start the engine by hand
using the vehicle's key
⇒ page 104.

There is a fault in the alternator. ⇒ page 181

Driver assistance systems
Flashes

Possible cause
Solution
Disconnect the Start-Stop system by hand whenever crossing water.
The Start-Stop system is not
available.
Contact a specialised
workshop.
Vehicles with a manual gearbox
● When the vehicle is stopped, put it into neutral and release the clutch
pedal. The engine will stop.
Some warning and control lamps will light up briefly when the ignition is
switched on to check certain functions. They will switch off after a few seconds.
● To restart, simply engage the clutch.
Vehicles with an automatic gearbox
● When the vehicle is at a standstill, depress the brake or keep it pressed
down. The engine switches off.
WARNING
Observe the safety warnings ⇒ page 48.
133
in Control and warning lamps on
● The engine will start again as soon as you release the brake pedal.

● With the selector lever set to position P, the engine will not start until a
range of gears is selected or the accelerator pedal is depressed.
Important conditions for the engine to stop automatically
Start-Stop system
● The driver's seat belt must be fastened.
● The driver door must be closed.
● The bonnet must be closed.
● The engine must have reached a minimum temperature.
● The vehicle must have moved since the last time the engine was stopped.
● The vehicle's battery must be sufficiently charged.
● The battery temperature must not be too low or too high.
Fig. 100 At the top of
the centre console: StartStop system button
With the Start-Stop system enabled, the engine is automatically stopped
when the vehicle is at a standstill. It will start again automatically as required.
This function remains enabled while the ignition is switched on. The instrument panel display shows information on the current status ⇒ page 132.
Safety
Operation
● The vehicle must not be on a very steep slope.
Conditions for the engine to restart automatically
The engine can be automatically restarted in the following cases:
● If the vehicle starts to moves.
● If the battery voltage drops.
Conditions requiring engine start-up using the key
The engine has to be started manually in the following cases:
Advice
Technical specifications

134
Driver assistance systems
● If the driver unbuckles his/her seat belt.
The hill driving assistant helps the driver to move off and upwards on a hill
when the vehicle is stationary.
● If the driver door is opened.
● If the bonnet is opened.
The system maintains brake pressure for approximately two seconds after
the driver takes his foot off the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from
lurching backwards when it is started. During these two seconds, the driver
has enough time to release the clutch pedal and accelerate without the vehicle moving and without having to use the handbrake, making start-up
easier, more comfortable and safer.
Switching the Start-Stop system on and off
● Press the button  situated in the centre console ⇒ Fig. 100.
● The button will light up when the Start-Stop system is switched off.
The engine will start immediately if the vehicle is in Stop mode when the
system is switched off by hand.
These are the basic operation conditions:
● being on a ramp or hill/slope,
WARNING
● closed doors,
The brake servo and the electromechanical steering do not work when
the engine is switched off.
● vehicle completely stationary,
● The vehicle must never be allowed to move with the engine switched
off.
● besides having a gear engaged or being in neutral for manual gear
change and with the selector lever at positions S, D or R in vehicles with automatic gearbox.
● engine running and foot on the brake,
● Disconnect the Start-Stop system before working in the engine compartment.
This system is also active in reversing uphill.
CAUTION
WARNING
The vehicle's battery could be damaged if the vehicle is used for long periods at very high outside temperatures.
● If you do not start the vehicle immediately after taking your foot off
the brake pedal, the vehicle may start to roll back under certain conditions. Depress the brake pedal or use the hand brake immediately.
Note
In some cases, it may be necessary to start the engine by hand using the
key. Refer to the corresponding control lamp on the instrument panel.
Hill driving assistant*
This function is only included in vehicles with ESC.

● If the engine stalls, depress the brake pedal or use the hand brake
immediately.
● When following a line of traffic uphill, if you want to prevent the vehicle from rolling back accidentally when starting off, hold the brake pedal
down for a few seconds before starting off.

Driver assistance systems
135
● The temporary spare wheel is fitted.
Note
The Official Service or a specialist workshop can tell you if your vehicle is
equipped with this system.
● The wheel on one axle is changed.

Tyre pressure adjustment
After adjusting tyre pressure or changing one or more wheels, the
⇒ Fig. 101 button must be held down, with the ignition on, until an acoustic
signal is heard.
Tyre control system* 
If the wheels are under excessive load (for example, driving with a trailer or
heavy load), the tyre pressure must be increased to the recommended value
for a full load (see the sticker on the inside of the fuel flap). If the tyre monitor system button is pressed down, the new tyre pressures are confirmed.
The tyre pressure control lamp  lights up
If the tyre pressure of a wheel is much lower than the value set by the driver,
then the tyre pressure control lamp ⇒ will light up.
Fig. 101 Centre console:
tyre monitor system button
The tyre control lamp1) compares wheel revolutions and, with it, the wheel
diameter of each wheel using the ESC. If the diameter of a wheel changes,
the tyre control lamp  lights up. The wheel diameter changes when:
● Tyre pressure is insufficient.
● The tyre structure is damaged.
WARNING
● When the tyre pressure control lamp lights up, reduce speed immediately and avoid any sudden manoeuvre or braking. Stop when possible,
and check the tyre pressure and status.
● The driver is responsible for maintaining correct tyre pressures. For
this reason, tyre pressure must be regularly checked.
● Under certain circumstances (for example, when driving in a sportslike style, in winter conditions or on a dirt track) the tyre control lamp
may not work or work with a delay.
● The vehicle is unbalanced because of a load.
● The wheels of one axle are under more pressure (for example, driving
with a trailer or on extreme slopes).
● The vehicle is fitted with snow chains.
1)
Safety
Note
If the battery is disconnected, the yellow warning lamp  lights up after
turning the ignition on. This should turn off after a brief journey.
Depending on the model version
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

136
Driving and the environment
Advice
Driving and the environment
Running-in
Engine management and exhaust gas
purification system
Please observe the instructions for running-in new components.
Running-in the engine
Introduction
The engine needs to be run in over the first 1500 km. During its first few
hours of running, the internal friction in the engine is greater than later on
when all the moving parts have bedded down.
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures.
This could cause a fire.
How the vehicle is driven for the first 1,500 km influences the future engine
performance. Throughout the life of the vehicle, it should be driven at a
moderate speed, especially when the engine is cold, as this will reduce engine wear and increase its useful life. Never drive at extremely low engine
speeds. Change down to a lower gear when the engine no longer runs
“smoothly”. Up to 1000 kilometres the following instructions apply:
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can
come in contact with flammable materials (such as dried grass).
● Never apply additional underseal or anti-corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, catalytic converter or the heat shields on the exhaust system.
● Do not use full throttle.
● Do not force the engine above two thirds of its maximum speed.
Between 1,000 and 1,500 kilometres, gradually increase power until reaching the maximum speed and high engine speeds.
Running in new tyres and brake pads
● Replacement of new tyres and wheel rims ⇒ page 186
● Notes on the brakes ⇒ page 114
For the sake of the environment
If the engine is run in gently, the life of the engine will be increased and the
engine oil consumption reduced.


Driving and the environment
Control lamps
Catalytic converter
It lights
Possible cause
up



The catalytic converter permits the subsequent treatment of the exhaust
gases thus reducing contaminating gas emissions. To ensure a longer working life for the exhaust system and catalytic converter in a petrol engine:
Solution
Fault in engine management
(Electronic Power Control).
Take the vehicle to a specialised
workshop as soon as possible
and have the engine checked.
Fault in catalytic converter.
You should reduce speed accordingly. Drive carefully until you
reach the next specialised workshop. Have the engine checked
there.
Flashes Possible cause
● Always use unleaded petrol.
● Never run the fuel tank completely dry.
● Do not top up with too much engine oil ⇒ page 174.
● Do not tow-start the vehicle; use the starter cables ⇒ page 221.
If you should notice misfiring, uneven running or loss of power when the car
is moving, reduce speed immediately. Have the car inspected by a specialised workshop. If this happens, unburnt fuel can enter the exhaust system
and escape into the atmosphere. The catalytic converter can also be damaged by overheating.
Solution
You should reduce speed accordCombustion fault which could ingly. Drive carefully until you
damage the catalytic convert- reach the next specialised workshop. Have the engine checked
er.
there.
For the sake of the environment
Even when the emission control system is working perfectly, there may be a
smell of sulphur from the exhaust gas under some conditions. This depends

on the sulphur content of the fuel used.
Several warning and control lamps should light up for a few seconds when
the ignition is switched on, signalling that the function is being verified.
They will switch off after a few seconds.
Economical and environmentally friendly
driving
CAUTION
Always pay attention to any lit control lamps and to the corresponding descriptions and instructions to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Introduction
Note
While the control lamps  or  maintain lit up, the engine will present
faults, a higher consumption of fuel and a loss of engine power.
Safety
137
Operation

Fuel consumption, environmental impact and engine, brake and tyre wear
depend largely on three factors:
Advice
Technical specifications

138
Driving and the environment
● Personal driving style.
Allow the vehicle to roll without accelerating, for example when approaching a red traffic light. However, if the vehicle is rolling too slowly or the distance is too long, the clutch pedal should be pressed to declutch. The engine will then operate at idle speed.
● Conditions of use (weather, road surface).
● Technical requirements.
Savings of up to 25% in fuel consumption are possible with an appropriate
driving style and the adoption of certain simple tips.
If the vehicle is going to be at a standstill for a period of time, switch off the
engine; for example, while waiting at a level crossing.
Think ahead and “flow” with the traffic
WARNING
Always adapt your speed and the distance to the vehicles ahead in line
with visibility, weather conditions, the condition of the road and the traffic situation.

Frequent acceleration and braking considerably increase fuel consumption.
If you think ahead as you drive and keep a safe distance from the vehicle in
front, it is possible to slow down by simply lifting your foot off the accelerator. This eliminates the need for constant braking and acceleration.
Calm and steady driving
Economic driving style
Changing gear early
General instructions: the highest gear is always the most economical gear.
As a guide, it can be said that most vehicles at a speed of 30 km/h
(19 mph) drive in third gear, at 40 km/h (25 mph) in fourth gear and at
50 km/h (31 mph) in fifth gear.
In addition, “skipping” gears when shifting up helps to save fuel, weather
and traffic conditions permitting.
Do not wait until the last moment before changing gear. Only use first gear
when you move off and change to second gear quickly. Avoid the kick-down
function in vehicles with automatic gearbox.
Vehicles with a gear display help to achieve an economical driving style as
the display indicates the best moment to change gear.
Let the vehicle roll
If you take your foot off the accelerator, the fuel supply is stopped and consumption is reduced.
Constancy is more important than speed: the more you drive at a constant
speed, the lower the fuel consumption.
When driving on the motorway, it is more efficient to maintain a constant
and more moderate speed than to be continuously accelerating and braking. As a general rule, you will reach your destination just as quickly when
you drive at a constant speed.
The cruise control function helps you to achieve a constant style of driving.
Moderate use of additional electrical devices
It is important to travel in comfort, but convenience systems should be used
in an ecological manner.
Some equipment, when connected, increase fuel consumption considerably, for example:

Driving and the environment
● Air conditioning cooling system: if the air conditioning system is required to cool to significantly lower temperatures than the true outside temperature, it will require a large quantity of energy from the engine. Therefore, we recommend that the selected temperature for the vehicle is not too
different to the outside temperature. It is a good idea to open all the windows of the car before starting your journey, and to drive a short distance
with all the windows open to allow the vehicle to cool down slightly. Only
then should you close all the windows and switch on the air conditioning.
Keep windows closed when travelling at high speeds. Driving with the windows open increases fuel consumption.
A vehicle uses most fuel when accelerating. By anticipating the traffic situation ahead, you will brake and therefore accelerate less. Wherever possible,
let the car roll slowly to a stop, for instance when you can see that the next
traffic lights are red.
Avoid short journeys
Fuel consumption is much higher when the engine is cold, immediately after it has been started. It takes a few kilometres of driving for the engine to
warm up and to normalise consumption.
The engine and catalytic converter need to reach their proper working temperature in order to minimise fuel consumption and emissions. The ambient
temperature has a decisive influence.
● Switch off the seat heating when the seats have warmed up.
● Switch off the heated rear window when it is not misted up or covered in
ice.
Fig. 102 shows the difference in consumption for the same journey at
+20 °C (+68 °F) and at -10 °C (+14 °F).
Other factors which increase fuel consumption (examples):
● Fault in engine management.
● Driving on hills.
139

Therefore, unnecessary short journeys should be avoided. Try to combine
trips.
The vehicle uses more fuel in winter than in summer, even when other conditions are the same.
Saving fuel while driving
“Warming” the engine is not only forbidden in some countries, but in practice it is technically superfluous as it is a waste of fuel.
Adjusting type pressures.
Having the correct pressure in your tyres helps to reduce rolling resistance
and, as a result reduces fuel consumption. Increasing the tyre pressure
slightly (+0.2 bar / +3 psi / +200 kPa) can help to save fuel.
Fig. 102 Fuel consumption in litres per 100 km
at 2 different outside
temperatures
By adopting an economical driving style and anticipating the traffic situation ahead, you can easily reduce fuel consumption by 10-15%.
Safety
Operation
When you buy new tyres, make sure they are optimised for minimum rolling
resistance.
Use low friction engine oil
The use of low viscosity totally synthetic oils, known as low friction engine
oil, help to reduce fuel consumption. These oils reduce the resistance
caused by friction in the engine, they flow around the engine more quickly
Advice
Technical specifications

140
Driving and the environment
and efficiently, particularly in cold starts. The effect is particularly noticeable in vehicles frequently used for short journeys.
● Increased use of single-grade materials.
● Plastic parts and elastomers are marked in accordance with ISO 1043,
ISO 11469 and ISO 1629.
Always check the engine oil level and observe service intervals (engine oil
change intervals).
Choice of materials
● Use of recycled materials.
When purchasing engine oil, always observe legal requirements and ensure
that the oil is approved by SEAT.
● Use of compatible plastics in the same part if its components are not
easily separated.
Avoid carrying unnecessary loads
● Use of recycled materials and/or materials originating from renewable
sources.
The lighter the vehicle, the more economical and ecological the driving
style. For example, an additional weight of 100 kg will increase fuel consumption by up to 0.3 l/100 km.
● Reduction of volatile components, including odour, in plastic materials.
● Use of CFC-free coolants.
Remove any unnecessary objects or loads from the vehicle.
Ban on heavy metals, with the exceptions dictated by law (Annex II of ELV
Directive 2000/53/EC): cadmium, lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium.
Remove optional equipment and unnecessary accessories
The more aerodynamic the vehicle, the lower the fuel consumption. Optional equipment and accessories (such as roof racks or bike carriers) reduce
the aerodynamic benefits of the vehicle.
Therefore, we recommend you remove all optional and unnecessary equipment and racks, especially if you intend to drive at high speeds.
Manufacturing methods
● Reduction of the quantity of thinner in the protective wax for cavities.
● Use of plastic film as protection during vehicle transport.

● Use of solvent-free adhesives.
● Use of CFC-free coolants in cooling systems.
● Recycling and energy recovery from residues (RDF).
Environmental friendliness
Environmental protection is a top priority in the design, choice of materials
and manufacture of your new SEAT.
Constructive measures to encourage recycling
● Joints and connections designed for easy dismantling
● Modular construction to facilitate dismantling
● Improvement in the quality of waste water.
● Use of systems for the recovery of residual heat (thermal recovery, enthalpy wheels, etc.).
● The use of water-soluble paints.

Vehicle care and maintenance
141
Vehicle care and maintenance
Care and cleaning the vehicle exterior
WARNING
Inappropriate care and cleaning of vehicle components may effect the vehicle safety equipment, increasing the risk of severe injury.
Introduction
Regular maintenance and washing help to maintain the value of the vehicle.
This may also be one of the requirements for acknowledging warranty
claims in the event of bodywork corrosion or paint defects.
Products suitable for the care of your vehicle are available at any Technical
Service.
● Vehicle components should only be cleaned and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
● Only use approved or recommended care products.
CAUTION
Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material.
WARNING
Car-care products may be toxic and hazardous. If car care products are
not suitable or are used inappropriately, this could result in accident, serious injury, burns or intoxication.
● Car care products must always be stored in the original container
which should be kept closed.
For the sake of the environment
Only wash the vehicle in areas allocated for this purpose, to prevent dirty
water which may be contaminated by oil, grease or fuel, from entering the
drains. In some places, washing vehicles outside the areas intended for this
purpose is prohibited.
● Observe information provided by the manufacturer.
● To prevent confusion, never store car care products in empty food
cans, bottles or other containers.
For the sake of the environment
Where possible, always use products which respect the environment.
● Keep all care products out of reach of children.
● Harmful vapours may be produced when using car care products.
Therefore, care products should only be used in well-ventilated spaces or
in the open air.
For the sake of the environment
The remains of car care products should not be disposed of with ordinary
household waste. Observe information provided by the manufacturer.
● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, acetone or any other volatile
liquid to wash, clean or care for the vehicle. These are toxic and highly
flammable.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

142
Vehicle care and maintenance
Washing the vehicle
WARNING
The longer substances such as insects, bird droppings, resinous tree sap,
road dirt, industrial deposits, tar, soot or road salt and other aggressive materials remain on the vehicle, the more damage they do to the paintwork.
High temperatures (for instance due to strong sunlight) further intensify the
corrosive effect. The vehicle undercarriage should also be thoroughly washed at regular intervals.
Sharp components on the vehicle may cause injury.
Automatic car washes
After the vehicle has been washed, the braking effect will be reduced
(and the braking distance increased) due to moisture (and ice in winter)
on the brakes.
Always observe the instructions provided at the automatic car wash. The
standard precautionary measures prior to entering the car wash should be
taken to avoid damage to the vehicle (close all windows, fold in exterior mirrors). If the vehicle is fitted with additional components (spoiler, roof-rack,
aerial etc.), check with the car wash supervisor whether these can enter the
car wash ⇒ .
The vehicle paintwork is so durable that the vehicle can normally be washed
without problems in an automatic car wash tunnel. However, wear and damage to the paintwork will depend on the type of car wash used. SEAT recommends the use of car washed without brushes.
To remove traces of wax on windows and to prevent wiper blades from
scratching, please observe the following ⇒ page 144, Cleaning windows
and exterior mirrors.
Washing the car by hand
When washing the car by hand, use plenty of water to soften the dirt first,
and rinse off as well as possible.
Then clean the vehicle with a soft sponge, glove or brush using only slight
pressure. Start at the roof and work downwards. Special car shampoo
should only be used for very persistent dirt.
Rinse the sponge or glove thoroughly and often.
Wheels, sills and similar should be cleaned last. Use a second sponge for
this.
● Protect arms and hands from sharp edges when cleaning the vehicle
undercarriage or the interior of the wheel hubs.
WARNING
● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking carefully. Ensure that you
are not endangering other road-users or breaking traffic regulations in
the process.
CAUTION
● The temperature of the water must not exceed +60 °C (+140 °F).
● To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not wash the vehicle in full sun.
● Do not use rough sponges or similar which could damage the surface to
clean away the traces of insects.
● Never wipe the headlights with a dry cloth or sponge, always moisten
first. It is best to use soapy water.
● Washing the vehicle in low temperatures: when washing the vehicle
with a hose, do not direct water into the lock cylinders or the gaps around
the doors, rear lid, or sunroof. Locks and seals could freeze!
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the vehicle, please observe the following before entering an automatic car wash:
● Compare the distance between the vehicle wheels and the distance between the guide-rails of the car wash to prevent damage to the wheels and
tyres!

Vehicle care and maintenance
● Switch off the rain sensor before taking the vehicle to an automatic car
wash.
WARNING
● Compare the height and width of your vehicle with the available height
and width when entering and driving through the car wash.
The incorrect use of high pressure cleaning equipment could result in
permanent damage, visible or invisible, to the tyres or other materials.
This could result in a serious accident.
● Fold in exterior mirrors Electrically retractable exterior mirrors must not
be folded in or out by hand. Always use the electrical power control.
● Ensure there is a suitable distance between the nozzle and the tyres.
● To avoid damaging the bonnet paintwork, rest the windscreen wipers on
the windscreen after drying the wiper blades. Do not let them fall!
● Lock the rear lid to prevent it from opening unexpectedly while inside
the car wash.
143
● Never wash tyres with a concentrated jet or so-called “dirt blasters”.
Even at large spraying distances and short cleaning times, you may damage the tyres.

WARNING
Washing the vehicle with high pressure cleaning apparatus
When cleaning the vehicle with a high-pressure cleaner, always follow the
operating instructions for the equipment. Pay special attention to the required pressure of the jet and the distance between the jet and the vehicle
⇒ .
Keep a suitable distance from soft materials, such as rubber hoses or insulating material, and from the parking distance warning system sensors. The
sensors of the parking distance warning system are situated on the rear
bumper ⇒ .
Do not use a nozzle that sprays the water out in a direct stream or one that
has a rotating jet for forcing off dirt ⇒ .
After the vehicle has been washed, the braking effect will be reduced
(and the braking distance increased) due to moisture (and ice in winter)
on the brakes.
● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking carefully. Ensure that you
are not endangering other road-users or breaking traffic regulations in
the process.
CAUTION
● The temperature of the water must not be above +60 °C (+140 °F).
● To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not wash the vehicle in full sun.
● To ensure that the system functions well, the sensors located on the
bumper must be kept clean and free from ice. When cleaning with pressure
hoses and steam cleaners, the sensors should be sprayed only briefly. A
distance of 10 cm between the sensors and the steam / hose nozzle must
be observed.
● Do not use a high pressure cleaner to remove ice or snow from windows
● Washing the vehicle in low temperatures: when washing the vehicle
with a hose, do not direct water into the lock cylinders or the gaps around
the doors, rear lid, or sunroof. Locks and seals could freeze!
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

144
Vehicle care and maintenance
Cleaning windows and exterior mirrors
Cleaning windows and exterior mirrors
Spray windows and exterior windows with a standard window cleaner containing alcohol.
● For the hottest time of the year: the window cleaner for summer
use G 052 184 A1. Proportion 1:100 (1 part detergent, 100 parts water) in
the windscreen washer reservoir.
● All year round: the window cleaner G 052 164 A2; proportion 1:2 in
windscreen washer reservoir (1 part concentrate, 2 parts water) in winter,
down to -18 °C (-0.4 °F), or 1:4, during the rest of the year.
Dry the windows with a clean chamois leather or a lint-free cloth. The chamois leathers used on painted surfaces are not suitable for cleaning windows because they are soiled with wax deposits which could smear the windows.
● Window cloths G 052 522 A1 for all windows and exterior mirrors.
Use window cleaner or a silicone remover to clean rubber, oil, grease and
silicone deposits off ⇒ .
Removing ice
Removing wax deposits
Automatic car washes and certain car care products may leave wax deposits
on the windows. These deposits can only be removed with a special product
or cleaning cloths. If wax deposits are left on the windscreen and the rear
window, the blades can scratch the glass. SEAT recommends you wipe the
wax deposits off the windscreen and the rear window with a soft cloth each
time after you have washed the vehicle.
A window cleaning detergent which helps to dissolve the wax may be added
to the windscreen washer fluid to prevent the wiper blades from scratching
the windscreen. Please ensure the you add the cleaning product in the correct proportions. Products for removing grease do not eliminate the wax deposits ⇒ .
Special cleaning products or window cloths are available at any Technical
Service. To remove wax deposits, SEAT recommends the following products:
Removing snow
Use a small brush to remove snow from the windows and exterior mirrors.
If possible, use a de-icing spray to remove ice. If you use an ice scraper,
push it in one direction only without swinging it. If you pull the scraper
backwards, the dirt may scratch the window.
WARNING
Dirty or misted windows reduce visibility in all directions and increase
the risk of accident and serious injury.
● Do not drive unless you have good visibility through all windows!
● Remove ice and snow from the windows and demist inside and out.
CAUTION
● Never mix our cleaning products with other products not recommended
by SEAT in the windscreen washer reservoir. This could lead to flocculation
and may block the windscreen washer jets.
● Do not use hot or warm water to remove ice or snow from the windows
and exterior mirrors. The glass could crack!
● The heating element for the rear window is located on the inner side of
the window. Do not stick adhesive labels over the heating elements and
never clean the inside of the rear window with corrosive or acid products or
other similar chemical cleaning products.

Vehicle care and maintenance
Caring for and polishing the vehicle paintwork
CAUTION
Waxing
In order to prevent damage to the aluminium and chrome wheel trims:
Regular waxing protects the paintwork. It is time to apply a good coat of wax
when water no longer forms droplets and rolls off the clean paintwork.
● Do not clean or polish them in sandy or dusty environments.
● Do not clean or polish them in direct sunlight.
● Do not use abrasive cleaning agents such as home cream cleaners.
Even if a wax solution is used regularly in the automatic car wash, SEAT recommends protecting the paint with a hard wax coating at least twice a year.
● Do not use insect sponges, scouring pads, or similar products to clean
insect deposits.
Polishing
● Do not polish dirty surfaces.
Polishing is only necessary if the paint has lost its shine, and the gloss cannot be brought back by applying wax.
● Do not use products containing solvents.
● Do not use hard wax.
If the polish does not contain wax, a wax product should be applied after
polishing.
CAUTION
Chrome hub caps or wheel covers may have been painted additionally. Do
not treat them with aluminium or chrome wax products, nor chrome or aluminium polish. Instead, use commercial paint wax or polish.
CAUTION
● To prevent damage, car polish or hard wax should not be used on components painted in matt paint, plastic components and the glass headlamp
and tail light covers.
● Do not polish your vehicle in a sandy or dusty environment.
145


Cleaning wheels
Cleaning steel wheels
Care and cleaning of chrome and aluminium wheel rims
Use an industrial cleaner to remove brake dust. Therefore, clean wheels regularly with a separate sponge.
● Use a clean, damp, lint-free, smooth cloth to clean anodized surfaces.
Any damage to the paint on steel wheels should be touched up before the
metal starts to rust.
● If there is a lot of dirt, use a special cleaning product which does not
contain solvents.
● Then, polish the chrome and aluminium wheel trims with a smooth dry
cloth.
Safety
Operation
Caring for and cleaning alloy wheels
Remove road salt and brake dust by washing the wheels approximately
once a fortnight. Use an acid free detergent to clean the wheel rims. SEAT
recommends treating the wheel rims thoroughly with a hard wax about
once every three months.
Advice
Technical specifications

146
Vehicle care and maintenance
It is important to remove road salt and brake dust by washing the wheels at
regular intervals, otherwise the finish will be impaired.
Protection of vehicle undercarriage
Always use an acid-free detergent for alloy wheel rims. Car polish or other
abrasive agents should not be used for maintaining the rims.
The vehicle underbody is coated to protect it from chemical and mechanical
damage. The protective coat on the undercarriage may wear through use
while driving. Therefore, SEAT recommends that the protective coating on
the undercarriage and on the running gear should be regularly checked, and
repaired if necessary.
If the protective coating on the paint has been damaged (if hit by a stone for

example), it should be repaired immediately.
WARNING
Caring for rubber seals
Additional underseal or anti-corrosion products could catch fire due to
the high temperatures reached by the exhaust gas system and other engine components.
The rubber seals on doors, windows, etc., remain flexible, provide a better
seal and last longer if they are regularly treated with a product specifically
designed for use on rubber.
Before applying the product, use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt from
the rubber seals.
● Do not apply additional underseal or anti-corrosion products to the
exhaust pipes, catalytic converters, heat shields or other parts of the vehicle which reach high temperatures.


Cleaning the engine compartment
De-icing the door lock cylinder
The engine compartment of any motor vehicle is a potentially hazardous
area ⇒ page 171.
To de-ice the lock cylinders, SEAT recommend the use of genuine SEAT spray
with lubricating and anti-corrosive properties.
The engine compartment should only be cleaned by qualified personnel. If
it is not correctly cleaned, the anti-corrosion coating and consequently electrical components may be damaged. Moreover, water may filter directly into
the vehicle interior through the water chamber ⇒ .
CAUTION
The use of products containing degreasing agents to de-ice the locks may
rust the lock cylinder.

If the engine compartment is very dirty, always take the vehicle to a specialised workshop for professional cleaning. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.

Vehicle care and maintenance
Caring for and cleaning the vehicle interior
Water box
The water box is in the engine compartment, between the windscreen and
the engine, and beneath a perforated cover. Air is taken in through the water box from outside to the vehicle interior via the heating and air conditioner.
Introduction
The dye from many items of modern clothing (e.g. dark jeans) is not always
solid enough. Seat upholstery (material and leather), especially when lightcoloured, may visibly discolour if dye bleeds from clothing (even when used
correctly). This is not an upholstery defect but indicates that the dye in the
item of clothing is not solid enough.
Leaves and other loose objects should be regularly cleaned away from the
water box either by hand or with a vacuum.
WARNING
When working on the engine or in the engine compartment, there is a
risk of injury, burns, accident or fire.
WARNING
● Before starting work, please ensure you are familiar with the required
procedure and the safety precautions ⇒ page 171.
Car-care products may be toxic and hazardous. If car care products are
not suitable or are used inappropriately, this could result in accident, serious injury, burns or intoxication.
● SEAT recommends contacting a specialised workshop.
● Car care products must always be stored in the original container
which should be kept closed.
CAUTION
● Observe information provided by the manufacturer.
If water is manually poured into the water compartment (for example, using
a high pressure cleaning appliance), this could cause significant damage to
the vehicle.
● To prevent confusion, never store car care products in empty food
cans, bottles or other containers.
● Keep all care products out of reach of children.
● Harmful vapours may be produced when using car care products.
Therefore, care products should only be used in well-ventilated spaces or
in the open air.
For the sake of the environment
Only wash the engine compartment in areas allocated for this purpose, to
prevent dirty water which may be contaminated by oil, grease or fuel, from
entering the drains. In some places, washing this compartment outside the
areas intended for this purpose is prohibited.
Safety
147
Operation

● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, acetone or any other volatile
liquid to wash, clean or care for the vehicle. These are toxic and highly
flammable.
Advice
Technical specifications

148
Vehicle care and maintenance
● From time to time, clean the dust that gathers in the perforations, folds
and seams so that the surfaces of the seats are not damaged by its abrasive
effect.
WARNING
Inappropriate care and cleaning of vehicle components may effect the vehicle safety equipment, increasing the risk of severe injury.
● Make sure clothes are colour-fast to avoid them running and staining
the upholstery. This is especially important if the upholstery is light in colour.
● Vehicle components should only be cleaned and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
● Only use approved or recommended care products.
CAUTION
Failure to observe the instructions in the check list for caring for your upholstery could result in damage or discolouration of the upholstery and covers.
CAUTION
● Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material.
● To avoid damage, stubborn stains should be removed by a specialised
workshop.
Note
SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a Specialised workshop to treat
any stains on the upholstery caused by the discolouration of clothing.
Note
Suitable vehicle care products are available from your Technical Service.
Treating your upholstery
To treat and maintain your seat upholstery, keep the following in mind ⇒ :
● Before entering the vehicle, close any Velcro fasteners that might snag
on the upholstery or trim fabric. Any open Velcro fasteners may damage the
trim or upholstery fabrics.
● To prevent damage, avoid direct contact between sharp decorative objects and the upholstery and trim fabrics. Decorative objects include zips,
rivets and rhinestones on clothing and belts.


Padding and fabric trim cleaning
Normal cleaning
● Before applying cleaning products, please read the instructions for handling and the warnings shown on the container.
● The upholstery, textile covers, and carpet should be regularly vacuumed
(with vacuum brush).
● We recommend that you use a soft sponge or lint-free, micro-fibre cloth
for normal cleaning ⇒ .
General superficial dirt on upholstery and textile covers can be cleaned with
a normal foam cleaning product.
If the upholstery and the material trims are very dirty, we recommend you
have them cleaned by a specialist cleaning form.

Vehicle care and maintenance
Cleaning stains
It may be necessary to clean the whole surface and not only the stain itself.
Especially if the surface has been dirtied through normal use. Otherwise,
the stained area may become lighter than the rest of the surface after treatment.
Type of stain
Cleaning storage compartments, drinks holders and
ashtray
Cleaning the vehicle
Water-based stains, – Use a sponge and wipe with a solution of water
for example coffee and wool wash.
or fruit juice.
– Dry with a dry, absorbent cloth.
Persistent stains, for – Apply a washing pastea) directly to the stain and
example chocolate allow it to work.
or make-up.
– Apply clean water using a sponge or damp cloth to
remove the cleaning product deposits.
– Dry with a dry absorbent cloth.
Grease-based
stains, for example
oil or lipstick.
a)
Fig. 103 In the front part
of the centre console:
storage compartment
with cup holder
– Apply neutral soap or cleaning pastea) and allow it
to work.
– Remove dissolved grease or colour particles with
an absorbent cloth.
– Then apply clean water. Take care not to soak the
upholstery.
Bile soap can be used as a cleaning paste.
CAUTION
● Brushes should only be used to clean the mats and floor mat! Other surfaces may be damaged if a brush is used.
Fig. 104 Ashtray removed and open with
area to stub cigarettes
● Do not use steam cleaning equipment, as the dirt becomes more encrusted in the material when steam is applied.
● Never use brushes for cleaning damp material as they could damage the

surface.
Cleaning storage compartments and drinks holders
● Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean parts.
● If this does not provide satisfactory results, we recommend using a special solvent-free plastic cleaning product.

Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
149
150
Vehicle care and maintenance
Cleaning seat belts
Cleaning the ashtray
● Extract the ashtray and empty it.
If the seat belt is very dirty, the belt retractor may not work correctly thus
preventing the seat belt from operating correctly.
● Clean the ashtray with a dishcloth.
Use a toothpick or similar to remove ash from the area where cigarettes are
stubbed out ⇒ Fig. 104.

The seat belts should never be removed from the vehicle for cleaning.
● Use a soft brush to remove the worst dirt ⇒ .
● Pull the seat belt right out and leave it out.
Care and cleaning of plastic parts, wooden trim and the
instrument panel
● Clean dirty seat belts with a gentle soap and water solution.
● Wait until they are completely dry.
● Only allow the seat belt to retract when it is completely dry.
● Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean parts.
● Clean plastic parts (inside and outside the vehicle) and the dash panel
with a special solvent-free product for the care and cleaning of plastic, approved by SEAT ⇒ .
WARNING
Check the condition of all the seat belts at regular intervals. If the webbing or other parts of the seat belt are damaged, the vehicle should be
taken to a Specialised workshop immediately and the belts should be replaced. It is extremely dangerous to drive using damaged seat belts and
could result in serious injury or loss of life.
● Wash wooden trims with a mild soap and water solution.
● Clean the Portable Navigation System housing (Supplied by SEAT) with a
dry cloth only.
● Seat belts and their components must never be cleaned with chemical products, nor should they be allowed to come into contact with corrosive liquids, solvents or sharp objects. This could affect the strength of
the seat belt webbing.
WARNING
Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag modules to become porous. If
an airbag is accidentally triggered, the detachment of plastic parts could
cause serious injury.
● Seat belts should be completely dry before retracting. Damp could
damage the belt retractor so that it is does not operate correctly.
● Never clean the dash panel and the surfaces of the airbag modules
with cleaners containing solvents.
● Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to enter the buckle fastenings.
This could damage the buckles and seat belts.
● Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a seat belt yourself.
CAUTION
When cleaning the instrument panel, be careful not to dampen the Portable
Navigation System connections as this can damage the electrical installation.

● Always have damaged seatbelts replaced immediately by seat belts
approved for the vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which have been
worn in an accident and stretched must be replaced by a specialised
workshop. Renewal may be necessary even if there is no apparent damage. The belt anchorage should also be checked.

Vehicle care and maintenance
Notes for the user
Labels and plates
Introduction
WARNING
Failure to treat the vehicle with the correct care increases the risk of accident and injury.
● Observe legal requirements.
Fig. 105 Warnings relating to handling of the
City Safety Assist system
radar sensor function.
● Observe the Instruction Manual.
CAUTION
Some parts in the engine compartment come from the factory with certificates of safety, stickers or plates containing important information regarding the operation of the vehicle, for example, on the petrol cap, on the passenger side sun visor, on the driver side door strut, or on the floor of the
luggage compartment.
If you do not treat the vehicle suitably, you may cause it to be damaged.
● Observe legal requirements.
● Carry out regular maintenance of the vehicle, according to the specifications in the Maintenance Programme.
● Observe the Instruction Manual.

● Never remove these certificates of safety, labels or plates, and ensure
they are kept in good condition and are legible.
● If a vehicle part, bearing a certificate of safety, label or plate, is replaced, the specialised workshop should attach the information back in the
same place.
Certificate of safety
A certificate of safety on the door strut states that all the safety standards
and regulations established by the national traffic authorities responsible
for road safety were met at the time of manufacture. It may also give the
month and year of manufacture, together with the chassis number.
Warning of high voltage label
There is a sticker close to the bonnet lock which warns of high voltage in the
vehicle electrical installation.

Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
151
152
Vehicle care and maintenance
Radio reception and the aerial
Warning relating to the City Safety Assist system laser sensor
There are some warning and information signs on the City Safety Assist system laser sensor ⇒ Fig. 105.

Note
Using your vehicle in other countries and continents
If electrical equipment such as mobile telephones, is used near a roof aerial, you may observe interference in the reception of AM stations.
The vehicle is manufactured at the factory for use in a particular country and
in accordance with the national legislation in force at the time of manufacture.

Notes on SEAT repairs
If the vehicle is sold in another country or used in another country for an extended period of time, the applicable legislation of that country should be
observed.
Information about authorised SEAT services and authorised SEAT repairs
can be requested by payment at the following addresses:
It may be necessary to fit or remove certain pieces of equipment or to deactivate certain functions. Service work may also be affected. This is particularly true if the vehicle is used in a different climate for an extended period
of time.
Clients in Europe, Asia, Australia, Africa, Central America and South
America
Contact a Technical Service or specialised workshop, or request the corresponding documentation at www.erwin.volkswagen.de.
As there are different types of frequency bands around the world, you may
find that the radio system or the Portable Navigation System (supplied by
SEAT) supplied at the factory does not work in another country.
WARNING
Repairs or modifications which are not performed correctly may result in
damage or errors in the vehicle operation, affecting the effectiveness of
the driver assist and airbag systems. This could result in serious accident.
CAUTION
● SEAT does not accept liability for any damage to the vehicle due to the
use of a lower quality fuel, an inadequate service or the non-availability of
genuine spare parts.
● SEAT does not accept liability if the vehicle does not comply in part or in
full with the legal requirements of other countries or continents.
For factory-fitted radio equipment, the aerial for radio reception is fitted to
the roof of the vehicle.
● Have any repairs or modifications carried out at a specialised workshop.


Vehicle care and maintenance
Conformity certification
The respective manufacturer hereby declares that the products indicated as
follows fulfil the basic requirements and the following dispositions and important legislations on the date of manufacture of the vehicle, among others FCC Part 15.19, FCC Part 15.21 and RSS-Gen Issue 1:
Radio frequency equipment
● Electronic gearbox lock.
● Vehicle key
Electrical equipment
● 12 volt power socket

Collection and scrapping of end-of-life vehicles
Collection of end-of-life vehicles
SEAT is already prepared for the moment when you wish to scrap your vehicle and offers you an environmentally-friendly solution. An extensive network of used car reception centres already exists in much of Europe. After
the vehicle has been delivered, you will receive a certificate of destruction
describing the environmentally friendly scrapping of the vehicle in accordance with applicable legislation.
We will collect the used vehicle free of charge, provided it complies with all
national legislation.
Please see your Technical Service for further information about the collection and scrapping of end-of-life vehicles.
Scrapping
The relevant safety requirements must be observed when the vehicle or
components of the airbag or belt tensioner systems are scrapped. These requirements are known to specialised workshops.
Safety
Operation

Advice
Technical specifications
153
154
Accessories, replacement of parts and modifications
Accessories, replacement of parts and modifications
Accessories, replacement of parts and
modifications
cessories or when replacing a component. A SEAT Official Service will advise
you as to the legal requirements and manufacturer's recommendations regarding accessories, spare parts and other components.
Introduction
SEAT recommend you use only approved SEAT accessories and genuine
SEAT spare parts®. These parts and accessories have been specially tested
by SEAT for suitability, reliability and safety. In addition, the SEAT Technical
Service will guarantee that fitting is carried out professionally.
WARNING
Although we continually monitor the market, SEAT cannot guarantee that
products not approved by SEAT are reliable, safe and suitable for the vehicle. Therefore, SEAT cannot accept liability, even in those cases authorised
by an officially recognised technical inspection office or other official body.
The use of spare parts and accessories, or incorrectly performed modifications or repairs may result in damage to the vehicle, accidents and serious injury.
● SEAT strongly recommends you to only use SEAT approved accessories and SEAT® original spare parts. These parts and accessories have
been specially tested by SEAT for suitability, reliability and safety.
Any retro-fitted equipment which has a direct effect on vehicle control must
be approved by SEAT for use in your vehicle and bear the e mark (the European Union's authorisation symbol). This includes cruise control systems or
electronically controlled suspension.
● Have any repairs or modifications carried out at a specialised workshop. Specialised workshops have the necessary tools, diagnostics
equipment, repair information and qualified personnel.
If any additional electrical devices are fitted which do not serve to control
the vehicle itself, these must bear the  mark (European Union manufacturer conformity declaration). This includes refrigerator boxes, laptops or ventilator fans.
● Only mount parts with the same specifications as the parts fitted at
factory.
● Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as drink holders or telephone
cradles over the covers of the airbag modules or within their deployment
zones.
● Only use wheels and tyre combinations which have been approved by
SEAT for your vehicle type.
Accessories and spare parts
SEAT recommends you consult an Official Service before purchasing accessories and spare parts or consumables. For example, when retrofitting ac-
WARNING

Non-professional repairs or modifications to the vehicle may affect the
performance of the airbags, resulting in operating faults or fatal accident.
● Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as drink holders or telephone
cradles over or next to the covers of the airbag modules or within their
deployment zones.
● Objects placed over the airbag covers, or within their deployment
zones, could lead to serious injury or loss of life if the airbags are triggered.

Accessories, replacement of parts and modifications
Fluids and consumables
For the sake of the environment
All vehicle fluids and consumables, such as notched belts, tyres, coolant
fluids, engine oils, spark plugs and batteries are continually being developed. Therefore all fluids and consumables should be changed at a specialised workshop. Technical Services are permanently informed of any modifications.
Leaking fluids could pollute the environment. Collect any spilt fluids in suitable containers and dispose of in accordance with legislation and with respect for the environment.

Repairs and technical changes
WARNING
The incorrect use or handling of fluids or consumables may result in accident, serious injury, burns or intoxication.
● Therefore, fluids must always be stored closed in their original container.
● Never store fluids in empty food containers or bottles as other people
may accidentally drink the fluid.
● Keep all fluids and consumables out of reach of children.
● Read and observe the information and warnings given on the fluid
containers.
● Only work in the open air or in well-ventilated zones, when using
products which give off harmful vapours.
● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, acetone or any other volatile
liquid in the maintenance of the vehicle. These are toxic and highly flammable. They could lead to fire or explosions!
CAUTION
● Only use appropriate fluids. When topping up fluids, ensure that the correct fluid is put into the correct filler opening, otherwise this can cause serious malfunctions or engine damage.
● Accessories and other components mounted in front of the air inlet reduce the cooling effect of the coolant. If the engine is running under great
strain in high outside temperatures, it could overheat.
Safety
155
Operation
When performing repairs and technical modifications, SEAT's directives
must be observed! ⇒ Unauthorised modifications to the electronic components or software in the
vehicle may cause malfunctions. Due to the way the electronic components
are linked together in networks, other indirect systems may be affected by
the faults. This may significantly affect the vehicle's performance, increase
component wear and could mean that the vehicle registration documents
are no longer valid.
Your SEAT Official Service cannot be held liable for any damage caused by
technical modifications or repairs performed incorrectly.
The SEAT Official Service does not accept liability for damage resulting from
technical modifications or repairs performed incorrectly; neither is the SEAT
warranty valid in these cases.
SEAT recommends you have any technical modifications or repairs performed at a SEAT Official Service and that you use genuine SEAT spare
parts®.
Vehicles with special accessories and equipment
The manufacturers of additional equipment guarantee that the equipment
complies with applicable laws and regulations with respect to the environment, in particular Directives 2000/53/CE and 2003/11/CE. The first directive governs the disposal of end-of-life vehicles while the second refers to
the restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances
and preparations.

Advice
Technical specifications
156
Accessories, replacement of parts and modifications
The vehicle owner should keep the documentation for the additional equipment safely and hand it over to the scrap yard at the end of the vehicle's
service life. This ensures that any additional equipment mounted in end-oflife vehicles is correctly disposed of with respect for the environment.
the suspension is stiffened or the suspension springs, telescopic arms,
dampers, etc., are modified, the results received by the airbag sensors and
sent to the control unit may not be accurate. For example, some modifications to the suspension could increase the force measured by the sensors
and result in the triggering of the airbag systems in collisions. Under normal
conditions, the measured values would be lower and the airbag would not
have been triggered. Other modifications may reduce the forces measured
by the sensors and therefore the airbags are not triggered in situations
when they should have triggered.
WARNING
Repairs or modifications which are not performed correctly may result in
damage or errors in the vehicle operation, affecting the effectiveness of
the driver assist systems. This could result in serious accident.
● All repairs and modifications to the vehicle should only be performed
by a specialised workshop.
WARNING

Repairs or modifications which are not performed correctly may result in
damage or errors in the vehicle operation, affecting the effectiveness of
the airbag systems. This could result in serious or fatal accident.
Repair and faults in the airbag system
● All repairs and modifications to the vehicle should only be performed
by a specialised workshop.
When performing repairs and technical modifications, SEAT's directives
must be observed! ⇒ ● Airbag modules must never be repaired: if damaged, they must be replaced.
Modifications and repairs to the front bumper, doors, front seats, and repairs to the roof or chassis should only be carried out in a specialised workshop. These components may contain parts or sensors belonging to the airbag system.
If work is carried out on the airbag system or parts have to be removed and
fitted on the system when performing other repair work, parts of the airbag
system may be damaged. The consequence may be that, in the event of an
accident, the airbag inflates incorrectly or does not inflate at all.
So that the effectiveness of the airbag is not reduced and that removed
parts do not cause any injuries or environmental pollution, regulations must
be observed. These requirements are known to specialised workshops.
Modifications to the vehicle suspension may affect the operation of the airbag system in the event of collision. For example, if wheel and tyre combinations not approved by SEAT are used, or if the vehicle height is lowered,
● Never fit recycled or reused airbag components in your vehicle.
WARNING
Modifications to the vehicle suspension, including the use of unauthorised wheel and tyre combinations, may affect the performance of the airbags and increase the risk of serious or fatal injury in the event of accident.
● Never fit suspension components which are not identical to the original parts mounted in the vehicle.
● Never use wheel and tyre combinations not approved by SEAT.

Accessories, replacement of parts and modifications
Retro-fitting of two-way radios
An exterior aerial is required for the use of two-way radios in the vehicle.
The retro-fitting of electrical or electronic appliances in the vehicle is subject to their approval for use in your vehicle. Under certain circumstances,
this could mean that your vehicle registration documents are no longer valid.
SEAT has approved your vehicle for use with two-way radios providing the
following conditions are observed:
● The exterior aerial must be mounted professionally.
● The maximum transmitting power is 10 watts.
The optimal reach of the equipment is only achieved with an external aerial.
Check first with a specialised workshop, which is knowledgeable regarding
technical installation options, if you wish to use a two-way radio with a
transmitting power of over 10 watts. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical
Service.
All legal requirements, together with the instructions for the use of two-way
radios must be observed.
157
WARNING
When using a two-way radio without a connection to an exterior aerial,
the maximum permitted levels of electromagnetic radiation may be exceeded. This is also the case if the aerial has not been correctly installed.
● You should only use a two-way radio inside the vehicle if it has first
been correctly connected to an exterior aerial.

Information stored by the control units
Your vehicle is fitted at the factory with a series of electronic control units
responsible for the engine and gearbox management. In addition, the control units supervise the performance of the exhaust gas system and the airbag systems.
Therefore, while the vehicle is being driven, these electronic control units
are continuously analysing the vehicle data. In the event of faults or deviations from the theoretical values, only this data is stored. Normally, the
warning lamps on the instrument panel light up in the event of faults.
This data can only be read and analysed using special equipment.
The storing of the data allows specialised workshops to detect and repair
faults. Stored data may include:
WARNING
If the two-way radio is not securely fastened in position, it could be sent
flying around the vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden manoeuvres or accident, causing injury.
● While driving, two-way radios must be securely fastened in position,
outside the airbags deployment zones, or safely stowed away.
● Data relating to the engine or the gearbox
● Speed
● Direction of travel
● Braking force
● Detection of seat belt
The vehicle control units never record conversations held by passengers in
the vehicle.

Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
158
Accessories, replacement of parts and modifications
In vehicles equipped with an emergency call function via the mobile phone
or other appliances connected in the vehicle, it is possible to send the vehicle position. If the control unit records an accident with airbag activation,
the system may automatically send a signal. This will depend on the network operator. Normally, transmission is only possible in areas with good
coverage.
The diagnostics connector is in the driver side footwell area, next to the lever for opening the bonnet, below a cover.
Event Data Recorder
Using a mobile telephone in a vehicle without connection
to an exterior aerial
The vehicle is not fitted with an event data recorder.
An event data recorder temporarily stores the vehicle information. Thus, in
the event of accident, it is possible to obtain detailed information about
how the accident occurred. For example, in vehicles with airbag systems,
data relating to speed of impact, seat belt status, seat positions and airbag
activation times may be stored. The volume of data depends on the manufacturer.
Event data recorders can only be mounted with authorisation from the vehicle owner and, in some countries, they are governed by local legislation.
Reprogramming control units
On the whole, all the data required for the component management is stored in the control units. The programming of certain convenience functions,
such as the turn signals, individual door opening and instructions on the
display can be modified using special equipment at the workshop. If the
comfort functions are reprogrammed, the information and Instruction Manual descriptions will not coincide with the modified functions. Therefore,
SEAT recommends that any modifications are recorded in the section “Other
workshop notes” in the Maintenance Programme.
The SEAT Official Service must have a record of any modification to the programming.
Reading the vehicle fault memory
There is a diagnostics connector in the vehicle interior for reading the vehicle fault memory. The fault memory documents errors and deviations from
the theoretical values of the electronic control units.
The fault memory should only be read and reset by a specialised workshop.

Mobile telephones transmit and receive radio waves also called high-frequency energy, both when in use and when on stand-by. Scientific studies
state that radio waves exceeding certain values may be harmful to the human body. International committees and authorities have established limits
and directives in order to ensure electromagnetic radiation from mobile
phones remains within certain limits that do not endanger human health.
Nevertheless, there is no conclusive scientific evidence that wireless telephones are totally safe.
That is why some experts recommend moderate use of the mobile telephone, and the appliance of measures to reduce radiation on the human
body.
When a mobile phone not connected to an exterior aerial is used inside the
vehicle, the electromagnetic radiation may be greater than if the mobile
phone were connected to a built-in aerial or to another exterior aerial.
If the vehicle is fitted with a suitable hands-free device that allows the employment of numerous additional mobile telephone functions with compatible Bluetooth technology®, it will comply with the legislation in many countries which only permits the use of mobile phones inside vehicles using a
hands-free device.
The hands-free system of the Portable Navigation System (supplied by
SEAT) has been designed for use with conventional mobile phones and
phones with Bluetooth technology® ⇒ page 160. Mobile telephones must
be placed in a suitable telephone support or stored safely in the vehicle. If a
telephone holder is used, it must be securely fastened to the base plate.

Accessories, replacement of parts and modifications
The mobile will be secure on the instrument panel and always within reach
of the driver only by following these procedures. Mobile telephone connection with an external aerial is carried out subject to the hands-free device,
via the telephone support or by the Bluetooth® connections present in the
mobile telephone and the vehicle.
If the mobile phone is connected to an aerial incorporated into the vehicle
or an exterior aerial connected to the vehicle, this will help to reduce the
electromagnetic radiation transmitted and the risk to human health. It will
also improve the quality of the connection.
If the phone is used inside the vehicle without the hands-free system, it will
not be securely fastened and will not be connected to the exterior aerial of
the vehicle telephone. Nor will the telephone charge if it is not on the support. In addition, some calls may break off and the quality of the connection
will be affected.
WARNING
When using a mobile telephone or two-way radio without connecting an
external aerial, the maximum permitted levels of electromagnetic radiation in the vehicle may be exceeded, thus putting the driver and the rest
of the vehicle occupants in danger. This is also the case if the aerial has
not been correctly installed.
● A minimum of 20 centimetres should be kept between mobile phone
aerials and artificial pacemakers, as mobile telephones may affect the
working of pacemakers.
● Do not keep mobile phones in breast pockets directly above pacemakers.
● Immediately switch off the mobile telephone if you suspect any interference with pacemakers or other types of medical equipment.
Mobile telephones should only be used inside the vehicle if they are connected to a hands-free system. SEAT recommends using an external aerial
should you wish to use a mobile telephone inside the vehicle.
Bluetooth® is a registered trademark of Bluetooth ® SIG, Inc.
WARNING
If the mobile phone is not securely fastened in position, it could be sent
flying around the vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden manoeuvres or accident, causing injury.
● While driving, the mobile telephone, other equipment including telephone accessories such as telephone holders, notepads and navigators
must be correctly secured, away from the airbag deployment zones, or
stored in a safe place.
Safety
Operation
159
Advice
Technical specifications

160
Accessories, replacement of parts and modifications
Functions1)
SEAT Portable System*
● Multifunction display (MFI) shown with additional instruments
⇒ page 43.
● Operation of a factory-fitted radio and a ⇒ Booklet Radio system connected multimedia player.
● Image display.
● Navigation.
● Hands-free system for mobile telephones via Bluetooth.
● Door open.
Fig. 106 In the centre
console: remove the navigator.
● Optical parking system (OPS).
● Recommended gear and driving advice.
Observe the Instruction Manual in the equipment
● Connect the Portable Navigation System.
● Press the button more on the screen.
● Press the Manual button.
● Select the required chapter and press the corresponding button.
Removing and fitting the navigator
● Securely support the navigator.
Fig. 107 Remove the
navigator holder
The SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) allows for the use of other vehicle functions such as additional applications ⇒ .
The gradient and the angle of vision can be set by moving the navigator to
the required position ⇒ Fig. 106 ⇒ .
The Portable Navigation System Instruction Manual can be observed directly on the equipment.
1)
subject to the vehicle
● Press the release button
1
until the device is released from its holder.
● Take the navigator out and store it safely.
To fit the navigator, place it in the upper support and push the lower part
inside the holder until it engages with a click ⇒ .
Removing and fitting the navigator holder
● Press the holder release button ⇒ Fig. 107 (arrow).
● Remove the holder from the dash panel in an upwards direction.
● If necessary, close the opening with the corresponding cover.

Accessories, replacement of parts and modifications
In order to fit the holder, place it on the opening from above and press in a
downwards direction until it engages with a click. ⇒ .
WARNING
Any distraction may lead to an accident, with the risk of injury. Operating
the navigator could distract you from the traffic.
CAUTION
An unsuitable gradient and angle of vision setting can damage the navigator.
● When adjusting the navigation device, move it with care and not beyond
its limits.
● Always stay alert and drive responsibly.
CAUTION
● Select volume settings that allow you to easily hear signals from outside the vehicle at all times (e.g. emergency service sirens).
Excessively high or low outside temperatures can affect the Portable Navigation System operation or damage the device.
● Setting the volume too high may cause damage to your hearing. This
also applies if the device is set to high volumes for a short period.
● Always take the Portable Navigation System with you when you leave the
vehicle to protect it from excessively high or low temperatures and intense
sunlight.
WARNING
Journey instructions and traffic signals shown on the navigation system
may differ to the current traffic situation.
● Traffic signals and driving regulations take precedence over journey
instructions and indications from the navigation system.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and
weather conditions.
CAUTION
Humidity can damage the Portable Navigation System connections on the
dash panel.
● Do not clean the holder for the navigation device with moist products.
Use a dry cloth.
Note
SEAT recommends taking the Portable Navigation System with you when
you leave the vehicle to prevent it from being stolen.
WARNING
If the navigator is not securely fastened in position, it could be sent flying around the vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden manoeuvres
or accident, causing injury.
● Fit the navigator housing safely on the corresponding opening on the
dash panel.
● Always place the navigator securely in its holder or store it safely in
the vehicle.
Safety
Operation
161
Advice
Technical specifications

162
Accessories, replacement of parts and modifications
Jacking points for raising vehicle
unless you have received training in how to do so and know how to lift the
vehicle safely.
Notes on raising the vehicle with a jack ⇒ page 199.
WARNING
The improper use of the lifting platform or the jack when raising the vehicle may result in accidents or serious injury.
Fig. 108 Front jacking
points for raising vehicle
with lifting platform or
jack
● Before raising the vehicle, please observe the manufacturer's instructions for the platform or jack, and the legal requirements, where applicable.
● There should not be anyone inside the vehicle when it is being raised
or once it is in the air.
● Only use the jacking points indicated in the figures ⇒ Fig. 108 and
⇒ Fig. 109 when raising the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted at the indicated points, it may fall from the platform while the engine or gearbox is
being dismounted, for example.
● The jacking points should be centrally aligned and firmly positioned
on the platform support plates.
Fig. 109 Rear jacking
points for raising vehicle
with lifting platform or
jack
Always use the jacking points indicated in the figures ⇒ Fig. 108 and
⇒ Fig. 109 when raising the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted by these
points, it could be seriously damaged ⇒ or lead to serious injury ⇒ .
The vehicle should not be lifted using lifting platforms with lift pads containing fluid.
When raising a vehicle using a platform or jack, a series of precautionary
measures are required. Never raise the vehicle with a lifting platform or jack
● Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised! The vehicle may fall
from the platform due to the engine vibrations.
● If it is necessary to work underneath the vehicle while it is raised, you
should check that the supporting stands have an adequate load capacity.
● Never climb onto the lifting platform.
● Always make sure that the weight of the vehicle does not exceed the
lifting platform load capacity.

Accessories, replacement of parts and modifications
CAUTION
● Never raise the vehicle at the engine oil sump, the gearbox or the rear or
front axles.
● Always use an intermediate rubber support to prevent damage to the
vehicle underbody. Check that the arms of the lifting platform are able to
move with obstruction.
● The arms should not come into contact with the side running boards or
other parts of the vehicle.
Safety
Operation

Advice
Technical specifications
163
164
Checking and refilling levels
Checking and refilling levels
Fuel
Possible types of
fuel
Introduction
You will find a factory-fitted sticker containing information on the type of
fuel for your vehicle on the inside of the fuel tank flap.
WARNING
Alternative names
91a) RON
Normal petrol, normal unleaded petrol
95a) RON
Premium unleaded petrol (95
RON)
98a) RON
Premium unleaded petrol (98
RON)
a)
Further information
⇒ page 164
RON = Regulation Octane Number

Refuelling or handling fuel carelessly can cause an explosion or fire, resulting in serious burns and injuries.
● Fuel is a highly explosive, easily flammable substance.
● Observe current safety instructions and local regulations concerning
the handling of fuel.
Petrol

Petrol types
Vehicles with petrol engines must refuel using unleaded petrol according to
European norm EN 228 ⇒ .
Types of fuel
The type of fuel to use when refilling will depend on the vehicle's engine.
You will find a factory-fitted sticker containing information on the type of
fuel for your vehicle on the inside of the fuel tank flap.
SEAT recommends the use of sulphur-free or low sulphur fuel to reduce consumption and prevent engine damage.
Petrol types are categorised according to their octane number (e.g. 91, 95,
98 or 99 RON (RON = “Research Octane Number”). You may use petrol with
a high octane number than the one recommended for your engine. However, this has no advantage in terms of fuel consumption and engine power.
SEAT recommends refuelling with a low sulphur content or sulphur-free petrol to reduce fuel consumption for petrol engines.
Petrol additives
The quality of the fuel influences the behaviour, performance and service
life of the engine. This is why the petrol you use should carry suitable additives already included by the petrol industry, free of metals. These additives
will help to prevent corrosion, keep the fuel system clean and prevent deposits from building up in the engine.

Checking and refilling levels
If good-quality petrol with metal-free additives is not available or engine
problems arise, the necessary additives must be added when refuelling
⇒ .
Natural gas
Not all petrol additives have been shown to be effective. The use of unsuitable petrol additives may cause significant damage to the engine and the
catalytic converter. Metal additives should never be used. Metal additives
may also be contained in petrol additives for improving anti-detonation ratings or octane ratings ⇒ .
Liquefied natural gas (LNG) is the result of heavy cooling of natural gas.
Therefore its volume is considerably reduced compared with compressed
natural gas (CNG). In vehicles with a natural gas engine, liquefied natural
gas cannot be directly refilled, as the gas would expand excessively in the
vehicle gas tank.
SEAT recommends “genuine Volkswagen Group fuel additives for petrol engines”. These additives can be bought at SEAT Authorised Services, where
information on how to use them can also be obtained.
Therefore, vehicles with a natural gas engine must only be refuelled using
compressed natural gas ⇒ .
165
Natural gas, in addition to others, can be in liquid form.
Natural gas quality and consumption
Natural gas is divided into the groups H and L depending on its quality.
CAUTION
● Do not refuel if the filler indicates that the fuel contains metal. LRP (lead
replacement petrol) fuels contain high concentrations of metal additives.
Using them may damage the engine!
Gas type H has a superior heating power and inferior nitrogen and carbon
dioxide content than type L. The higher the heating power of the natural
gas, the lower the consumption will be.
● Only use fuel with an octane rating that is in line with the norm EN 228,
otherwise significant damage could be caused to the engine and fuel system. Furthermore, it could lead to a loss of performance with the consequent engine fault.
However, the heating power and the proportion of nitrogen and carbon dioxide can fluctuate within the quality groups. Therefore, vehicle consumption can also vary when using one type of gas only.
● The use of unsuitable petrol additives could seriously damage the engine and the catalytic converter.
The engine management automatically adapts to the natural gas used according to its quality. Therefore, different quality gases can be mixed in the
tank, without the need for comprehensive draining before applying a different quality gas.
● If, in exceptional circumstances, petrol with a lower octane rating to that
recommended is used, only use moderate engine speeds and a light throttle. Avoid using full throttle and overloading the engine. Otherwise engine
damage may occur. Fill up with fuel of a suitable octane rating as soon as
possible.
● Just filling one full tank of leaded fuel or with other metal additives
would seriously impair the efficiency of the catalytic converter and could
damage it.
Natural gas and safety
If you can smell gas or suspect that there is a leak ⇒ :
● Stop the vehicle immediately.

● Switch the ignition off.
● Open the doors to appropriately ventilate the vehicle.
● Immediately extinguish cigarettes.
Safety
Operation
Advice

Technical specifications
166
Checking and refilling levels
● Move away from the vehicle or switch off objects that may cause sparks
or a fire.
WARNING
● If you continue to smell gas, do not continue driving!
Refuelling or handling fuel carelessly can cause an explosion or fire resulting in serious burns and injuries.
● Seek specialist assistance. Have the fault repaired.
● Always make sure that you correctly close the fuel cap to avoid evaporation and fuel spillage.
WARNING
● Fuels are highly explosive and inflammable substances that can
cause serious burns and injuries.
Failure to act when you can smell gas in the vehicle or when refuelling
can cause serious injuries.
● Fuel could leak out or be spilt if the engine is not switched off or if the
filler fuel nozzle is not fully inserted into the tank filler neck when refuelling. This could lead to a fire, explosion and severe injuries.
● Carry out the necessary operations.
● Leave the danger zone.
● When refuelling, turn off the engine and turn off the ignition for safety reasons.
● If necessary, warn the emergency services.
● Always turn off mobile telephones, radio apparatus and other radio
wave emitting equipment before refuelling. Electromagnetic waves could
cause sparks and lead to a fire.
WARNING
The vehicle is not prepared to use liquefied natural gas (LNG) and this
fuel must not be added under any circumstances. Liquefied natural gas
can cause the natural gas tank to explode, resulting in serious injury.
● Never enter the vehicle while refuelling. If it is absolutely necessary
to enter the vehicle, close the door and touch a metal surface before
touching the filler nozzle again. This will prevent the generation of static
electricity. Sparks could cause a fire when refuelling.
Note
The natural gas system must be subject to regular inspections at a specialised workshop in accordance with the Maintenance Programme.
● Never handle fuel close to flames, sparks or objects with slow combustion (e.g. cigarettes).

● Avoid static electricity and electro-magnetic radiation when refuelling.
● Observe the safety regulations of the service station.
Filling the tank
Introduction
The fuel tank flap is on the rear right of the vehicle.
● Never spill fuel on the vehicle or in the luggage compartment.

Checking and refilling levels
167
For the sake of the environment
WARNING
For safety reasons, SEAT does not recommend carrying a spare fuel canister in the vehicle. Fuel could be spilled and catch fire, above all in case of
an accident and this applies to a full container as well as empty containers. This could lead to explosions, fires and injuries.
● Observe the following if you exceptionally have to carry fuel in a canister:
Fuels can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt service fluids and
allow a professional to dispose of them.

Control lamps and fuel gauge
– Never place a fuel container, to fill it, inside the vehicle or on the
vehicle, for example, in the luggage compartment. Filling in these circumstances could create an electrostatic charge that could ignite fuel
fumes.
– Always place the canister on the ground to fill it.
– Insert the fuel nozzle into the neck of the canister as far as possible.
– If you are using a metal fuel canister, the nozzle must always touch
the canister while it is being filled to avoid static electricity.
Fig. 110 On the instrument panel: fuel gauge
for petrol
– Follow the legal requirements for the use, storage and transport of
spare fuel canisters.
– Insure that the fuel container complies with manufacturing standards, for example, ANSI or ASTM F852-86.
CAUTION
● Always remove any fuel spilled anywhere on the vehicle to avoid damage to the wheel housing, the tyre and vehicle paintwork.
● Refuelling a petrol engine with diesel can cause serious engine and fuel
system damage; the resulting malfunctions are not covered by the SEAT
Warranty. If you refuel with the wrong type of fuel, never start the engine.
This applies to even the smallest amount of the wrong fuel. Seek specialist
assistance. With the engine running, the composition of the wrong fuel
could significantly damage the fuel system and the engine itself.
Safety
Operation
Fig. 111 On the instrument panel: fuel gauge
for petrol and diesel.
The fuel gauge can vary depending on the vehicle equipment ⇒ Fig. 110
or ⇒ Fig. 111.
Advice
Technical specifications

168
Checking and refilling levels
It lights
up

a)

a)
Gauge position
Possible cause ⇒ ⇒ Fig. 110
Red mark (arrow)
–
The warning lamp  switches off when the natural gas is exhausted. The engine changes to operate with petrol.
Solution
The fuel tank is almost
Refuel as soon as
empty.
The reserve tank is being possible ⇒ .
used ⇒ page 235.
The vehicle is running in
natural gas operating
mode.
–
This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on the instrument panel ⇒ Fig. 110.
Flashes
for about
10 seconds
State of the
bars
Possible cause ⇒ The fuel tank is almost
Reserve zone
Refuel as soon as
the seg- (four small seg- empty.
The reserve tank is being possible ⇒ .
ments rements)
used ⇒ page 235.
maininga)
a)
–
The vehicle is running in
natural gas operating
mode.
WARNING
Driving with insufficient fuel reserve could result in the vehicle breaking
down in traffic and a serious accident.
● If the fuel level is too low then the fuel supply to the engine can become irregular especially on slopes.
Solution
 and

Problem: If the vehicle is left parked for a long period immediately after refuelling, the gas level indicator does not accurately indicate the same level
shown after refuelling when the vehicle is started up again. This is not due
to a leak in the system, but to a drop in pressure in the gas tank for technical reasons after a cooling phase immediately after refuelling.
–
This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on the instrument panel display.
Several warning and control lamps should light up for a few seconds when
the ignition is switched on, signalling that the function is being verified.
They will switch off after a few seconds.
In natural gas engines
The warning lamp  lights up when both fuel types (petrol and natural gas)
have reached reserve level.
The warning lamp  lights up when the vehicle is running in natural gas operating mode.
● If the engine “is choked” or stalls due to lack of or irregularity of the
fuel supply, the power steering as well as all of the driver assistance systems, including braking assistance, will stop working.
● Always refuel when there is only one quarter of the fuel tank left to
avoid running out of fuel.
CAUTION
● Always pay attention to any lit control lamps and to the corresponding
descriptions and instructions to avoid damage to the vehicle.
● Never run the fuel tank completely dry. An irregular fuel supply may lead
to ignition faults and unburnt fuel could enter the exhaust system. This
could damage the catalytic converter.
Note
The arrow next to the fuel pump symbol on the instrument panel ⇒ Fig. 110
indicates the side of the vehicle on which the tank flap is located.

Checking and refilling levels
Refuelling with petrol
169
Closing the fuel tank cap
● Screw on the fuel tank filler plug in a clockwise direction until it is fully
inserted with a click.
● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the fuel tank plug, turn the
key in a clockwise direction and remove the key.
● Press the tank flap until you hear it click into place. The tank flap must
be flush with the body contour.
WARNING
Fig. 112 Open tank flap
with tank cap attached to
the holder
Do not continue refilling once the fuel nozzle has switched itself off. The
fuel tank may be filled too much. As a result, fuel may spurt out and spill.
This could lead to a fire, explosion and severe injuries.
Before refuelling, always turn off the engine, the ignition, mobile telephones, auxiliary heating and keep them off during refuelling.
Opening the fuel tank cap
● The tank flap is at the rear of the vehicle on the right.
CAUTION
● Always remove any fuel spilled anywhere on the vehicle to avoid damage to the wheel arch, the tyre and vehicle paintwork.
● Pull the rear zone of the fuel tank flap to open.
● Unfold the key bit if necessary ⇒ page 51.
● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the fuel tank plug and turn
the key in an anticlockwise direction.
For the sake of the environment
Fuels can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt service fluids and
allow a professional to dispose of them.
● Take out the fuel tank plug by turning it in an anticlockwise direction
and rest it on the upper part of the fuel tank flap ⇒ Fig. 112.
Refuelling
The correct petrol type for the vehicle is located on a sticker inside the fuel
tank flap ⇒ page 164.
● If the automatic filler nozzle is operated correctly, it will switch itself off
as soon as the fuel tank is full ⇒ .
● Do not continue to refuel if it is turned off! Otherwise, this will fill the expansion chamber and fuel may leak out if the ambient conditions are warm.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

170
Checking and refilling levels
● Remove the plug from the gas filler mouth ⇒ Fig. 113
Refuelling with natural gas
1
.
● Connect the pump filling nozzle to the gas filler mouth.
● The fuel tank will be full when the pump compressor automatically cuts
the supply.
● If you wish to finish refuelling in advance, press the button on the pump
to stop the flow.
Closing the fuel tank cap
● Check that the gas filler mouth retainer 2 is not trapped with the filler
nozzle. If necessary, place it in the filler mouth again.
Fig. 113 Tank flap open:
gas filler mouth 1 , filler
mouth retainer 2
Before refuelling, the engine and the ignition, mobile telephone and heating must be switched off separately ⇒ .
It is also essential to carefully read the instructions for the natural gas
pump.
The vehicle is only prepared for refuelling with Compressed Natural Gas
(CNG) ⇒ . Refuelling with any other type of natural gas such as Liquefied
Natural Gas (LNG) or hydromethane is prohibited.
Opening the fuel tank cap
The natural gas filler mouth is behind the fuel tank cap, next to the petrol
filler mouth.
● Unlock the vehicle with the key or with the central locking button  situated on the driver door ⇒ page 57.
● Press on the rear area of the flap and open it.
Refuelling
Problem: If the ambient temperature is very high, the natural gas pump protection against overheating disconnects this automatically.
● Insert the plug in the filler mouth.
● Close the tank flap. Make sure you hear it click into place.
WARNING
Natural gas is a highly explosive, easily flammable substance. Incorrect
handling of the natural gas can cause accidents serious burns and other
injuries.
● Before refuelling with natural gas, the filling mouth must be correctly
engaged. If you can smell gas, stop refuelling immediately.
WARNING
The vehicle is not prepared to use liquefied natural gas (LNG) and this
fuel must not be added under any circumstances. Liquefied natural gas
can cause the natural gas tank to explode, resulting in serious injury.

Checking and refilling levels
Note
171
WARNING
● The filling nozzles of natural gas pumps can differ in the way they are
operated. If you are unacquainted with the pump, it is advisable that a
member of staff of the service station performs the refuelling operation.
If the vehicle moves unexpectedly, this could cause serious injury.
● Never work underneath the vehicle if it is not securely immobilised. If
you must work underneath the vehicle with the wheels in contact with
the ground then it should be parked on flat ground, the wheels should be
prevented from moving and the key must be removed from the ignition.
● Noises heard when refuelling are normal and do not indicate the presence of a fault in the system.
● The vehicle natural gas system is prepared both for refuelling with a
small compressor (slow refuel) and a large compressor (fast refuel) in natural gas service stations.

● If you have to work underneath the vehicle, you must use suitable
stands additionally to support the vehicle, there is a risk of accident!.
The jack is not intended for this kind of work and its failure could lead to
severe injuries.
● Disconnect the Start-Stop system.
Bonnet
WARNING
Working in the engine compartment
The engine compartment is a dangerous area capable of causing serious
injury.
Before working in the engine compartment, make sure that the vehicle is
parked on horizontal and firm ground.
● For all type of work, always take the utmost precautions, work carefully and note the general safety standards in force. Never take personal
risks.
The engine compartment of the vehicle is a hazardous area. Never work on
the engine or in the engine compartment if you are not familiar with the operations to be carried out, the applicable safety standards and especially if
you do not have the required instruments, liquids and tools ⇒ ! If necessary, have any work carried out by a specialised workshop. Negligent work
can cause serious injury.
● Never work on the engine or in the engine compartment if you are not
familiar with the necessary operations. If you are not sure about procedures then visit a specialised workshop to carry out the necessary work.
Incorrect work can cause serious injuries.
● Never open the bonnet if you see steam or coolant escaping from the
engine compartment. These can cause serious burns. Always wait until
you cannot see or hear the sound of steam or coolant coming from the
engine compartment.
● Always allow the engine to cool down before opening the bonnet.
● Contact with hot elements of the engine and the exhaust system can
cause burns.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

172
Checking and refilling levels
WARNING (Continued)
● Once the engine has cooled, follow the instructions below before
opening the bonnet:
– Engage the handbrake and place the gear selector lever in P or the
gear stick in neutral.
– Remove the key from the ignition.
– Keep children away from the engine compartment and never leave
them unsupervised.
● When the engine is warm or hot, the cooling system is pressurised.
Do not unscrew the cap on the expansion tank when the engine is hot.
Otherwise, coolant may spray out under pressure causing burns and serious injury.
– After cooling, carefully and slowly unscrew the cap anticlockwise,
gently pressing down on it.
– Always protect your face, hands and arms from hot coolant and
steam using a large, thick cloth.
● When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them on parts of the engine and
the exhaust system. Spilled liquids could cause a fire.
WARNING
The high voltages of the electrical system can give electric shocks as well
as causing burns and serious injury and possibly even death!
● Never cause short circuits in the electrical system. The battery could
explode.
● To minimise the risk of electric shock and serious consequences
while the engine is running or starting the engine, note the following:
– Never touch the electrical wiring of the ignition system.
WARNING
In the engine compartment, there are rotating parts that could cause serious injury.
● Never place your hands directly on or near the radiator fan. Touching
the rotor blades could seriously harm you. The ventilator works according to the engine temperature and could start suddenly even when the ignition is turned off and the key is removed.
● If any work has to be performed when the engine is started or with
the engine running, there is an additional, potentially fatal, safety risk
from the rotating parts, such as the drive belts, alternator, radiator fan
etc. as well as from the high-voltage ignition system. Always work with
the utmost caution.
– Always make sure that no parts of your body, jewellery, ties, loose
clothing and long hair can be trapped by the rotating parts of the engine. Before any work, remove ties and jewellery ( necklaces etc.), tie
long hair back and tie all items of loose clothing to your body to make
sure that they cannot be trapped by engine components.
– Exercise extreme caution when operating the accelerator and remain attentive. The vehicle could move, even if the handbrake is applied.
● Always ensure that you have not left any objects, such as cleaning
cloths and tools, in the engine compartment. If any object is left in the
engine compartment, this could cause malfunctions, engine faults and
even a fire.
WARNING
Refill liquids and certain materials can catch fire easily in the engine
compartment, causing a fire and serious injury!
● Never smoke.
● Never work close to places exposed to flames or sparks.

Checking and refilling levels
173
Opening and closing the bonnet
WARNING (Continued)
● Never pour service fluids over the engine. These fluid may ignite hot
engine parts and cause injuries.
● If it is necessary to work on the fuel system or the electrical system,
please follow the instructions below:
– Always disconnect the vehicle battery.
– Never work close to heaters, heat sources or places exposed to
flames or sparks.
● Always keep a recently serviced and perfectly working fire extinguisher close by.
● Never cover the engine with additional insulating materials, such as a
blanket. Risk of fire!
Fig. 114 A: Release lever in the footwell on the driver side B: Release lever on the
bonnet
CAUTION
When refilling or changing service liquids, ensure that you put the liquids
into the right tank. Making a mistake when refilling could cause serious
malfunctions and damage the engine!
For the sake of the environment
Service fluids leaks are harmful to the environment. For this reason you
should make regular checks on the ground underneath your vehicle. Take
the vehicle to a specialised workshop to be checked if you see stains, oil or
other fluids on the ground. Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a professional to dispose of them.

Fig. 115 C: Bonnet securing rod in the bonnet. D: Bonnet supported by the bonnet securing rod
Opening the bonnet
● Before opening the bonnet, make sure that the windscreen wiper arms
are in place against the windscreen ⇒ .
● Pull the release lever 1 in the direction of the arrow ⇒ Fig. 114 A. The
bonnet is released from the lock carrier by a spring mechanism ⇒ .
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

174
Checking and refilling levels
● Lift the bonnet up slightly while pressing the release lever
direction of the arrow to completely open the bonnet.
2
B in the
CAUTION
● Take out the bonnet support rod from its clip in the direction of the arrow 3 C and place it in the corresponding open position 4 D (arrow).
● To avoid damage to the bonnet and to the windscreen wiper arms, only
open the bonnet when the windscreen wipers are in place against the windscreen.
Closing the bonnet
● Before driving, always lower the wiper arms.
● Slightly lift the bonnet ⇒ 
.
● Take out the bonnet support rod from the opening catch
it into its clip 3 C in the opening catch.
4
D and insert
● Let the bonnet fall from a height of 30 cm into its clip; Do not apply pressure!
If the bonnet is not correctly closed, open it once again and close it correctly.
The bonnet is correctly closed when it is flush with the corresponding parts
on the bodywork.
WARNING
If the bonnet is not correctly closed, it could suddenly open while driving
leaving the driver without visibility. This could result in a serious accident.
● After closing the bonnet, always check that it is properly secured by
the locking mechanism in the lock carrier piece. The bonnet must be
flush with the surrounding body panels.
● While driving, if you notice that the bonnet is not correctly closed
then stop immediately and close it correctly.
● Only open and close the bonnet when there is nobody within its
range.
Engine oil
Introduction
WARNING
Incorrectly handling engine oil can cause injury and serious burns.
● Always protect your eyes when handling engine oil.
● Oil is toxic and must be kept out of the reach of children.
● Engine oil must only be stored in its original container with the cap
closed; this also applies to used oil until it dries out.
● Never store engine oil in empty food containers or bottles as other
people may accidentally drink it.
● Regular contact with engine oil can be bad for the skin. If you come
into contact with engine oil, wash your skin with soap and water.
● With the engine running, the engine oil gets extremely hot and can
cause severe skin burns. Always wait until the engine has fully cooled.
For the sake of the environment
Similar to the other service liquids, spilled engine oil can be bad for the environment. Collect any spilt fluids in suitable containers and dispose of
them in accordance with legislation and with the utmost respect for the environment.

Checking and refilling levels
Warning and control lamps
Flashes Possible cause

Engine oil pressure
too low.
Engines
Solution
44 kW - 55 kW Petrol engines
 Stop the vehicle!
Switch off the engine. Check the engine oil
level, and if necessary, refill with
⇒ page 176.
engine oil - If the warning indicator flashes
although the oil level is correct, do not
continue driving or leave the engine running. Otherwise, the engine could be damaged. Seek specialist assistance.
Specifications of engine oil with a
service dependent on time/distance travelled
VW 504 00, VW 502 00
CAUTION
● Only use engine oils whose specifications are expressly approved by
SEAT. The use of any other type of oil could cause engine damage!
● No additives should be used with engine oil. Any damage caused by the
use of such additives would not be covered by the factory warranty.
WARNING
Observe the safety warnings ⇒ page 48.
in Control and warning lamps on

Engine oil specifications
Replacement engine oil must strictly comply with the specifications.
The correct oil must be used to ensure the correct operation and long service life of the engine. The engine comes with a high-quality multigrade oil
that can generally be used all year round.
Only use an engine oil that complies to SEAT standards whenever possible
⇒ . Only refill engine oil using approved engine oil in accordance with the
corresponding SEAT standard (⇒ table on page 175). All oils indicated are
synthetic multigrade oils.
Engine oils are being continuously further developed. Technical Services
are permanently informed of any modifications. SEAT therefore recommends
that you have the engine oil changed by a Technical Service.
Safety
Operation
175
Advice
Technical specifications

176
Checking and refilling levels
Checking the engine oil level and topping up
Check the engine oil level
● Pull out the dipstick and wipe it on a clean cloth.
● Replace the dipstick, pushing it in as far as it will go. If the dipstick to
measure engine oil has a mark, when you reintroduce it this mark should
slot into the corresponding groove located on the upper end of the tube.
● Remove the dipstick again and check the engine oil level ⇒ table on
page 176.
● After reading the oil level, replace the dipstick in the tube completely.
Engine oil topping up limits
Fig. 116 Marked engine
oil dipstick
Fig. 116
Operations required depending on the engine oil topping
up level:
Area
A
Do not add oil ⇒ .
Area
B
You can add oil, but keep the level in this zone.
Area
C
Oil must be added. After topping up the oil level should be
in area B .
Adding oil after checking the level
Only add engine oil in small quantities and in steps:
Fig. 117 In the engine
compartment: engine oil
filler cap.
Preparations
● Park the vehicle on flat ground so that the engine oil reading is correct.
● The engine must be hot to be able to check the engine oil level. Stop the
engine and wait a few minutes for the oil to drain back into the sump.
● Open the bonnet  ⇒ page 171.
● The engine oil filler neck can be recognised by the symbol  on the
cap ⇒ Fig. 117 and the dipstick by its coloured handle.
● Unscrew the cap from engine oil filler neck on the cylinder head
⇒ Fig. 117. If you are not sure where the cap is, seek assistance from a specialist.
● Only refill using approved SEAT engine oil in small quantities (no more
than 0.5 ltr) ⇒ page 175.
● To avoid adding too much oil, each time you add a quantity, wait until
the oil has flowed into the crankcase so that it can be measured with the
dipstick.
● Check the oil level before adding any more oil. Do not top up with too
much engine oil ⇒ .

Checking and refilling levels
● When the oil level is in at least the ⇒ Fig. 116 B zone, insert the dipstick into the tube fully to avoid engine oil escaping when the engine is running.
Depending on how you drive and the conditions in which the vehicle is
used, oil consumption can be up to 1 ltr./2,000 km. In the case of new vehicles, the consumption can exceed this figure over 5,000 kilometres. For this
reason the engine oil level must be checked at regular intervals, preferably
when filling the tank and before a journey.
● After topping up the oil, ensure that the cap is screwed on to the filler
neck correctly.
When the engine is working hard, for instance during sustained high-speed
motorway cruising in summer, or when climbing mountain passes, the oil
level should preferably be kept within area ⇒ Fig. 116 A .
WARNING
Oil could catch fire if it comes into contact with hot engine components.
This could lead to a fire, explosion and severe injuries.
● Always ensure that after topping of oil, the engine oil filler cap is correctly tightened. This will avoid engine oil spilling onto hot engine parts
when the engine is running.

Changing the engine oil
The engine oil must be changed regularly according to the specifications of
the Maintenance Programme.
CAUTION
Due to the problems linked with disposing of used oil and the need for suitable tools and special knowledge, always visit a specialised workshop to
have the engine oil and filter changed. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
● If the engine oil level is above the area A do not start the engine. Seek
specialist assistance. Otherwise catalytic converter and engine damage may
occur.
● When refilling or changing service liquids, ensure that you put the liquids into the right tank. Making a mistake when refilling could cause serious malfunctions and damage the engine!
Detailed information on the service intervals are shown in the Maintenance
Programme.
Engine oil additives make new oil darker after the engine has been running
for a short period. This is normal and does not mean more frequent oil
changes are required.
For the sake of the environment
The oil level must never be above area A . Otherwise oil can be drawn in
through the crankcase breather and escape into the atmosphere via the exhaust system.

WARNING
If, in exceptional circumstances, you must change the engine oil yourself,
please note the following:
Engine oil consumption
● Wear eye protection.

The consumption of engine oil can be different from one engine to another
and can vary during the useful life of the engine.
Safety
177
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
178
Checking and refilling levels
Engine coolant
WARNING (Continued)
● Always wait until the engine has completely cooled to avoid being
burned.
Introduction
● Always keep your arms horizontal when unscrewing the oil drainage
bolt so that the oil does not run down your arms when it begins to drain.
WARNING
● Use a suitable and large enough container to collect all of the used oil
in the engine.
Engine coolant is toxic!
● Never collect engine oil in empty food containers, cans, bottles and
other containers as not everyone is able to identify engine oil.
● Only keep engine coolant in its original container, tightly shut and in
a safe place.
● Oil is toxic and must be kept out of the reach of children.
● Never store engine coolant in empty food containers or bottles as
other people may accidentally drink it.
For the sake of the environment
● Always keep engine coolant out of reach of children.
Before changing the engine oil, find a suitable location or service for proper
disposal.
● Ensure that the proportion of engine coolant additive corresponds to
the lowest outside temperature to which the vehicle will be exposed.
● If the outside temperature is extremely low, the engine coolant could
freeze causing the vehicle to stop. As this would also cause the heating
to stop working, vehicle occupants without sufficiently warm clothing
could freeze.
For the sake of the environment
Always dispose of engine oil with the utmost respect for the environment.
Never dispose of used engine oil in places such as a garden, woods, drains,
roads, paths, rivers and drainage systems.

For the sake of the environment
Coolants and additives can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt
fluids in suitable containers and dispose of in accordance with legislation
and with the utmost respect for the environment.

Coolant warning lamp
Several warning and control lamps should light up for a few seconds when
the ignition is switched on, signalling that the function is being verified.
They will switch off after a few seconds.

Checking and refilling levels
It
lights Possible cause
up
The engine coolant additive is recognisable by its purple colour. This mixture of water and additive gives the necessary frost protection down to
-25 °C (-13 °F) and protects the light alloy parts of the cooling system
against corrosion. It also prevents scaling and considerably raises the boiling point of the coolant.
Solution
 Stop the vehicle!
Excessive engine coolant Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Switch off the engine and let it
temperature.
cool.

FlashPossible cause
es

To protect the engine cooling system, the percentage of additive must always be at least 40 %, even in warm climates where anti-freeze protection is
not required.
 ¡Stop the vehicle!
Insufficient engine cool- Check the engine coolant when the engine has cooled and, if it is low, refill
ant level.
with engine coolant ⇒ page 180.
Engine coolant system
faulty.
Engine coolant system
faulty.
If greater frost protection is required in very cold climates, the proportion of
additive can be increased. However, the percentage of additive should not
exceed 60%, as this would reduce frost protection and, in turn, decrease
cooling capacity.
 Do not drive any further.
Obtain professional assistance.
When the coolant is topped up, use a mixture of distilled water and, at
least, 40 % of the G 13 or G 12 plus-plus (TL-VW 774 G) additive (both are
purple) to obtain an optimum anticorrosion protection ⇒ . The mixture of
G 13 with G 12 plus (TL-VW 774 F), G 12 (red) or G 11 (green-blue) engine
coolants will significantly reduce the anticorrosion protection and should,
therefore be avoided ⇒ .
Solution
Seek specialist assistance.
WARNING
Observe the safety warnings ⇒ page 48.
WARNING
in Control and warning lamps on
If there is not enough anti-freeze in the coolant system, the engine may
fail leading to serious damage.
● Please make sure that the percentage of additive is correct with respect to the lowest expected ambient temperature in the region in which
the vehicle is to be used.
Note
On the display of the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT)
⇒ page 160 an engine coolant temperature gauge can be seen.

● When the outside temperature is very low, the coolant could freeze
and the vehicle would be immobilised. In this case, the heating would
not work either and inadequately dressed passengers could die of cold.
Engine coolant specifications
The engine cooling system is supplied from the factory with a specially treated mixture of water and, at least, 40 % of the additive G 13 (TLVW 774 J).
Safety
Operation
179
Advice
Technical specifications

180
Checking and refilling levels
CAUTION
The original additives should never be mixed with coolants which are not
approved by SEAT. Otherwise, you run the risk of causing severe damage to
the engine and the engine cooling system.
● If the fluid in the expansion tank is not purple but is, for example,
brown, this indicates that the G 13 additive has been mixed with an inadequate coolant. The coolant must be changed as soon as possible if this is
the case! This could result in serious faults and engine damage.
Fig. 119 In the engine
compartment: Coolant
expansion tank cap
For the sake of the environment
Coolants and additives can contaminate the environment. If any fluids are
spilled, they should be collected and correctly disposed of, with respect to
the environment.
If the coolant level is low, the coolant warning indicator will light.

Preparations
● Park the vehicle on even, flat and firm ground.
Checking the engine coolant level and refilling
● Allow the engine to cool ⇒ .
● Open the bonnet  ⇒ page 171.
● The coolant expansion tank is easily recognisable because of the symbol  on the cap ⇒ Fig. 119.
Checking the engine coolant level
● When the engine is cold, check the coolant level using the side marking
on the expansion tank ⇒ Fig. 118.
● If the liquid level is below the “MIN” mark, top up with coolant. When
the engine is hot it may be slightly above the marked area.
Fig. 118 In the engine
compartment: Marking
on coolant expansion
tank
Topping up the engine coolant level
● Always protect your face, hands and arms from hot coolant and steam
using a large, thick cloth over the coolant expansion tank cap.
● Remove the cap very carefully ⇒ .
● Only refill using new engine coolant according to SEAT specifications
(⇒ page 179) ⇒ .

Checking and refilling levels
● The engine coolant level should be between the marks on the coolant
expansion tank ⇒ Fig. 118. Do not exceed the top level of the marked area
⇒ .
● Screw on the cap tightly.
● If, the event of an emergency, you have no coolant that is compliant with
the required specifications (⇒ page 179), never use another type of additive. Instead, first top up with distilled water ⇒ only. Then re-establish
the correct proportion of the mixture with the correct additive as soon as
possible ⇒ page 179.
WARNING
Hot vapours and coolant can cause serious burns.
● Never open the coolant expansion tank if steam or coolant is coming
from the engine compartment. Wait until you cannot see or hear any
steam or coolant escaping.
● Always wait until the engine has completely cooled before very carefully opening the expansion tank cap. Contact with hot elements of the
engine can cause skin burns.
● When the engine is warm or hot, the cooling system is pressurised.
Do not unscrew the cap on the expansion tank when the engine is hot.
Otherwise, coolant may spray out under pressure causing burns and serious injury.
CAUTION
● Top up with distilled water only. Any other type of water may lead to considerable rusting in the engine due to its chemical components. This could
consequently damage the engine. If you have not used distilled water but
another type of water to top up the coolant, a specialised workshop must
immediately replace all of the fluid in the engine cooling system.
● Only top up coolant to the top level of the marked area ⇒ Fig. 118. Otherwise the excess coolant will be forced out of the cooling system when the
engine is hot, causing damage.
● If a lot of liquid coolant has been lost, wait for the engine to cool down
completely before adding coolant. Extensive coolant loss is an indication of
leaks in the engine cooling system. Have the engine cooling system inspected immediately by a specialised workshop. Otherwise engine damage may
occur.
● When refilling or changing service liquids, ensure that you put the liquids into the right tank. Making a mistake when refilling could cause serious malfunctions and damage the engine!

Vehicle battery
– Carefully and slowly unscrew the cap anticlockwise, gently pressing down on it.
Introduction
– Always protect your face, hands and arms from hot coolant and
steam using a large, thick cloth.
The battery is a component of the vehicle's electrical system.
● When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them on parts of the engine and
the exhaust system. Spilled liquids could cause a fire. Under specific circumstances, the ethylene glycol can catch fire.
181
Never work on the electrical system without fully understanding the operations required and the applicable safety standards or without the correct
tools ⇒ ! If necessary, have any work carried out by a specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service. Negligent work can
cause serious injury.
Location of the vehicle battery
The battery is located in the engine compartment.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

182
Checking and refilling levels
Explanation of the warning indications on the vehicle's battery
Symbol





Meaning
Wear eye protection!
Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. Always wear
protective gloves and eye protection!
Fires, sparks, open flames and smoking are prohibited.
A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when
the battery is under charge.
Keep children away from acid and batteries!
WARNING
Working on the vehicle battery and the electrical system can cause corrosion, fire and electric shocks. Always read and take into account the following warnings and safety standards before carrying out any work:
● Before working on the battery, switch off the engine, the ignition and
all electrical devices, then disconnect the negative cable from the battery.
● Keep children away from acid and the battery itself!
WARNING (Continued)
● Never use a damaged battery. It can explode. Replace a damaged battery immediately.
● Replaced damaged or frozen batteries as soon as possible. A flat battery can also freeze at temperatures close to 0 °C (+32 °F).
CAUTION
● Never disconnect the battery if the ignition is switched on or if the engine is running. This could damage the electrical system or electronic components.
● Do not expose the battery to direct sunlight over a long period of time,
as intense ultraviolet radiation can damage the battery housing.
● If the car is left standing for long periods, protect the battery from extreme cold temperature so that it does not “freeze up” and become damaged.
Warning lamp
It lights
Possible cause
up
● Wear eye protection.
● Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. It can burn skin and cause
blindness. When handling the battery, protect yourself from splashes of
acids, above all your hands, arms and face.
● Do not smoke and never work close to places exposed to flames or
sparks.
● Avoid sparks and electrostatic discharges when working with cables
and electrical devices.
● Never short the battery terminals.


Faulty generator.
Solution
Contact a specialised workshop.
Have the electrical system
checked.
Disconnect any unnecessary
electrical devices. The generator
does not charge the battery
while the vehicle is in motion.
Several warning and control lamps should light up for a few seconds when
the ignition is switched on, signalling that the function is being verified.
They will switch off after a few seconds.

Checking and refilling levels
Checking the battery electrolyte level
WARNING
Observe the safety warnings ⇒ page 48.
183
● Make sure there is sufficient lighting to clearly recognise the colours.
Never use flames or spark-producing items as a light source.
in Control and warning lamps on

Checking the electrolyte level of the vehicle battery
● Depending on the level of acid, the Magic eye on the top of the battery
will change colour.
Colour indicator
Necessary operations
The electrolyte level of the vehicle's battery is too low.
Light yellow or colHave the battery checked and, where applicable, reourless
placed by a specialised workshop.
Black
The electrolyte level of the vehicle's battery is correct.
WARNING
Working with the vehicle battery involves a risk of corrosion, explosions
and electric shock.
Fig. 120 In the engine
compartment: Remove
the cover from the vehicle's battery
The battery's electrolyte level should be checked regularly in high-mileage
vehicles, in hot countries and in older batteries. Other batteries do not require maintenance.
Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are equipped with special batteries. For technical reasons, the electrolyte level cannot be checked in these
batteries.
Preparations
● Prepare the vehicle for work in the engine compartment ⇒ page 171
● Open the bonnet  ⇒ page 171.
● Press on the tabs ⇒ Fig. 120 (arrows) in the direction of the arrows and
lift the battery cover up.
Safety
Operation
● Never tilt the vehicle battery. Battery acid could spill out of the openings to release gases and cause corrosion damage.
● Never open the vehicle battery.
● If battery acid splashes on you, immediately rinse your eyes and skin
abundantly with water for several minutes. Then seek medical care immediately.
● If acid is swallowed by mistake, consult a doctor immediately.

Charging, replacing and connecting or disconnecting the
battery
Charging the battery
The vehicle battery should be charged by a specialised workshop only, as
batteries using special technology have been installed and they must be
charged in a controlled environment ⇒ . SEAT recommends visiting a
Technical Service.
Advice
Technical specifications

184
Checking and refilling levels
Replacing a vehicle battery
The battery has been developed to suit the conditions of its location and
has special safety features. If the battery requires replacement, consult a
Technical Service for information on electromagnetic compatibility, the size
and maintenance, performance and safety requirements of the new battery
in your vehicle before you purchase one. SEAT recommends you have the
battery replaced by a Technical Service.
Use only maintenance-free genuine batteries conforming to TL 825 06 and
VW 7 50 73 Standards. These standards must be dated April 2008 or later.
Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are equipped with a special battery. Therefore, this battery must only be replaced by another with the same
specifications.
Disconnecting the vehicle's battery
If you have to disconnect the battery from the electrical system, please note
the following:
● Switch off the ignition and all electrical devices.
● The vehicle must be unlocked before disconnecting the battery, otherwise the alarm will be triggered.
● First disconnect the negative cable and then the positive ⇒ .
Automatic device disconnection
The intelligent vehicle electrical system automatically implements a range
of measures to prevent the battery from discharging when high demands
are made on it:
● The idling speed is increased so that the alternator provides more electricity.
● Where necessary, the power of the most powerful devices is reduced or
even completely disconnected.
● On starting the engine, the power supply from the 12-volt socket and
the cigarette lighter may be interrupted for a short time.
The on-board management program cannot always prevent the battery from
running flat. For example, if the ignition is left on for a long period with the
engine off or if the side lights or parking lights are left on while the vehicle
is stationary.
Why the battery runs flat:
● When stationary for a long time without starting the engine, particularly
if the ignition is switched on.
● Use of electrical devices with the engine switched off.
Connecting the vehicle's battery
● Before reconnecting the battery, switch off the engine, the ignition and
electrical devices.
● First reconnect the positive cable and then the negative ⇒ the maximum service intervals permitted ⇒ Booklet Maintenance Programme.
.
Different control lamps may light up after connecting the battery and switching the ignition on. They will be turned off after a short trip at a speed of
between 15-20 km/h (10-12 mph). If the warning indicators remain lit,
please visit a specialised workshop to have the vehicle checked.
If the battery has been disconnected for a long time, it is possible that the
next service date is not displayed or calculated correctly ⇒ page 43. Respect
WARNING
Incorrectly securing the battery or using the wrong battery can cause
short-circuits, fire and serious injuries.
● Always use only maintenance-free batteries, protected to prevent a
leak, and whose properties, specifications and size correspond to the
battery installed as standard.

Checking and refilling levels
WARNING
A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when the battery is under
charge.
● The batteries should be charged in a well-ventilated room only.
● Never charge a frozen or recently thawed battery. A flat battery can also freeze at temperatures close to 0 °C (+32 °F).
● Always replace a battery which has frozen.
● Battery cables not correctly connected may cause a short circuit. Reconnect first the positive cable and then the negative cable.
CAUTION
● Never disconnect the battery if the ignition is switched on or if the engine is running. This could damage the electrical system or electronic components.
● Never plug accessories that supply current, such as solar panels or a
battery charger, to the 12-volt socket or the cigarette lighter. This could
damage the vehicle's electrical system.
For the sake of the environment
Dispose of the battery in an environment-friendly manner. Batteries contain
toxic substances such as sulphuric acid and lead.
For the sake of the environment
Battery acid can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a dispose of them correctly.
Safety
Operation

Advice
Technical specifications
185
186
Wheels and tyres
Wheels and tyres
Wheels
Introduction
SEAT recommend that all work on tyres and wheels is carried out by a specialised workshop. They have the necessary special tools and replacement
parts, trained personnel and facilities for disposing of old tyres with respect
for the environment. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
WARNING
The vehicle cannot be totally controlled or braked if the tyres (new or
used) are worn or damaged.
● Incorrect use of wheels and tyres could make driving more dangerous
and result in serious accidents and damage.
● All four wheels must be fitted with radial tyres of the same type, size
(rolling circumference) and the same tread pattern.
● New tyres do not give maximum grip and will not have reached their
maximum braking capacity to start with, and therefore need running in.
To prevent accidents and major damage, extreme caution should be taken for the first 600 km.
● Check tyre pressures regularly and ensure they are maintained at the
pressures indicated. If tyre pressure is too low, the tyres could overheat,
resulting in tread detachment or even burst tyres.
● Never drive on damaged (punctured, cut, cracked or dented) or worn
tyres. Driving on damaged or worn tyres could result in burst tyres, serious accidents or damage. Worn or damaged tyres must be replaced immediately.
WARNING (Continued)
● Never exceed the maximum permitted speed or loads specified for the
type of tyre fitted on your vehicle.
● The effectiveness of driver and brake assist systems also depends on
the grip of the tyres.
● If you notice unusual vibration or if the vehicle pulls to one side when
driving, stop the car immediately and check the tyres and wheels for
damage.
● To minimise the risk of losing control of the vehicle or causing a serious accident, never undo the bolted joints of beadlock wheels.
● Never mount used tyres or wheels if you are not sure of their previous
history. They may be damaged, although the damage is not immediately
visible.
● Old tyres, even if they have never been used, may lose air or burst unexpectedly while driving, especially at high speeds, resulting in serious
accident and injury. If tyres are over six years old, they should only be
used in an emergency and with extreme caution.
Note
For technical reasons, it is not generally possible to use the wheels from
other vehicles. In some cases, this may also be true for the same model of
wheel. Please refer to the vehicle documentation or inquire at a Technical
Service.

Wheels and tyres
● Regularly check tyres for non-visible damage ⇒ page 192.
About your tyres and wheels
● Never exceed the maximum permitted speed or loads specified for the
type of tyre fitted on your vehicle ⇒ page 194.
● Do not allow tyres (including the spare wheel) to come into contact with
aggressive substances, grease, oil, fuel or brake fluid ⇒ .
● Lost valve caps should be replaced immediately.
Tyres with directional tread pattern
Fig. 121 Diagram for
changing wheels
The tyres of a vehicle are the components which are subjected to most
stress and are the most underestimated. Tyres are very important, as the
support offered by their narrow surface is the only point of contact between
the vehicle and the road.
The service life of tyres is dependent on tyre pressure, driving style, the care
they receive and the correct fitting.
The tyres and wheel rims are an essential part of the vehicle's design. The
tyres and rims approved by SEAT are specially matched to the characteristics of the vehicle and our critical to good road holding and safe handling.
If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direction of rotation, drive with extreme caution, as the tyre is no longer being used correctly. This is of particular importance when the road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon as
possible or remount it with the correct direction of rotation.
Interchanging tyres
To ensure that the wear is equal on all tyres the wheels should be changed
round from time to time according to the system ⇒ Fig. 121. The useful life
of all the tyres will then be about the same time.
Avoiding damage to tyres and wheels
SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a specialised workshop to have
the tyres changed.
● If you have to drive over a kerb or similar obstacle, drive very slowly and
as near as possible at a right angle to the kerb.
Tyres that are over 6 years old
● Inspect the tyres regularly for damage (punctures, cuts, cracks, dents).
● Remove any foreign bodies found on the outside of the tread provided
they have not passed through the wall of the tyre ⇒ page 192.
● Also, the instructions for tyre control systems should always be observed.
● Replace damaged or worn tyres as soon as possible ⇒ page 192.
Safety
Tyres with directional tread pattern have been designed to operate best
when rotating in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre sidewall indicates
the direction of rotation on tyres with directional tread ⇒ page 194. Always
observe the direction of rotation indicated when mounting the wheel. This
guarantees optimum grip and helps to avoid aquaplaning, excessive noise
and wear.
Operation
Tyres are subject to an ageing process as a result of physical and chemical
processes. This may affect their performance. Tyres which are stored for
long periods of time without being used, harden and become more fragile
than tyres which are in constant use.
SEAT recommends that tyres over six years old are replaced with new tyres.
This also applies to tyres (including the spare wheel) which appear to be in 
Advice
Technical specifications
187
188
Wheels and tyres
perfect condition on the outside and which have a tread depth within the
values stipulated by the Law ⇒ .
Wheel rims
The date of manufacture, part of the tyre identification number (TIN), indicates the age of the tyre () ⇒ page 194.
The design of wheel bolts is matched to the rims. If different rims are fitted,
the correct wheel bolts with the right length and correctly shaped bolt
heads must be used. This ensures that wheels are fitted securely and that
the brake system functions correctly ⇒ page 199.
Storing tyres
Mark tyres when you remove them to indicate the direction of rotation (left,
right, forwards, backwards). This ensures you will be able to mount them
correctly when you replace them. When removed, the wheels and/or tyres
should be stored in a cool, dry and preferably dark location. Do not place
tyres mounted on the wheel in a vertical position.
For technical reasons, it is not generally possible to use the wheels from
other vehicles. In some cases, this may also be true for the same model of
wheel.
The tyres and rims approved by SEAT are specially matched to the characteristics of the vehicle and are critical to good road holding and safe handling.
Protect tyres not mounted on wheels from dirt by storing them in suitable
bags and standing them on the ground on their tread.
Wheel bolts
Wheel bolts must be tightened to the correct torque ⇒ page 199.
WARNING
Beadlock wheel rims
Aggressive fluids or substances could result in visible or invisible damage with the consequent risks.
Beadlock wheel rims have various components. These are joined together
by special bolts using a special procedure. This ensures good performance,
a better seal, improved safety and wheel run out. Therefore, worn rims
should always be replaced and must only be repaired in a specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service ⇒ .
● Always ensure that tyres do not come into contact with chemical
products, oil, grease, fuel, brake fluid or other aggressive substances.
Wheel rims with bolted trims
WARNING
Wheel rims may be fitted with interchangeable trim parts which are attached to the rim using self-locking bolts. Worn trims should only be replaced at
a specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service
⇒ .

Old tyres, even if they have never been used, may lose air or burst unexpectedly while driving, resulting in serious accident or damage.
● If tyres are over six years old, they should only be used in an emergency and with extreme caution.
For the sake of the environment
Old tyres must be disposed of by qualified personnel according to the laws
in the country concerned.

Wheels and tyres
Replacing tyres
WARNING
● Where possible, always replace both wheels on an axle (both wheels on
the front axle or both wheels on the rear axle) ⇒ .
The use of worn or damaged wheel rims could make driving more dangerous and result in serious accidents and damage.
● Only replace used tyres with those authorised by SEAT for the corresponding type of vehicle. Pay special attention to size, diameter, and maximum load and speed capacity.
● Only wheel rims which have been approved for use with your vehicle
should be used.
● Never use tyres which are larger than SEAT approved tyres. If the tyres
are too big, they may knock or rub against the chassis or other components,
resulting in damage.
● Inspect wheel rims regularly for damage and replace as required.
WARNING
WARNING
If the bolted joints of wheel rims with bolted ring trims are not correctly
tightened or loosened, this could result in serious accident.
New tyres do not give maximum grip and will not have reached their maximum braking capacity to start with, and therefore need running in.
● Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel rims with bolted ring trims.
● Any work relating to wheel rims with bolted rims should be carried
out at specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.

● To prevent accidents and major damage, extreme caution should be
taken for the first 600 km.
WARNING
Replacement of new tyres and wheel rims
New tyres
● When tyres are new, drive with extreme caution for the first 600 km, as
all tyres need to be run-in. Tyres which have not been run-in do not have
such good grip ⇒ or braking capacity ⇒ .
● All four wheels must be fitted with radial tyres of the same type, size
(rolling circumference) and the same tread pattern.
● The tread depth of new tyres may vary, according to the type and make
of tyre and the tread pattern.
Safety
Operation
There should be adequate space between the tyres and the vehicle in accordance with the vehicle design. If this is not the case, the tyres may
rub against parts of the running gear, chassis or brake lines, leading to
faults in the brake system or to tread detachment, and the risk of burst
tyres.
● The true tyre dimension should not be greater than the dimensions of
tyres manufactured and approved by SEAT and should not rub against
parts of the vehicle.
Note
Although tyres may be shown as being the same size, the true dimensions
of different types of tyre may vary with respect to the nominal size, or tread
patterns may be different.

Advice
Technical specifications
189
190
Wheels and tyres
Under-inflation or over-inflation will reduce the life of the tyres considerably
and also impair the car's handling ⇒ . It is essential to maintain the correct tyre pressures, especially if driving at high speeds. Incorrect tyre pressure causes premature wear and could cause tyre blow-out.
Note
If you use tyres that are approved by SEAT, you can be sure that the true tyre
dimensions will be correct for your vehicle. For other tyre models, the tyre
vendor should provide the manufacturer's certificate with the tyre, indicating that this type of tyre is suitable for your vehicle. This certificate should
always be carried with the vehicle.

The pressure should therefore be checked at least once a month and before
starting a journey.
As a general rule, the pressures given are for cold tyres. When the tyres are
hot, the pressures are greater.
Tyre pressures
Never deflate a hot tyre in order to obtain the required pressure. This could
result in very low tyre pressures which may lead to sudden blow-outs.
Checking tyre pressures
Check tyre pressures only when the vehicle has not been driven for more
than a few kilometres at low speeds in the past three hours.
● The tyre pressures should be checked regularly, and only when the tyres
are cold. Always check all tyres, including the spare wheel. Tyre pressures
should be checked more often in colder regions, and only when the vehicle
has not been driven recently. Always use a correctly-operating tyre gauge.
● Adjust tyre pressures to the loads carried in the vehicle.
● After adjusting the tyre pressure, check that the caps are properly
screwed on.
The spare wheel or temporary spare wheel must be at the maximum pressure specified.
Fig. 122 Position of tyre
pressure specification
plate
The correct tyre pressures for tyres fitted at the factory is shown on a label
and is valid for summer and winter tyres. The sticker ⇒ Fig. 122 is located
on the driver side door pillar.
WARNING
If tyre pressures are too high or too low, the tyre may deflate or burst
suddenly while driving. This could result in a serious accident.
● If the tyre pressure is too low, the tyres could overheat, resulting in
tread detachment or even burst tyres.

Wheels and tyres
Tread depth and wear indicators
WARNING (Continued)
● When driving at high speeds and/or fully loaded, the tyre could suddenly overheat, burst or be subject to tread detachment, with the resultant loss of control of the vehicle.
● Tyre pressures which are too high or too low reduce the service life of
the tyre, affecting the vehicle's performance.
● Tyre pressures should be checked regularly, at least once a month
and before long journeys.
● Adjust the pressures of all the tyres to the vehicle load.
● Never deflate excess pressure from hot tyres.
Fig. 123 Tyre tread:
tread wear indicators
CAUTION
Tread depth
● Take care not to tilt the manometer when placing it on the valve. Otherwise, the valve may be damaged.
Certain driving conditions require a deeper tread, as well as needing the
tread to be approximately the same on the front and rear tyres. This is particularly important when driving in winter, in cold temperatures and on wet
roads ⇒ .
● To avoid damage to the valves, always replace valve caps correctly.
Check that the caps are identical to the standard caps and have been correctly tightened.
For the sake of the environment
Under-inflated tyres will increase fuel consumption.

The minimum tread depth required by law in the majority of cases is
1.6 mm, measured in the tread grooves next to the tread wear indicators.
Observe legal requirements in each country.
The performance of winter tyres is much reduced when the tread has worn
to 4 mm.
The tread depth of new tyres may vary, according to the type and make of
tyre and the tread pattern.
Wear indicators on the tyre
The original tyres on your vehicle have 1.6 mm high ⇒ Fig. 123 tread wear
indicators running across the tread. A number of these indicators are equally spaced around the tyre tread. Markings on the tyre walls (for example, the
letters “TWI” or other symbols) indicate the position of the wear indicators. 
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
191
192
Wheels and tyres
Wear of tyres
Tread wear indicators indicate if a tyre is worn. Tyres must always be replaced before the tyre tread has worn to the level of the indicator.
The wear of tyres depends on a number of factors, for example:
● Driving style.
WARNING
● Unbalanced wheels.
Driving with worn tyres is dangerous, and may lead to loss of control of
the vehicle with serious consequences.
● Running gear settings.
● Tyres must be replaced before the wear indicators are at the same level as the tread pattern.
Driving style: rounding bends at high speed and sudden acceleration or
braking speed up tyre wear. When the driving style is normal, if the tyres
wear too quickly, have the running gear settings checked at a specialised
workshop.
● Worn tyres have significantly reduced grip, especially on wet surfaces, increasing the risk of “aquaplaning”.
● Worn tyres make control of the vehicle more difficult in normal or difficult driving conditions, increasing the braking distance and the risk of
skidding.
Damaged tyres
Damage to wheels and tyres is often not immediately visible. If you notice
unusual vibration or the car pulling to one side, this may indicate that one
of the tyres is damaged ⇒ .
● Slow down immediately if you think you have a damaged wheel.
● Check the wheels and tyres for damage.
● If tyres are worn, stop driving and seek qualified assistance.
● If there is no visible exterior damage, drive slowly and carefully to the
nearest specialised workshop and have the vehicle checked.

Wheel run-out: The wheels on new vehicles are balanced. However, certain
circumstances may lead to imbalance (run-out), which is detected as vibrations in the steering wheel. Run-out leads to wear of the steering and suspension. In the event of run out, the wheels should be balanced again.
When a new wheel is fitted, it should be balanced again.
Running gear settings: an incorrectly positioned running gear increases the
wear of tyres and affects your safety while driving. If tyres wear too quickly,
have the wheel alignment checked at a specialised workshop.
WARNING
If you notice unusual vibration or the car pulls to one side while driving,
this may indicate that one of the tyres is damaged.
● Reduce speed immediately and stop, while observing the highway
code.
● Check the wheels and tyres for damage.
Foreign bodies in the tyre
● Never carry on driving on worn tyres or wheels. Request qualified assistance immediately.
● Do not remove foreign bodies if they have penetrated through the tyre
wall!
● If there is no visible exterior damage, drive slowly and carefully to the
nearest specialised workshop and have the vehicle checked.
● You should obtain professional assistance immediately.

Wheels and tyres
Spare wheel or temporary spare wheel*
● If necessary, stow the vehicle tool in the container, inside the luggage
compartment.
● Replace the carpet on the luggage compartment floor.
● Lower the rear shelf.
● Close the rear lid.
If the spare wheel is different to the rest of the vehicle tyres
If the spare tyre is not the same as the tyres that are mounted on the vehicle
- for example with winter tyres or the temporary spare wheel - you should
only use the spare tyre for a short period of time and drive with extra care
⇒ .
Fig. 124 In the luggage
compartment: hand controlled wheel for securing
the spare wheel
Refit the normal road wheel as soon as possible.
Please observe driving advice:
● Do not drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph).
● Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and fast cornering.
Removing the spare wheel
● Open the rear lid and lift the luggage compartment shelf ⇒ page 88.
● If necessary, remove the luggage compartment variable floor ⇒ page 88.
● Lift up the carpet from the recess and remove it from the luggage compartment.
● If necessary, take out the vehicle tool kit with the container.
● Completely remove the hand controlled wheel from the centre of the
spare wheel ⇒ Fig. 124 by turning it in an anticlockwise direction, and take
out the spare wheel.
● Snow chains on the temporary spare wheel are not permitted
⇒ page 196.
● After mounting the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel, check the
tyre pressure as soon as possible ⇒ page 190.
It is advisable to check the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel tyre pressure when checking the rest of the vehicle wheels at least once a month.
The spare wheel should have the highest pressure allowed for the vehicle
⇒ page 190. The sticker situated on the temporary spare wheel shows the
tyre pressure.

Storing the replaced wheel
● Pull back the carpet.
● With the wheel rim facing downwards, situate the replaced wheel in the
spare wheel well so that the wheel rim central hole coincides with the opening.
● Turn the hand controlled wheel with the shank screwed clockwise until
the replaced wheel is secured.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
193
194
Wheels and tyres
Tyre code
WARNING
Incorrect handling of the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel can
cause loss of vehicle control, producing collisions or other serious accidents and injury.
● Never use the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel if it is damaged or worn to the wear indicator.
● In some vehicles the spare wheel is smaller than the original tyres.
This can be seen on a sticker showing the text “80 km/h” and “50 mph”.
This text indicates the maximum velocity permitted for this type of tyre.
● Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph). Avoid powerful acceleration, hard braking and taking corners at high speed.
● Never drive more than 200 km with a temporary spare wheel fitted to
the drive axle.
● Replace the temporary spare wheel for a normal wheel as soon as
possible. The compact temporary spare wheel is only intended for temporary use over short distances.
● The temporary spare wheel must always be secured with the factory
supplied wheel bolts.
Fig. 125 Universal code on tyres
● You should never use more than one temporary spare wheel.
● After mounting the temporary spare wheel, check the tyre pressure as
soon as possible ⇒ page 190.
● Snow chains on the temporary spare wheel are not permitted.
Note
Wherever possible, secure the spare wheel, temporary spare wheel or the
replaced wheel safely in the luggage compartment. In vehicles with antipuncture kit, it is not possible to secure the defective wheel.

1
Radial
2
Rim diameter code
3
Load index & speed rating
4
DOT tyre identification number
5
Severe snow conditions
6
Tyre ply composition and materials used
7
Max. load rating
8
Treadwear, traction and temperature grades
9
Max. permissible inflation pressure
10
Passenger car tyre
11
Nominal width of tyre in millimetres
12
Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

Wheels and tyres
Tyre code (example)
Meaning
Tyre code (example)
Meaning
Make, logotype
Manufacturer
MAX LOAD 615 KG
Product name
Name of tyre assigned by manufacturer.
US load rating, indicating maximum permitted
load per tyre.
P255 / 55 R 18
Size:
P
Passenger vehicle code.
255
Nominal width between walls, in mm.
55
Height/width ratio in %
R
Tyre type (R indicates "radial").
18
Rim diameter in inches
MAX INFLATION 350 KPA US limit, indicating maximum permitted tyre
(51 PSI)
pressure.
SIDEWALL 1 PLY RAYON
Information about tyre wall components:
1 layer of rayon (artificial silk).
TREAD 4 PLIES
1 RAYON + 2 STEEL +
1 NYLON
Information about tread components:
In the example, there are 4 layers below the
tread: 1 layer of rayon (artificial silk), 2 layers of
steel reinforcement and 1 layer of nylon.
109 H
Load index ⇒ page 196 and speed rating
⇒ page 196.
XL
Reinforced tyres (“Reinforced”).
Information for the end consumer concerning the comparative values of
the established base tyres (standardised test procedures) ⇒ page 151:
M+S or M/S or 
Winter tyres code (mud and snow tyres).
TREADWEAR 220
RADIAL TUBELESS
Radial tyre without inner tube.
Relative service life of the tyre, with respect to
specific US standard test.
E4 ...
E-mark certifying tyre complies with international legislation followed by a number denoting the
country granting the authorisation. The authorisation number ( several digits) is shown below.
TRACTION A
Braking capacity of tyre on wet surface (AA, A, B
or C).
TEMPERATURE A
Tyre temperature resistance at higher test
speeds (A, B or C).
DOT BT RA TY5 1709
Tyre identification number (TINa), may be only on
interior wall of wheel) and date of manufacture:
DOT
The tyre complies with the legal requirements of the US Department of Transport, responsible for tyre safety regulations.
BT
Place of manufacture code.
RA
Information about manufacturer and tyre
size.
TY5
Manufacturer's tyre specifications.
If the tyre has other markings, these are specific tyre manufacturer codes
or specific national codes, e.g. for Brazil or China.
a)
The letters TIN refer to the tyre serial number.
Tyres with directional tread pattern
Tyres with directional tread pattern have been designed to operate best
when rotating in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre sidewall indicates
the direction of rotation on tyres with directional tread. Always observe the
direction of rotation indicated when mounting the wheel. This guarantees
optimum grip and helps to avoid aquaplaning,adhesion, excessive noise
and wear.

1709 Date of manufacture: week 17 of 2009.
Safety
TWI
This identifies the position of the Tread Wear Indicator ⇒ page 191.
Made in Germany
Country of manufacture.
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications
195
196
Wheels and tyres
If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direction of rotation, drive with extreme caution, as the tyre is no longer being used correctly. This is of particular importance when the road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon as
possible or remount it with the correct direction of rotation.
Snow chains
Tyre load rating
In winter weather, snow chains not only help to improve grip but also improve the braking capacity.
When using snow chains, applicable local legislation and maximum permitted speed limits must be observed.
The load rating code indicates the maximum load in kilogrammes each
wheel can carry (load capacity).
The fitting of chains is permitted only on the front wheels and only with the
following combinations of wheel trims and tyres:
78 425 Kg
81 462 Kg
Tyre size
83 487 Kg
165/70 R14
85 515 Kg
175/65 R14
87 545 Kg
91 615 Kg
Wherever possible use fine-link chains measuring less than 15 mm including the lock.
The speed rating indicates the maximum speed permitted for the tyres.
max. 150 km/h (93 mph)
Q
max. 160 km/h (99 mph)
R
max. 170 km/h (106 mph)
S
max. 180 km/h (112 mph)
T
max. 190 km/h (118 mph)
U
max. 200 km/h (124 mph)
H
max. 210 km/h (130 mph)
V
max. 240 km/h (149 mph)
Z
max. 240 km/h (149 mph)
W
max. 270 km/h (168 mph)
Y
max. 300 km/h (186 mph)
Some manufacturers use the letters “ZR” for tyres with a maximum authorised speed above 240 km/h (149 miles).
5 J x 14 offset of 35
SEAT recommends you ask a Technical Service for further information on
wheel, tyre and chain sizes.
Speed rating
P
Wheel rim
Remove wheel hub covers and trim rings before fitting snow chains ⇒ .
The wheel bolts should be covered with caps for safety reasons. These are
available from Technical Service.
Temporary spare wheel
For technical reasons, snow chains must not be used on the compact temporary spare wheel ⇒ page 193.
If it is necessary to fit chains with the temporary spare wheel in use, install
the temporary spare wheel on the rear axle in the event of a fault in a front
wheel. Then, fit the rear wheel that is free, instead of the damaged front
wheel. In this situation, observe the rotating direction of the wheels. SEAT
recommends attaching the snow chains before fitting the wheel.


Wheels and tyres
197
Wheel trims
WARNING
The use of unsuitable or incorrectly fitted chains could lead to serious accidents and damage.
Introduction
● Always the appropriate snow chains.
● Observe the fitting instructions provided by the snow chain manufacturer.
WARNING
If the wheel trims are not appropriate or not fitted correctly, they could
cause major accidents or damage.
● Never exceed the maximum permitted speeds when driving with snow
chains.
● Incorrectly mounted wheel trims may come off while driving and endanger other road users.
CAUTION
● Damaged trims must never be mounted on the wheels.
● Remove the snow chains to drive on roads without snow. Otherwise they
will impair handling, damage the tyres and wear out very quickly.
● Always ensure that the brake ventilation and cooling is not cut off or
blocked. This is also valid if hubcaps are fitted later. If there is not
enough air, you may require significantly longer braking distances.
● Wheel rims may be damaged or scratched if the chains come into direct
contact with them. SEAT recommends the use of covered snow chains.
CAUTION
Note
Snow chains are available in different sizes according to the vehicle type.
Safety
Operation

Remove and remount wheel trims taking care to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Advice
Technical specifications

198
Wheels and tyres
Hubcaps
Full hubcaps
Fig. 126 Remove the
hubcap of the steel wheel
trim
Fig. 127 Removing the
full hubcap
In order to access the wheel bolts, first remove the hubcap.
Removing the full hubcap
Removing and fitting the hubcap
● Take the wheel brace and the wire hook from the vehicle tool kit
⇒ page 211.
● To remove, take the vehicle tool kit wire hook and attach it to the edge of
the wheel trim ⇒ Fig. 126.
● Hook the wire through one of the grooves on the hubcap.
● Insert the wheel brace onto the wire hook ⇒ Fig. 127 and pull the hub
cap in the direction shown by the arrow.
● Remove the trim by pulling it in the direction of the arrow.
● To replace the hubcap, press the hubcap against the trim until it clicks
into place.
The hubcaps protect the wheel bolts and should be refitted after changing
the tyre.
Fitting hubcaps

Press the hubcap against the wheel so that the space for the valve fits over
the tyre valve. Make sure that the hubcap is correctly fitted all the way
around the wheel. If you are using an anti-theft wheel lock, screw it in the
opposite position to the valve.

Wheels and tyres
199
Changing a wheel
Wheel bolt caps
Introduction
Some vehicle versions and models do not have a factory-fitted jack or box
spanner. In this case, we recommend consulting a Specialised workshop to
change the wheel.
You should only change the wheels yourself if the vehicle is parked in a safe
place, you are familiar with the procedure and you have all the necessary
tools! Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance.
Fig. 128 Removing the
wheel bolt caps
WARNING
Removal
Changing a wheel can be dangerous, especially on the hard shoulder.
Please observe the following rules to minimise the risk of injury:
– Fit the plastic clip (vehicle tools ⇒ page 211) over the cap until
it clicks into place ⇒ Fig. 128.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Park your vehicle as safe
distance from road traffic to change a wheel.
– Remove the cap with the plastic clip.
● When changing a wheel, keep all passengers and particularly children a safe distance away from the work area.
The caps protect the wheel bolts and should be remounted after changing
the tyre.
The anti-theft wheel locking bolt has a special cap. This cap only fits on anti-theft locking bolts and is not for use with standard wheel bolts.
● Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users.

● Ensure the ground on which you park is flat and solid. If necessary,
support the jack on a wide solid base.
● If you are changing a wheel yourself, you should be familiar with the
required procedure. Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance.
● Only use suitable tools that are not damaged when changing a wheel.
● Always stop the engine, apply the handbrake lever firmly and place
the selector lever in position P, or engage a gear for a manual gearbox to
reduce the risk of the vehicle moving accidentally.
● Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon as
possible with a reliable torque wrench.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

200
Wheels and tyres
Wheel bolts
Loosening wheel bolts
● Fit the wheel brace as far as it will go over the wheel bolt ⇒ Fig. 129.
● Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate the bolt approximately one
turn anticlockwise ⇒ .
Loosening anti-theft wheel bolts
For wheels with full hubcap, the anti-theft wheel lock must be threaded into
position ⇒ Fig. 130 2 before mounting the hubcap. Otherwise it will not be
possible to mount the full hubcap.
Fig. 129 Changing a
wheel: Slacken the wheel
bolts.
● Take the adapter for anti-theft wheel bolts out of the vehicle tool kit.
● Insert the adapter onto the wheel bolt ⇒ Fig. 130. Push it on as far as it
will go.
● Fit the wheel brace onto the adapter as far as possible.
● Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate the bolt approximately one
turn anticlockwise ⇒ .
Important information about wheel bolts
Fig. 130 Changing a
wheel: tyre valve 1 and
position of anti-theft
wheel locking bolt 2
The wheel rims and bolts have been designed to be fitted to factory options. If different rims are fitted, the correct wheel bolts with the right length
and correctly shaped bolt heads must be used. This ensures that wheels are
fitted securely and that the brake system functions correctly.
In some circumstances, wheel bolts from the same model vehicle should
not be used.
Only use the tool supplied with the vehicle to loosen the wheel bolts.
Wheel bolt tightening torque
Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn before raising the vehicle with
the jack.
The prescribed tightening torque for wheel bolts for steel and alloy wheels
is 110 Nm. Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon
as possible with a reliable torque wrench.
If the wheel bolt is very tight, you may be able to loosen it by pushing down
on the end of the wheel brace carefully with your foot. Hold on to the vehicle
for support and take care not to slip.
If wheel bolts are rusty and it is difficult to tighten them, the threads should
be replaced and cleaned before checking the tightening torque.

Wheels and tyres
201
Raising the vehicle with the jack
Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the wheel hub threads. Although
they have been tightened to the prescribed torque, they could come loose
while driving.
WARNING
If the wheel bolts are not fitted correctly they could be released while
driving leading to loss of vehicle control and serious damage.
● Only use wheel bolts which correspond to the wheel rims in question.
● Never use different wheel bolts.
● The bolts and threads should be clean, free of oil and grease and easy
to thread.
Fig. 131 Jack position
points
● To loosen and tighten the wheel bolts, always use the wheel brace
supplied with the vehicle.
● Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn before raising the vehicle
with the jack.
● Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the wheel hub threads. Although they have been tightened to the prescribed torque, they could
come loose while driving.
● Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel rims with bolted ring trims.
● If the wheel bolts are not tightened to the correct torque, they may
come loose while driving, and the bolts and rims may come out. If the
tightening torque is too high, the wheel bolts and threads can be damaged.

Fig. 132 Jack mounted on the left rear part of the vehicle.
The jack may be applied only at the jacking points shown (marks on chassis) ⇒ Fig. 131. Always the relevant jacking point for the wheel to be
changed ⇒ .
Raise the vehicle using only the designated jacking points.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

202
Wheels and tyres
Changing a wheel
WARNING
If the vehicle is not correctly raised, it could fall off the jack causing serious injury. Please observe the following rules to minimise the risk of injury:
● You should only use a jack approved by SEAT for your vehicle. Other
jacks, even those approved for other SEAT models, might slip out of
place.
● The ground should be firm and flat. If the ground is sloped or soft
then the vehicle could slip and fall off the jack. If necessary, support the
jack on a wide solid base.
Fig. 133 Changing a
wheel: loosen wheel
bolts with the socket at
the end of the wheel
brace
● If the ground is slippery (for example, on tiles), place a non-slip surface (for example a floor mat) beneath the jack to avoid slipping.
● Only fit the jack at the prescribed jacking points. The claw of the jack
should grip the reinforcement nerve on the underbody ⇒ Fig. 132.
Removing the wheel
● You should never have any limbs beneath a raised vehicle which is
only supported by a jack.
● Jacking up the vehicle ⇒ page 201.
● Loosen the wheel bolts ⇒ page 200.
● Using the hexagonal socket in the wheel brace ⇒ Fig. 133, unscrew the
slackened wheel bolts and place them on a clean surface.
● If you have to work underneath the vehicle, you must use suitable
stands additionally to support the vehicle, there is a risk of accident!.
● Take off the wheel.
● Never raise the vehicle if it is tilting to one side or the engine is running.
● Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised. The vehicle may
come loose from the jack due to the engine vibrations.
How to use the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel

Check the direction of rotation of the tyre ⇒ page 194, Tyre code.
● Place the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel into position.
● Replace the wheel bolts and tighten slightly using the hexagonal socket
on the end of the wheel brace.
● To tighten the anti-theft locking wheel bolts use the corresponding
adaptor.
● Lower the car with the jack.
● Tighten all of the wheel bolts clockwise ⇒ nal pairs (not in a circle).
. Tighten the bolts in diago-
● Put the caps, trim or full hubcap back on ⇒ page 197.

Wheels and tyres
203
After inserting the sealant residue in the tyre, you must again check the tyre
pressure about 10 minutes after starting the engine.
WARNING
If the wheel bolts are not treated suitably or not tightened to the correct
torque then this could lead to loss of vehicle control and to a serious accident.
You should only use the tire mobility set if the vehicle is parked in a safe
place, you are familiar with the procedure and you have the necessary tire
mobility set! Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance.
● All the wheel bolts and hub threads should be clean and free of oil
and grease. The wheel bolts should be easily tightened to the correct torque.
The tyre sealant must not be used in the following cases:
● The hexagonal socket in the wheel brace should be used for turning
wheel bolts only. Do not use it to loosen or tighten the wheel bolts.
● If the wheel rim has been damaged.
● In outside temperatures below -20 °C (-4 °F).

● In the event of cuts or perforations in the tyre greater than 4 mm.
● If you have been driving with very low pressure or a completely flat tyre.
● If the sealant bottle has passes its use by date.
After changing the wheel
WARNING
● Clean the vehicle tools if necessary and stow them in the luggage compartment foam holder ⇒ page 211.
Using the tyre mobility set can be dangerous, especially when filling the
tyre at the roadside. Please observe the following rules to minimise the
risk of injury:
● Store the spare wheel, the temporary spare wheel or the changed wheel
securely in the luggage compartment.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Park it at a safe distance
from road traffic to fill the tyre.
● Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon as possible with a torque wrench ⇒ page 200.
● Have the flat tyre replaced as quickly as possible.
Anti-puncture kit TMS (Tyre Mobility
System)*
Introduction

● Ensure the ground on which you park is flat and solid.
● All passengers and particularly children must keep a safe distance
from the work area.
● Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users.
● Use the tyre mobility set only if you are familiar with the necessary
procedures. Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance.
● The tyre mobility set is intended for temporary emergency use only
until you can reach the nearest specialised workshop.
● Replace the repaired tyre with the tire mobility set as soon as possible.
The Tyre Mobility Set* will reliably seal punctures caused by the penetration
of a foreign body of up to about 4 mm in diameter. Do not remove foreign
objects, e.g. screws or nails, from the tyre.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

204
Wheels and tyres
Contents of the tyre mobility set*
WARNING (Continued)
● The sealant is a health hazard and must be cleaned immediately if it
comes into contact with the skin.
● Always keep the tire mobility set out of the reach of small children.
● Never use the approved jack, even if it has been approved for your vehicle.
● Always stop the engine, apply the handbrake lever firmly and engage
gear if using a manual gearbox, in order to reduce the risk of vehicle involuntary movement.
WARNING
Fig. 134 Standard representation: contents of
the tyre mobility set.
A tyre filled with sealant does not have the same performance properties
as a conventional tyre.
● Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph).
The tyre mobility set is located underneath the floor covering in the luggage
compartment. It includes the following components ⇒ Fig. 134:
● Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and fast cornering.
● Drive for 10 minutes only at a maximum speed of 80 km/h (50 mph)
and subsequently check the tyre.
For the sake of the environment
Dispose of used or expired sealant observing any legal requirements.
Note
● A new bottle of sealant can be purchased at SEAT dealerships.
● Take into account the separate Instruction Manual provided by the tyre
mobility set* manufacturer.
1)
A compressor may also be included.
2)
In its place, the compressor may have a button.

1
Tyre valve remover
2
Sticker indicating maximum speed “max. 80 km/h” or “max. 50 mph”
3
Filler tube with cap
4
Air compressor
5
Tube for inflating tyres
6
Warning provided by tyre pressure monitoring system1)
7
Air bleed screw2)
8
ON/OFF switch
9
12 volt connector

Wheels and tyres
10
Bottle of sealant
● Start the vehicle engine and leave it running.
11
Spare tyre valve
● Attach the connector ⇒ Fig. 134
⇒ page 86.
The valve insert remover 1 has a gap at the lower end for a valve insert.
The valve insert can only be screwed or unscrewed in this way. This also applies to its replacement part 11 .
9
to a 12 volt socket of the vehicle
● Connect the air compressor with the ON/OFF switch ⇒ Fig. 134

205
8
.
● Keep the air compressor running until it reaches 2.0 to 2.5 bar
(29-36 psi / 200-250 kPa) ⇒ . Maximum operation time 8 minutes ⇒ .
● Disconnect the air compressor.
Sealing and inflating a tyre
● If it is not possible to achieve an air pressure of 2.0 to 2.5 bar
(29-36 psi / 200-250 kPa), unscrew the tyre inflator tube from the tyre valve.
Sealing a tyre
● Move the vehicle some 10 metres forwards or backwards so that the
sealant is evenly distributed in the tyre interior.
● Unscrew the tyre valve cap.
● Use the corresponding enclosed extractor ⇒ Fig. 134 1 to unscrew the
tyre valve insert. Place the valve insert on a clean surface.
● Vigorously shake the sealant bottle ⇒ Fig. 134
10
for several seconds.
● Screw the inflator tube ⇒ Fig. 134 3 securely into the sealant bottle in
a clockwise direction. The seal on the mouth of the bottle moves automatically.
● Remove the lid from the filling tube ⇒ Fig. 134
end of the tube into the tyre valve.
and screw the open
3
● Hold the tyre sealant can upside down and fill the complete contents of
the can into the tyre.
● Securely screw the compressor tyre inflator tube into the tyre valve and
repeat the inflation process.
● If the indicated pressure can still not be reached, the tyre is too badly
damaged. The tyre cannot be sealed with the anti-puncture kit. Do not continue driving. You should obtain professional assistance ⇒ .
● Disconnect the air compressor and unscrew the flexible inflator tube
from the tyre valve.
● When the tyre pressure is between 2.5 and 2.0 bars, immediately continue driving without exceeding 80 km/h (50 mph).
● After 10 minutes, Check the pressure again ⇒ page 206.
● Remove the tyre sealant bottle from the valve.
● Screw the valve insert again with the corresponding enclosed extractor
⇒ Fig. 134 1 into the tyre valve.
Inflating the tyre
● Securely screw the tyre inflator tube ⇒ Fig. 134
to the tyre valve.
● Check whether the air bleed screw ⇒ Fig. 134
Safety
Operation
7
WARNING
When inflating the wheel, the air compressor and the inflator tube may
become hot.
● Protect hands and skin from hot parts.
5
of the compressor in-
● Do not place the hot flexible inflator tube or hot air compressor on
flammable material.
is closed.
Advice
Technical specifications

206
Wheels and tyres
WARNING (Continued)
WARNING
● Allow them to cool before storing the device.
Driving with an unsealed tyre is dangerous and can cause accidents and
serious injury.
● If it is not possible to inflate the tyre to at least 2.0 bars (29 psi /
200 kPa), the tyre is too badly damaged. The sealant is not in a good condition to seal the tyre. Do not continue driving. Seek specialist assistance.
● Do not continue driving if the tyre pressure is 1.3 bar (19 psi /
130 kPa) and lower.
● Seek specialist assistance.
CAUTION
Switch off the air compressor after a maximum of 8 operational minutes to
avoid overheating! Before switching on the air compressor again, let it cool
for several minutes.
Check after 10 minutes of driving
Screw the inflator tube ⇒ Fig. 134
gauge 6 .
5
again and check the pressure on the
1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower:
● Stop the vehicle! The tyre cannot be sealed sufficiently with the tyre mobility set.
● You should obtain professional assistance ⇒ .
1.4 bar (20 psi / 140 kPa) and higher:
● Set the tyre pressure to the correct value again ⇒ page 186.
● Carefully resume your journey until you reach the nearest specialised
workshop without exceeding 80 km/h (50 mph).
● Have the damaged tyre replaced.


If and when
If and when
In case of emergency
Protecting yourself and securing the vehicle
6.
Have all occupants leave the vehicle and move to safety, for example
behind a guard rail.
7.
When leaving the vehicle, take all keys with you.
8.
Place an emergency warning triangle to indicate the position of your vehicle to other road users.
9.
Allow the engine to cool and check if a specialist is required.
When being towed with the hazard warning lights on, a change in direction
or traffic lane can be indicated as usual using the turn signal lever. The hazard lights will be interrupted temporarily.
Examples of when to use the hazard warning lights:
Fig. 135 Dash panel:
button to switch on and
off the hazard warning
lights
Always fulfil legal requirements for securing a broken down vehicle. In a
number of countries it is now obligatory, for example, to turn on the hazard
warning lights and use a reflective safety vest ⇒ page 208.
For your own safety and that of other passengers, the following points
should be observed in the order given:
Safety
1.
Park the vehicle a safe distance from traffic and on suitable ground
⇒ .
2.
Turn on the hazard warning lights with the button
3.
Apply the handbrake firmly ⇒ page 114.
4.
Put the gearbox lever in neutral or the selector lever in position P
⇒ page 107.
5.
Switch off the engine and remove the key from the ignition.
Operation

● If the vehicles ahead suddenly slow down or reach the end of a traffic
jam, to warn the vehicles behind.
● In case of an emergency.
● If the vehicle breaks down.
● When tow-starting or towing.
Always comply with the applicable laws regarding the use of hazard warning lights.
If the hazard warning lights are not working, you must use an alternative
method of drawing attention to your vehicle. This method must comply with
traffic legislation.

⇒ Fig. 135.
Advice
Technical specifications
207
208
If and when
WARNING
First aid kit, warning triangle and fire extinguishers*
A faulty vehicle in traffic represents a risk of accident for the driver and
for other road users.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Park the vehicle a safe
distance from surrounding traffic to lock all the doors in case of an emergency. Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle if the
doors are to be locked. In case of an emergency, passengers will be trapped inside the vehicle. Individuals locked in the vehicle can be exposed
to very high or very low temperatures.
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures.
This could cause a fire and considerable damage.
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can
come in contact with flammable materials (such as dried grass or fuel).
Note
● The vehicle battery will discharge and run down if the hazard warning
lights remain on for too long (even with the ignition turned off).
● For some vehicles, the brake lights will blink when braking suddenly at
speeds of approximately 80 km/h (50 mph) to warn vehicles behind. If braking continues, then the hazard warning lights will automatically be turned
on at the speed of less than 10 km/h (6 mph). The brake lights remain lit.
Upon accelerating, the hazard warning lights will be automatically turned

off.
Fig. 136 In the luggage
compartment: storage
compartment for the
warning triangle
Warning triangle
In some vehicle equipment it is possible to store the warning triangle model
shown in a storage compartment of the luggage compartment ⇒ Fig. 136.
First-aid kit
The first aid kit must comply with legal requirements. Check the expiry date
of the contents of the first aid kit.
Fire extinguisher
A fire extinguisher can be stored in a holder in the passenger seat footwell.
The fire extinguisher must conform to legal requirements, be ready for use
and be checked regularly. Check the certification seal on the extinguisher.
WARNING
Loose objects in the vehicle interior can be violently thrown in case of a
sudden manoeuvre or braking and especially in accidents causing serious injury.
● Secure or store fire extinguishers, first aid kit, reflective vests and
warning triangle securely in the vehicle.

If and when
Emergency locking and unlocking
209
Manually locking and unlocking the driver door
Introduction
The doors and rear lid can be locked manually and partially opened, for example if the key or the central locking is damaged.
WARNING
Opening and closing doors carelessly can cause serious injury.
Fig. 137 Driver side door
handle with lock cylinder
● If the vehicle is locked from outside, the doors and windows cannot
be opened from the inside.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the car. They could
be trapped in the car in an emergency and will not be able to get themselves to safety.
As a general rule, when the driver door is locked all other doors are locked.
Unlocking manually only opens the driver door.
● Unfold the key bit if necessary ⇒ page 51.
● Depending on the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and
closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.
● Insert the key bit into the lock cylinder to unlock or lock the vehicle
⇒ Fig. 137.
WARNING
Getting in the way of the doors and the rear lid is dangerous and can lead
to serious injury.
● Open and close the doors and the rear lid only when there is nobody
in the way.
CAUTION
When opening and closing in an emergency, carefully disassemble components and then reassemble them carefully to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Safety
Operation

Advice
Technical specifications

210
If and when
Manually locking the passenger side door
● Check if the door is locked.
● Have the vehicle checked by a specialised workshop.
Note
The doors can be opened and unlocked individually from the inside by pulling the inside door handle. If necessary, pull the inner door release lever
twice ⇒ page 54.
Fig. 138 To the front of
the passenger side door:
Emergency lock, hidden
by a rubber cap
Fig. 139 Emergency
locking of the vehicle using the vehicle key
The passenger door can be manually locked.
● Door open.
● Remove the rubber cap to the front of the door. The rubber cap is
marked with a lock symbol  ⇒ Fig. 138.
● Unfold the key bit if necessary ⇒ page 51.
● Insert the key bit horizontally into the opening and moved the coloured
lever forwards ⇒ Fig. 139.
● Replace the rubber cap and close the door.

Emergency unlocking the rear lid
Fig. 140 From the luggage compartment: Manually unlocking the tailgate.
● If necessary, fold the rear seat backrest forwards ⇒ page 78.
● Remove equipment to access the inside of the rear lid.
● Unfold the key bit ⇒ page 51.
● Insert the key bit into the tailgate opening ⇒ Fig. 140 and press the release lever in the direction of the arrow to unlock the tailgate.

If and when
Vehicle tool kit*
211
Location
Introduction
When securing the vehicle in case of a breakdown, please note the legal requirements for each country.
Vehicle tool kit
For vehicles with a factory-fitted spare wheel or temporary spare wheel, in
addition to winter wheels, the luggage compartment may contain additional
vehicle tools ⇒ page 211.
Fig. 141 In the luggage
compartment: the carpet
is raised.
WARNING
The vehicle tool kit, spare wheel, temporary spare wheel and the tire mobility set are stored in the luggage compartment under the carpeted floor panel
⇒ Fig. 141.
When the vehicle tool kit, tyre mobility set and spare wheel are loose in
the interior they can be thrown around violently in case of a sudden manoeuvre or braking and especially in the event of an accident, causing serious injury.
● If necessary, remove the luggage compartment variable floor ⇒ page 88.
● Raise the carpet at the recess (arrow) ⇒ Fig. 141.
● Ensure that the vehicle tool kit, the tire mobility set and the spare
wheel or temporary spare wheel are safely secured in the luggage compartment.
Note
After use, return the jack to its initial position using the handle in order to
securely store it in the vehicle.
WARNING

Unsuitable or damaged vehicle tools can cause injury or accidents.
● Never work with inappropriate or damaged tools.

Accessing the vehicle tool kit and the anti-puncture kit in
vehicles with SEAT SOUND 7 speakers (with subwoofer)*
● Open the tailgate and lift the luggage compartment shelf.
● If necessary, remove the luggage compartment variable floor ⇒ page 91.
● Lift up the carpet from the recess and remove it from the luggage compartment.
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

212
If and when
The individual elements of the vehicle tool kit ⇒ Fig. 142
● Disconnect the subwoofer’s speaker cable.
● Completely remove the hand controlled wheel from the centre of the
subwoofer speaker by turning it in an anticlockwise direction.
● Remove the subwoofer speaker under which the tools and anti-puncture
kit can be found.
● After use, replace the tools and anti-puncture kit in the same place and
position in which they were found so as to ensure that the speaker is well
seated in its housing.
● Place the subwoofer speaker facing in the direction indicated by the arrow and with the word “FRONT” facing forward.
● Reconnect the speaker cable and firmly rotate the securing wheel clockwise so that the subwoofer system and wheel are held firmly in place.
Components
1
Screwdriver with hexagon socket in the handle for unscrewing or screwing the wheel bolts once loosened. The screwdriver bit is interchangeable. The screwdriver may be found underneath the wheel spanner.
2
Adapter for anti-theft bolt. SEAT recommend you carry the wheel bolt
adapter in the vehicle tool kit at all times. The code number of the antitheft wheel bolt is stamped on the front of the adapter. In case it is lost,
another adapter can be ordered using this number. Note the anti-theft
bolt code for the wheels and keep it in a place other than the vehicle.
3
Towline anchorage, removable.
4
Wire hook for pulling off the wheel cover, integral hubcaps and the
wheel bolt caps.
5
Jack. Before storing the jack in the tool kit, fold its hook. The crank
must then be folded tight against the side of the jack in order for it to
be safely stored.
6
Wheel spanner.
7
Wheel bolt cap clips.

Note
The jack does not generally require maintenance. If necessary it should be
lubricated with universal grease.

Fuses
Introduction
Fig. 142 Components of the vehicle tool kit
The vehicle tool kit depends on the vehicle equipment. The following is a
description for a vehicle with all options.
Due to the constant update of vehicles, fuse assignments depending on
equipment and the use of the same fuse for various electrical devices, at
the time of printing this manual it is not possible to provide an up-to-date

If and when
summary of the electrical device fuse positions. For detailed information
about fuse positions, please consult a Technical Service.
In general, a fuse can be assigned to various electrical devices. Otherwise,
an electrical component can be protected by several fuses.
Only replace fuses when the cause of the problem has been solved. If a
newly inserted fuse blows after a short time, you must have the electrical
system checked by a specialised workshop as soon as possible.
Note
One single component could have more than one fuse.
Note
Several devices could be connected to one single fuse.
WARNING
The high voltages in the electrical system can give serious electrical
shocks, causing burns and even death!
● Never touch the electrical wiring of the ignition system.
● Take care not to cause short circuits in the electrical system.
WARNING
Using unsuitable fuses, repairing fuses or bridging a current circuit without fuses can cause a fire and serious injury.
● Never use a fuse with a higher value. Only replace fuses with a fuse of
the same amperage (same colour and markings) and size.
● Never repair a fuse.
● Never replace a fuse by a metal strip, staple or similar.
CAUTION
● To avoid damage to the vehicle's electric system, before replacing a fuse
turn off the ignition, the lights and all electrical devices and remove the key
from the ignition.
● If you replace a fuse with a higher-rating fuse, you could cause damage
to another part of the electrical system.
● Protect the fuse boxes when open to avoid the entry of dust or humidity
as this can damage the electrical system.
Safety
Operation
213
Advice
Technical specifications

214
If and when
Vehicle fuses
Colour
Amp rating
Blue
15
Yellow
20
White or transparent
25
Green
30
Orange
40
Opening and closing the fuse box situated below the dash panel
Fig. 143 Below the driver side dash panel: fuse
box cover
● Opening: press the unlock button ⇒ Fig. 143
open the cover. Fold the cover down.
1
until it is possible to
● Closing: fold the cover upwards in the opposite direction to the arrow
until it clicks into the locking lever 1 .
To open the engine compartment fuse box
● Open the bonnet  ⇒ page 171.
● Press the attachment tabs in the direction indicated by the arrow (thin
arrows) to release the fuse box cover ⇒ Fig. 144.
● Then lift the cover out.
Fig. 144 In the engine
compartment: fuse box
cover
Only replace fuses with a fuse of the same amperage (same colour and
markings) and size.
Identifying fuses situated below the driver-side dash panel by colours
Colour
Amp rating
Purple
3
Light brown
5
Brown
7,5
Red
10
● To fit the cover, place it on the fuse box. Push the attachment tabs
down, in the opposite direction indicated by the arrow until they click audibly into place.
CAUTION
● Always carefully remove the fuse box covers and refit them correctly to
avoid problems with your vehicle.
● Protect the fuse boxes when open to avoid the entry of dust or humidity.
Dirt and humidity inside fuse boxes can cause damage to the electrical system.
Note
In the vehicle, there are more fuses than those indicated in this chapter.
These should only be changed by a specialised workshop.

If and when
215
Changing bulbs
Replacing a blown fuse
Introduction
Changing bulbs requires a certain amount of manual skill. If you are unsure,
SEAT recommends that you consult a Technical Service or request assistance from a specialist. In general a specialist is needed if, in addition to
the bulbs, other vehicle components require removal.
You should store spare light bulbs in the vehicle for safety-relevant lights.
Spare bulbs may be obtained from the Technical Services. In some countries, it is a legal requirement to carry spare bulbs in the vehicle.
Fig. 145 Image of a
blown fuse
Driving with faults and blown bulbs on the vehicle exterior lighting is
against the law.
Preparation
● Switch off the ignition, lights and all electrical devices.
Additional bulb specifications
● Open the corresponding fuse box ⇒ page 214.
The specifications of some headlamp bulbs and bulbs for the tail lamps fitted at the factory may be different to those of conventional bulbs. Bulb information is displayed on the bulb socket or on the bulb itself.
Identifying a blown fuse
A fuse is blown if its metal strip is ruptured ⇒ Fig. 145.
Point a lamp at the fuse. This will make it easier to see if the fuse is blown.
WARNING
To replace a fuse
If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is not clearly visible to other
drivers, there is a risk of accident.
● Remove the fuse.
● Replace the blown fuse by one with an identical amperage rating (same
colour and markings) and identical size ⇒ .
WARNING
● Replace the cover again or close the fuse box lid.
Failure to replace bulbs correctly may cause serious accidents.
CAUTION
If you replace a fuse with higher-rating fuse, you could cause damage to another part of the electrical system.
Safety
Operation

● Before carrying out any work in the engine compartment please read
and observe the warnings ⇒ page 171. In any vehicle, the engine compartment is a hazardous area and could cause severe injury.
Advice
Technical specifications

216
If and when
Replacing the bulbs in the headlights
WARNING (Continued)
● The bulbs H4, HB4 and H7 are pressurised and might explode on
changing them.
● Only replace the bulbs concerned when they have cooled.
● Never replace bulbs alone if you are not familiar with the operations
necessary. If you are not sure about procedures then visit a specialised
workshop to carry out the necessary work.
● Never touch the bulb glass directly. Fingerprints will be evaporated by
the heat of the operating bulb thus “fogging” up the reflector.
● The headlamp frameworks in the engine compartment and the tail
lamps contain sharp elements. Always protect your hands when changing bulbs.
CAUTION
● After changing a bulb, if the rubber covers are not replaced correctly on
the headlamp framework, the electrical installation may be damaged, especially if water is allowed to enter.
● Remove the ignition key before working on the electric system. Otherwise, a short circuit could occur.
● Switch off the lights and the parking light before changing a bulb.
● Take good care to avoid damaging any components.

Fig. 146 In the engine
compartment: rear view
of the front left headlamp
with rubber cover: A
dipped beam and main
beam headlights, B side
lights and daytime driving lights and C turn
signal
There is no need to remove the headlight to replace bulbs.

If and when
To replace the front bumper bulbs
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
A
217
B
C
Fig. 146 Dipped beam and main Side light and dayTurn signals (front)
beam headlights
time driving light
1.
Open the bonnet  ⇒ page 171.
2.
Remove the bulb connector H4. Remove the
rubber cover using the
Turn the bulb holder in an anticlockwise
tabs.
direction as far as it will go and remove
Press the retaining clip
it, along with the bulb, pulling backD downwards in the
wards.
direction of the arrow,
and unclip sideways
and remove it.
3.
Remove the bulb from the holder. If necessary, press the lock on
the bulb holder.
4.
Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
5.
Insert the bulb
Insert the bulb, return
holder in the headit to its position and
light and turn it
insert the retaining
clockwise as far as
clip D .
the stop.
6.
Fit the rubber cover
and check that is correctly in position. Insert the connector to
the bulb H4.
Fig. 147 In the front
right wheel arch: remove
the retaining screws (arrows) and take out the
expansive rivet A .
Insert the bulb
holder in the headlight and turn it
clockwise as far as
the stop.
Fig. 148 Changing the
bulbs in the headlights
Note
The images show the left hand headlight from behind. The structure of the
right hand side headlight is symmetric.
Safety
Operation

Advice
Technical specifications

218
If and when
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
1.
Unscrew the 2 retaining screws of the wheel arch trim ⇒ Fig. 147
(arrows) with the screwdriver from the vehicle took kit ⇒ page 211.
2.
Unscrew the expansive rivet in the lower front part of the wheel arch
trim A with the screwdriver from the vehicle tool kit and completely remove it ⇒ page 211.
3.
Carefully fold the wheel arch trim to the side.
4.
Release the connector ⇒ Fig. 148
1
and remove it.
5.
Turn the bulb holder ⇒ Fig. 148 in the direction of the arrow, in an
anticlockwise direction as far as it will go and remove it, along with
the bulb, pulling backwards.
6.
Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
7.
Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and turn it clockwise as far
as the stop.
8.
Plug the connector 1 into the bulb holder. The connector must audibly click into place.
9.
Replace the wheel arch trim into its position.
10.
Place the expansive rivet in the wheel arch trim and bumper and
press it completely inwards ⇒ Fig. 147 A .
11.
Securely screw the 2 retaining screws ⇒ Fig. 147 (arrows) with a
screwdriver.

If and when
219
Changing the bulbs in the rear lights
Fig. 150 Tail light unit:
C: remove the bulb holder, D: remove the bulbs.
Fig. 149 On the side of
the luggage compartment: A: remove the cover, B: removing the tail
light units.
Safety
Operation
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
Removing the tail light units
1.
Open the rear lid ⇒ page 59.
2.
Carefully remove the cover
3.
Pull the release 3 in the connector 2 in the direction of the arrow
⇒ Fig. 149 B. Use the screwdriver in the vehicle tool kit.
4.
Press position
5.
Unscrew the wing nut
6.
Remove the tail light from the bodywork by carefully pulling backwards.
7.
Disassemble the tail light unit and place it on a flat, clean surface.
Advice
4
1
towards the lever ⇒ Fig. 149 A.
and remove the connector
5
⇒ Fig. 149 B.
2
⇒ Fig. 149 B.
Technical specifications

220
If and when
To change the bulb
8.
Unlock the bulb holder locking tab (arrow) ⇒ Fig. 150 C and remove
the bulb holder from the tail light.
9.
Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb ⇒ Fig. 150 D.
10.
Place the lamp holder in the tail light unit. The attachment tabs (arrow) should audibly click into place ⇒ Fig. 150 C.
Assembling the tail light units
11.
Carefully insert the tail light unit into the opening in the bodywork.
12.
Support the tail light with one hand in the assembly position and
securely screw the wing nut with the other 5 ⇒ Fig. 149 B.
13.
Ensure that the tail light unit has been correctly fitted and is firmly
secured.
14.
Insert the connector 2 into the bulb holder and press the lock 3
on the connector in the opposite direction to the arrow ⇒ Fig. 149
B.
15.
Insert the cover. The cover should lock into place.
16.
Close the rear lid ⇒ page 59.
Fig. 152 Number plate
light: remove the bulb
holder.
Complete operations only in the sequence given:

Changing the number plate light
Fig. 151 On the rear
bumper: remove the
number plate light.
1.
With one hand, press on the number plate light from left to right
and remove it from the bumper ⇒ Fig. 151.
2.
Detach the number plate light carefully from the bumper.
3.
Turn the bulb holder with the bulb anticlockwise and remove it in
the direction of the arrow ⇒ Fig. 152.
4.
Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
5.
Place the bulb holder in the number plate light and press in the opposite direction to the arrow as far as possible ⇒ Fig. 152.
6.
Insert the number plate light carefully into the left edge of the opening on the bumper. During this process, check that the assembly direction of the number plate light is correct, i.e. the spring must be
on the right.
7.
Insert the number plate light into the bumper until it audibly clicks
into place.

If and when
Changing the side turn signal bulb
221
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
6.
Install the lamp holder.
7.
Place the side turn signal on the chassis on the side situated towards the rear of the vehicle until the spring clicks into the other
side of the side turn signal.

Starting assistance
Fig. 153 Removing the
side turn signal
Introduction
If the engine fails to start because of a discharged battery, the battery of another vehicle can be used to start the engine. Before starting, check the
magic eye on the battery ⇒ page 181.
For starting assistance, jump lead cables conforming to the standard
DIN 72553 are required (see the cable manufacturer instructions). The cable
section in vehicles with petrol engine must be at least 25 mm2.
WARNING
Fig. 154 Side turn signal: changing the bulbs.
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
Safety
1.
With one hand move the side turn signal backwards ⇒ Fig. 153
2.
Remove the side turn signal from the chassis by leverage
3.
Remove the bulb holder with the bulb in the direction of the arrow
⇒ Fig. 154 1 .
4.
Remove the bulb holder bulb in a straight direction.
5.
Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
Operation
2
1
.
.
Incorrect use of jump leads and incorrectly jump starting could cause the
battery to explode resulting in serious injury. Please observe the following rules to minimise the risk of a battery explosion:
● The battery providing current must have the same voltage (12V) and
approximately the same capacity (see markings on battery) as the flat
battery.
● Never charge a frozen or recently thawed battery. A flat battery can also freeze at temperatures close to 0 °C (+32 °F).
● If a battery is frozen and/or has been frozen then it must be replaced. 
Advice
Technical specifications
222
If and when
WARNING (Continued)
● A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when the battery is
being charged. Always keep sparks, flames and lit cigarettes well away
from the battery. Never use a mobile telephone when connecting and removing the jump leads.
● Charge the battery only in well ventilated areas because when the
battery is charged by outside assistance, it creates a mix of highly explosive gases.
● Jump leads should never enter into contact with moving parts in the
engine compartment.
● Never switch the positive and negative poles or connect the jump
leads incorrectly.
● Note the instruction manual provided by the manufacturer of the jump
leads.
CAUTION
To avoid considerable damage to the vehicle electrical system, note the following carefully:
● If the jump leads are incorrectly connected, this could result in a short
circuit.
● The vehicles must not touch each other, otherwise electricity could flow
as soon as the positive terminals are connected.

If and when
How to jump start: description
4. For vehicles without Start-Stop system: connect one end of the
black jump lead to the negative terminal – on the battery of
the vehicle providing assistance B ⇒ Fig. 155.
– For vehicles with Start-Stop system: connect one end of the
black jump lead X to a suitable ground terminal, a solid piece
of metal bolted to the engine block or to the engine block
⇒ Fig. 156.
Fig. 155 Diagram of connections for vehicles
without Start-Stop system.
5. Connect the other end of the black jump lead X to a solid metal component bolted to the engine block or to the engine block
itself of the vehicle with the flat battery. Do not connect it to a
point near the battery A .
6. Position the leads in such a way that they cannot come into
contact with any moving parts in the engine compartment.
Starting
7. Start the engine of the vehicle with the boosting battery and let
it run at idling speed.
Fig. 156 Diagram of connections for vehicles with
Start-Stop system.
Jump lead terminal connections
1. Switch off the ignition of both vehicles ⇒ .
2. Connect one end of the red jump lead to the positive + terminal of the vehicle with the flat battery A ⇒ Fig. 155.
3. Connect the other end of the red jump lead to the positive terminal + in the vehicle providing assistance B .
Safety
Operation
8. Start the engine of the car with the flat battery and wait 2 or 3
minutes until the engine “is running”.
Removing the jump leads
9. Before you remove the jump leads, switch off the dipped beam
headlights (if they are switched on).
10. Turn on the heater blower and heated rear window in the vehicle with the flat battery. This helps minimise voltage peaks
which are generated when the leads are disconnected.
11. When the engine is running, disconnect the leads in reverse or
der to the details given above.
Advice
Technical specifications
223
224
If and when
Connect the battery clamps so they have good metal-to-metal contact with
the battery terminals.
If the engine fails to start, switch off the starter after about 10 seconds and
try again after approximately 1 minute.
WARNING
● Please note the safety warnings referring to working in the engine
compartment ⇒ page 171.
● The battery providing assistance must have the same voltage as the
flat battery (12V) and approximately the same capacity (see imprint on
battery). Failure to comply could result in an explosion.
● Never use jump leads when one of the batteries is frozen. Danger of
explosion! Even after the battery has thawed, battery acid could leak and
cause chemical burns. If a battery freezes, it should be replaced.
● Keep sparks, flames and lighted cigarettes away from batteries, danger of explosion. Failure to comply could result in an explosion.
● Observe the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the jump
leads.
● Do not connect the negative cable from the other vehicle directly to
the negative terminal of the flat battery. The gas emitted from the battery
could be ignited by sparks. Danger of explosion.
● Do not attach the negative cable from the other vehicle to parts of the
fuel system or to the brake line.
● The non-insulated parts of the battery clamps must not be allowed to
touch. The jump lead attached to the positive battery terminal must not
touch metal parts of the vehicle, this can cause a short circuit.
● Position the leads in such a way that they cannot come into contact
with any moving parts in the engine compartment.
● Do not lean on the batteries. This could result in chemical burns.
Note
The vehicles must not touch each other, otherwise electricity could flow as
soon as the positive terminals are connected.

Towing and tow starting
Introduction
When towing or tow starting, respect the legal requirements.
For technical reasons, it is not possible to tow a vehicle if the battery is flat.
WARNING
A vehicle with a flat battery should never be towed.
● Never remove the key from the ignition lock. Otherwise, the steering
wheel lock could suddenly lock. You may lose control of the vehicle and
there is a risk of serious accident.

If and when
225
For technical reasons, the following vehicles can not be tow started:
WARNING
When towing the vehicle, the handling and braking efficiency change
considerably. Please observe the following instructions to minimise the
risk of serious accidents and injury:
● As the driver of the vehicle being towed:
– The brake must be depressed must harder as the brake servo does
not operate. Always remain aware to avoid collision with the towing
vehicle.
– More strength is required at the steering wheel as the power steering does not operate when the engine is switched off.
● As the driver of the towing vehicle:
– Accelerate gently and carefully.
● Vehicles with an automatic gearbox.
● If the vehicle battery is flat, it is possible that the engine control unit
does not operate correctly.
However, if your vehicle must absolutely be tow-started (manual gearbox):
● Engage 2nd or 3rd gear.
● Keep the clutch pressed down.
● Switch on the ignition and the hazard warning lights.
● Release the clutch when both vehicles are moving.
● As soon as the engine starts, press the clutch and move the gear lever
into neutral. This helps to prevent a collision with the towing vehicle.
– Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
– Brake well in advance than usual and brake gently.
CAUTION
When tow-starting, fuel could enter the catalytic converter and damage it.

CAUTION
● Carefully fit and remove the towline anchorage and its cover to avoid
damage to the vehicle (for example, paintwork).
Notes on towing
● When towing, fuel could enter the catalytic converter and cause damage!
Tow rope or tow bar
When towing, the tow bar is the safest and vehicle friendly way. You should
only use a tow rope if you do not have a tow bar.
Note
Fitting a towline anchorage to the rear bumper is not possible. The vehicle is

not suitable for towing other vehicles.
Only secure the tow rope or tow bar to the towline anchorage or specially
designed fitting.
Instructions for tow starting
In general, the vehicle should not be started by towing. Jump-starting is
much more preferable ⇒ page 221.
Safety
A tow rope should be slightly elastic to avoid damage to both vehicles. It is
advisable to use a tow rope made of synthetic fibre or similarly elastic material.
Operation
Towing vehicles with an automatic gearbox
Note the following for a towed vehicle:
Advice

Technical specifications
226
If and when
Fitting the front towline anchorage
● Make sure the gear selector lever is in the N position.
● Do not drive faster than 50 km/h (30 mph) when towing a vehicle.
● Do not tow further than 50 km (30 miles).
● If a breakdown truck is used, the vehicle must be towed with the front
wheels raised.
Situations in which the vehicle should not be towed
In the following cases, the vehicle should not be towed but transported on a
trailer or special vehicle:
Fig. 157 On the righthand side of the front
bumper: remove the cover.
● If the vehicle gearbox does not contain lubricant due to a fault.
● If the battery is flat because the steering cannot be unlocked and as a
result the electronic steering lock and electronic parking brake cannot be
disengaged.
● If the vehicle to be towed has an automatic gearbox and the distance to
be covered is greater than 50 km (30 miles).
Note
The vehicle can only be towed if the steering lock electronic gearbox lock is
deactivated. If the vehicle has no power supply or there is an electrical system fault, the engine must be started using jump leads to deactivate the
steering column electronic gearbox lock.
Fig. 158 On the righthand side of the front
bumper: screw in the
towline anchorage.

The location for the removable tow ring is on the right-hand side of the front
bumper behind a cover ⇒ Fig. 157.
The towline anchorage should always be kept in the vehicle.
Note the instructions for towing ⇒ page 225.

If and when
To fit the towline anchorage
227
ing lights will go off. When the turn signal lever is returned to the rest position, the hazard warning lights will be turned on automatically.
● Take the towline anchorage from the vehicle tool kit in the luggage compartment ⇒ page 211.
Notes for the driver of the towed vehicle
● Press the upper part of the cover ⇒ Fig. 157 (arrow) to disengage and
release the cover.
● Keep the ignition running to prevent the steering wheel from locking
and also to allow the use of the turn signals, horn, windscreen wipers and
washers.
● Remove the cover and leave it hanging from the vehicle.
● Screw in the tow ring into its housing anticlockwise as far as it will go
⇒ Fig. 158 ⇒ . Use a suitable tool to firmly tighten the towline anchorage
in its location.
● As the power assisted steering does not work if the engine is not running, you will need more strength to steer than normally.
● After towing, remove the tow ring by turning it clockwise.
● The brake must be depressed must harder as the brake servo does not
operate. Avoid hitting the towing vehicle.
● Place the cover upper tab on the opening of the bumper and carefully
hold the lower tab on the edge of the opening. If necessary, press the lower
tab from below.
● Note the instructions and information contained in the Instruction Manual for the towing vehicle.
● Press the lower area of the cover until the lower tab engages in the
bumper.
Notes for the driver of the towing vehicle
● Accelerate gently and carefully. Avoid sudden manoeuvres.
● Brake well in advance than usual and brake gently.
CAUTION
The towline anchorage must always be completely and firmly tightened.
Otherwise, it could be released while towing and tow-starting.
● Note the instructions and information contained in the Instruction Manual for the vehicle to be towed.

Towing advice
Towing requires some experience, especially when using a tow rope. Both
drivers should be familiar with the technique required for towing. For this
reason, inexperienced drivers should abstain.
While driving, avoid excessive traction forces and jerking. When towing on
an unpaved road, there is always a risk of overloading and damaging the
anchorage points.
If the vehicle is towed, with the hazard warning lights on and the ignition
switched on, the turn signal may be used to indicate changes of direction.
Simply operate the turn signal lever as usual. Meanwhile, the hazard warn-
Safety
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

228
Description of specifications
Technical specifications
Description of specifications
Technical specifications
Introduction
The information in the vehicle documentation always takes precedence over
the information in this Instruction Manual.
All technical specifications provided in this documentation are valid for the
standard model in Spain. The vehicle data card included in the Maintenance Programme or the vehicle registration documents shows which engine is installed in the vehicle.
The figures may be different depending whether additional equipment is fitted, for different models, for special vehicles and for other countries.
Abbreviations used in the Technical Data section
Abbreviation
Meaning
kW
Kilowatt, engine power measurement.
PS
Pferdestärke (horsepower), formerly used to denote engine
power.
rpm
Revolutions per minute - engine speed.
Nm
Newton metres, unit of engine torque.
litres per
100 km
Fuel consumption in litres per 100 km.
g/km
Carbon dioxide emissions in grams per km (mile) travelled.
CO2
Carbon dioxide
CN
Cetane number, indication of the diesel combustion power.
RON
Research octane number, indication of the knock resistance
of petrol.

Description of specifications
Vehicle identification data
229
Vehicle data plate
The vehicle data label ⇒ Fig. 159 is at the front of the spare wheel well. It
contains the following data:
1
Vehicle identification number (chassis number).
2
Vehicle type, engine power, gearbox type.
3
Engine and gearbox code, paint number, interior equipment.
4
Optional extras, PR numbers.
These data are also provided in the Maintenance Programme.
Fig. 159 Vehicle data label:

Specific vehicle weight information
The instructions in the official vehicle documents take precedence. All the
technical data provided in this documentation is applicable to the basic
model. The vehicle data label in the Maintenance Programme or the vehicle
documentation shows which engine is installed in your vehicle.
The figures may be different depending whether additional equipment is fitted, for different models and for special vehicles.
Fig. 160 Vehicle identification number.
The load is equivalent to the following weights:
Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (chassis number) can be read from outside the vehicle through a viewer in the windscreen ⇒ Fig. 160. This viewer
is located in the lower part of the windscreen. The vehicle identification
number (chassis number) is also stamped on the right water drain channel.
The water drain channel is located between the suspension tower and the
wing. Open the bonnet to read the vehicle identification number .
Safety
Kerb weight values shown in the following table apply for a vehicle with
driver (75 kg), liquids including a fuel tank 90% full, in addition to tools and
a spare wheel ⇒ . The kerb weight indicated increases with optional
equipment and retrofitting of accessories, while proportionally reducing carrying capacity.
Operation
● Passengers.
● Total equipment.
● Roof load, included in the carrier.
Advice

Technical specifications
230
Description of specifications
WARNING
Exceeding the maximum authorised weight and the load on the axles
could cause damage to the vehicle, accidents and serious injuries.
● The real load on the axles should never exceed the maximum permitted.
● The load and its distribution in the vehicle have effects on the vehicle
handling and the braking ability. Always drive at a suitable speed.
CAUTION
Distribute the load as uniformly and as low down on the vehicle as possible.
When transporting heavy objects in the luggage compartment, these
should be placed as far forward as possible or over the rear axle to have as

little influence on handling as possible.
Measurement of the urban cycle starts with an engine cold
Urban cycle start. City driving is then simulated at between 0 and 50 km/
h (0 and 31 mph).
Road cycle
In the road cycle simulation, the car undergoes frequent acceleration and braking in all gears, as in normal everyday
driving. The road speed ranges from 0 to 120 km/h (0 and
75 mph).
Combined
The average combined consumption is calculated with a
weighting of around 37 % for the urban cycle and 63 % for
the road cycle.
The exhaust gases are collected during both driving cycles
CO2 emisto calculate carbon dioxide emissions (urban and road). The
sions of the
gas composition is then analysed to evaluate the CO2 concombination
tent and other emissions.
Note
Information on fuel consumption
The consumption and emission values indicated do not refer to one specific
vehicle. They are only to be used to compare the values of the different vehicle versions. The fuel consumption and CO 2 emissions of a vehicle not only depend on the effective use of fuel. They also depend on your driving
style and other non-technical factors.
● The kerb weight may vary according to the vehicle equipment. This
could raise consumption and the CO2 emissions slightly.
● In practice, consumption values could be different to the values calculated based on the 715/2007/EC or 80/1268/EEC regulations.

Wheels
Calculation of fuel consumption
Fuel consumption and emission values are determined according to the current version of the 715/2007/EC or 80/1268/EEC regulation and are valid
for the vehicle kerb weight. The specifications do not refer to an individual
vehicle. To measure the fuel consumption, two measuring cycles are carried
out on a rolling road test bed. The test criteria are as follows:
Tyre pressure, snow chains, wheel bolts
Tyre pressures
The sticker with the tyre pressure values can be found on the inside of the
fuel tank flap. The tyre pressure values given there are for cold tyres. The
slightly raised pressures of warm tyres must not be reduced. ⇒ 
Description of specifications
Snow chains
Snow chains may be fitted only to the front wheels.
Consult the section “wheels” of this manual.
Wheel bolts
After the wheels have been changed, the tightening torque of the wheel
bolts should be checked as soon as possible with a torque wrench ⇒ .
The tightening torque for steel and alloy wheels is 140 Nm.
WARNING
● Check the tyre pressure at least once per month. Checking the tyre
pressure is very important. If the tyre pressure is too high or too low,
there is an increased danger of accidents - particularly at high speeds.
● If the tightening torque of the wheel bolts is too low, they could loosen while the vehicle is in motion. Risk of accident! If the tightening torque is too high, the wheel bolts and threads can be damaged.
Note
We recommend that you ask your Technical Service for information about
appropriate wheel, tyre and snow chain size.
Safety
Operation

Advice
Technical specifications
231
232
Description of specifications
Engine specifications
Petrol engine 1.0 44 kW (60 PS)
Engine specifications
a)
Power output in kW (PS) at rpm
Maximum torque (Nm at rpm)
No. of cylinders/capacity (cm3)
Fuel
44 (60)/5,000-6,000
95/3,000-4,300
3/999
Super 95 RONa)
Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Manual
Ecomotive
Automatic
Top speed (km/h)
160
161
160
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (s)
9.1
9.1
9.4
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (s)
14.4
14.4
15.3
5.3 / 123
Consumption (l/100 km)/ CO2 (g/km)
Urban cycle
5.6 / 130
5 / 116
Extra-urban cycle
3.9 / 91
3.6 / 84
3.9 / 91
Combined
4.5 / 105
4.1 / 95
4.4 / 103
Weight (in kg)
Gross vehicle weight
1,290
1,290
1,290
Weight in running order (with driver)
929
940
932
Gross front axle weight
680
680
680
Gross rear axle weight
640
640
640
Permitted roof load
50
50
50

Description of specifications
233
Petrol engine 1.0 55 kW (75 PS)
Engine specifications
a)
Power output in kW (PS) at rpm
Maximum torque (Nm at rpm)
No. of cylinders/capacity (cm3)
Fuel
55 (75)/6,200
95/3,000-4,300
3/999
Super 95 RONa)
Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Manual
Start-Stop
Automatic
Top speed (km/h)
171
172
171
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (s)
8.3
8.3
9.2
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (s)
13.2
13.2
13.9
5.9 / 137
5.1 / 118
5.5 / 127
4 / 93
3.7 / 86
4 / 94
4.7 / 108
4.2 / 98
4.5 / 105
Consumption (l/100 km)/ CO2 (g/km)
Urban cycle
Extra-urban cycle
Combined
Weight (in kg)
Gross vehicle weight
Safety
1,290
1,290
1,290
Weight in running order (with driver)
929
940
932
Gross front axle weight
680
680
680
Gross rear axle weight
640
640
640
Permitted roof load
50
50
50
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

234
Description of specifications
Petrol/CNG engine 1.0 50 kW (68 PS)
Engine specifications
a)
Power output in kW (PS) at rpm
Maximum torque (Nm at rpm)
No. of cylinders/capacity (cm3)
Fuel
50 (68)/6,200
90/3,000
3/999
CNG / Super 95 RONa)
Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Petrol
CNG
Top speed (km/h)
164
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (s)
10.3
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (s)
16.3
Consumption (l/100 km)/ CO2 (g/km)
Urban cycle
5.5 / 99
3.6 / 99
Extra-urban cycle
3.8 / 68
2.5 / 68
Combined
4.4 / 79
2.9 / 79
Weight (in kg)
Gross vehicle weight
1,370
Weight in running order (with driver)
1,031
Gross front axle weight
680
Gross rear axle weight
640
Permitted roof load
50

Description of specifications
Dimensions
Capacities
Longitude
Fuel tank capacity
3,557 mm
Width
1,641-1,645 mm
Height, unladen
1,478-1,489 mm
Wheelbase
Petrol engines
2,420 mm
Turning circle diametera)
approx. 9.8 m
Front track width a)
1,412-1,428 mm
Rear track widtha)
1,408-1,424 mm
Ground clearance with maximum authorised load
a)
Natural gas engine
Around 35.0 l,
of which approximately 4.0 are the reserve.
Natural gas: approx. 11.0 kg of which max. 1.5
kg of reserve
Fuel: approx. 10.0 l, of which approx. 5.0 l reserve
109 mm
Depending on the dimensions of the wheel trims and tyres, there may be variations.
CAUTION
● Special care should be taken when parking in areas with high kerbs or
fixed barriers. Objects protruding from the ground may damage the bumper
or other parts of the vehicle during manoeuvres.
● Special attention is required when driving through entrances, over
ramps, kerbs or other objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, mudguards
and running gear, and the engine and exhaust system could be damaged as

you drive over these objects.
Safety
235
Operation
Advice
Technical specifications

Index
Index
A
Abroad
Extended stay abroad with your vehicle . . 152
Sale of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
ABS
See "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Additional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Adjust
Headlight range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Adjustment
Correct sitting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 27
Cleaning dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Deactivating the front passenger front airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Deactivating using the key switch . . . . . . . . 30
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Differences between front passenger front
airbag systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Locking the vehicle after airbag deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Use of child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Air conditioner
Air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Things to note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
User instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
How it works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
switch off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
temporarily switch off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Aluminium care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Anodized surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Anti-theft bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Anti-theft locking bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Anti-theft wheel locking bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Aspects to take into account before starting the
vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
ASR
see Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Assistance systems
Brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Electronic differential lock system (EDL) . 120
electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . 119
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . 124
Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Parking distance warning system . . . . . . . 124
Safety Assist (City Safety Assist function) 127
Traction control system (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . 120
Traction Control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Assist systems
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . 120
Audible warnings
Control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Seat belt not fastened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Automatic belt retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Automatic device disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . 184
automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
237
238
Index
Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition key lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kickdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
starting on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
stopping on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
110
112
105
112
112
112
112
229
B
BAS
see Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Battery
Change in the vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
runs down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
See Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Before starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Service and disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Belt tension limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Bench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Bonnet
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Brakes
Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Changing the brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Emergency brake indicator in case of sudden braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Running-in brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118, 119
Brake system
Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Brake systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Breakdown
Securing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Bulb fault
See changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
C
Capacities
Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Care
See "Care of your vehicle" . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Care of your vehicle
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caring for paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
235
141
147
141
145
Carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Central locking button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
locking and unlocking from the exterior . . . 55
locking and unlocking from the inside . . . . 57
Central locking system
After airbag deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Opening doors individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Changing
Windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Front bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
in the headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Number plate light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Rear lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Sea changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Engaging gears (automatic gearbox) . . . . 110
Engaging gears (manual gearbox) . . . . . . 109
Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Warning and control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
with Tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Index
Changing gears
Gear recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Changing the bulbs
Side turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Changing the wheel
After changing the wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Chassis number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Checking
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Checking the oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Child safety seat
Securing with seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Child seat
ISOFIX child seat on rear seats . . . . . . . . . . 36
Mounting child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Mounting systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
On rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
On the front passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Securing using a Top Tether retaining strap 39
Securing using ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Transporting children in the vehicle . . . . . . 34
Weight categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Disabling the front passenger front airbag 30
Chromework care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Special driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Cleaning
dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
See "Care of your vehicle" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Closing
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
from the exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . 63
windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Code number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Collection of end-of-life vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Compartments
Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 83
luggage compartment variable floor . . . . . 91
Other storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Passenger side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 83
Sunglasses storage compartment . . . . . . . 82
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Conformity certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Consumption
How it is determined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
control lamp
on the driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Control lamp
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Brake pad wear warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . 175
City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Engine oil sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Steering column lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Control lamps
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Controlling function
Electric exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Reprogramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Convenience functions
Reprogramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Coolant
See engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Correct sitting position for vehicle occupants . . 9
Crossing a river
Salt water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
239
240
Index
Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cruise control system (CCS)
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
125
126
126
229
D
Damaged tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Dash panel
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 150
Data link connector (DLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Data registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Data storage during the journey . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Data stored by the control units . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Daytime driving light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
De-icing the door lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
De-icing the locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Deadlock
"Safe" security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Device disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Diagnostics connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Differential lock
See "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Dipped beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Disposal
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
End-of-life vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Door release lever
interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Childproof locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . 209
Drink holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Drinks bottles
see Drink holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Driving
Data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Driving with an automatic gearbox . . . . . . 112
Ecological . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Economic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Fuel level to low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Parking downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Parking uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
starting on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
stopping on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Driving abroad
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Driving advice
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Driving in winter
Fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Windscreen washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . 144
Driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Driving tips
For a loaded vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Dust filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
E
Ecological driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Economic driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
EDL
See "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Electrical devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 208
Electric windows
Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
see Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Electronic differential lock system (EDL) . . . . 120
Electronic immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Emergency brake indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . 209
Driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Passenger door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Emission control system
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Index
Engaging gears
Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Engine
Noises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Running-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Engine and ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
12 Volt sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Unauthorised vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Water box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Checking the level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Filler neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
G 12 plus-plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
G 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Refilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136, 137
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Checking the oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Filler neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Environment
Environmental friendliness . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Event Data Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Exhaust gas purification system . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Exterior aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Controlling function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
F
Fault
Parking distance warning system . . . . . . . 124
Fault memory
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Faults
Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Filling the tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
First-aid kit
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
see First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Front airbags
See "Airbag system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Front passenger front airbag
Deactivating using the key switch . . . . . . . . 30
See "Airbag system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Information on consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Type of fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Fuel consumption
Economic driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
¿Why does it increase? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Fuel tank flap
close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Fuse box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Identifying blown fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Identifying by colours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Preparation before replacing . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
G
Glove compartment
see Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 83
241
242
Index
H
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Headlamp range adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Headlights
Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Headlight washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Heated rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Heating and ventilation system
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
see also Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . 96
High pressure cleaning apparatus . . . . . . . . . 143
Hill driving assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
I
Identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Identification plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Ignition
See "Engine and ignition" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Ignition key
see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 52
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Safety interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Unauthorised vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Immobilizer
Operating fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
In case of a breakdown
Securing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
In case of an emergency
Hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
In case of a breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Protecting yourself and securing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
In case of emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Information on consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
InSP Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Display control functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
In the event of an emergency
Fire extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
see Child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
J
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
K
key
see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Key
see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Key switch
Deactivating the front passenger front airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Kickdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
L
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Audible warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Controls lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Daytime driving light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Dipped beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Instrument panel lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Instruments lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Index
Parking light remains on both sides . . . . . .
Reading light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
turning off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
turning on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load
Driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . .
Transporting a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . .
Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Locking
from the exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage compartment
Rear shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage compartment variable floor . . . . . . . .
extend downwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
extend forwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
68
70
67
67
67
67
14
13
88
13
88
95
55
57
61
90
91
91
91
M
Main beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Main panel
Turn signal and main beam lever . . . . . . . . 67
Malfunction
automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
see also Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Manufacturer identification plate . . . . . . . . . . 229
mechanical locking
locking and unlocking from the exterior . . . 55
locking and unlocking from the inside . . . . 57
Mirrors
Convenience functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Rear vision mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Mobile telephone
Using without an exterior aerial . . . . . . . . 158
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151, 155
Modifications to the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
N
Natural gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
New engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
New tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
New tyres and wheels
About your tyres and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Noises
Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Notes for the user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
O
Octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Oil
See engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Older tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Onboard diagnostic system (ODB) . . . . . . . . . 158
Opening
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
from the exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . 63
windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Opening doors individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Operating fault
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Operating faults
Radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 152
Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Outside temperature indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Overview
Control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
P
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 116
Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
243
244
Index
Parking distance warning system
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . 124
Using high pressure cleaning apparatus . 143
Parking light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Parking light remains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Parking sensor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
ParkPilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 108
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Physical principles of a frontal collision . . . . . . 18
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Polishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Pollen filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Pollution filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Portable Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Power socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Preparation
Checking the engine coolant level . . . . . . 180
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Preparations
Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . 176
Topping up the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . 176
Protection of vehicle undercarriage . . . . . . . . 146
Pushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
R
Radar sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Radio reception
Aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Operating faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 152
Raising the vehicle
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Raising vehicle
Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
With a lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Reading light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Reading the
Fault memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Rear backrest
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Lifting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Rear head restraints
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
removing and fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . 210
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
see rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
See "Rear lid" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Rear seat bench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Rear vision mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Rear vision mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Recommended gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Refuelling
at the petrol station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Mistakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Natural gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Remote control key
see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Removing ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Removing snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Removing wax deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Replacement of parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Reprogramming control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Reservoir capacity
Windscreen washer water reservoir . . . . . . 73
Retaining hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Retro-fitting
Two-way radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Vehicle telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Rev counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Rubber seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Index
Running-in
Brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First trips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running-in brake pads
Please also see "Brakes" . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running in
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
117
136
117
136
189
189
S
Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Safety Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
SAFE (immobilizer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Sale of vehicle
In other countries / continents . . . . . . . . . 152
Salt water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Scrapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Seat adjuster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Seat belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Seat belt protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Automatic belt retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Belt tension limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Not worn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Seat belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Seat belt status display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Twisted belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Unfastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Seat belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Seat belt warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Seat functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
SEAT information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Adjusting the steering wheel position . . . 101
Adjust the rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . 12
Correct position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Fitting the rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . 79
Front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Rear backrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Removing and fitting rear head restraints . 79
Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Set
Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Side airbags
See "Airbag system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Side lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Sitting position
Incorrect position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . . . . 63
Anti-trap function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Small window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196, 231
Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Socket
12 Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Spare fuel canister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Spare key
see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 52
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Driving advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Special features
Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
High pressure cleaning equipment . . . . . . 143
Long parking period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 117, 235
Pushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Removing the vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Special notes
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224, 226
Tow starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Start-Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Jump leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
245
246
Index
Starting using an external battery
See Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Electromechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Steering column lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Tendency to pull to one side . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Steering wheel
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Storage compartment
Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Driver side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Sudden braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Sunglasses storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . 82
Sun protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Sun visor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Symbols
see warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Systems
ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . 120
ASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
BAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
EDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Electronic differential lock system (EDL) . 120
electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . 119
ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . .
Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking distance warning system . . . . . . .
Safety Assist (City Safety Assist function)
TC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traction control system (ASR) . . . . . . . . . .
Traction Control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
124
124
124
127
120
120
120
T
Tank flap
close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Natural gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
TC
see Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Technical data
Axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Engine oil specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Identification plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Manufacturer identification plate . . . . . . . 229
Reservoir capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Roof load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Total weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Vehicle data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Technical information
Type of fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Technical modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Temperature display
Liquid coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Outside temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Driving advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
The danger of not using the seat belt . . . . . . . . 19
Things to note
Disconnecting the vehicle's battery . . . . . . 46
parking distance warning system . . . . . . . 124
Water underneath the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Tightening torque
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Tightening torque of wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . 231
TIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Tips for driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Before starting out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Tire Mobility Set
Check after 10 minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Do not use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Inflating a tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Sealing a tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Tools
see Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Total weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Index
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103, 224
Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Front towline anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Special notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224, 226
Tow bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Tow rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Tow starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Traction control system (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Traction Control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Trailer coupling
Towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Transporting
Transporting a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Transporting a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Transporting children in the vehicle . . . . . . . . . 34
Transporting objects
Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Retaining hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 95
Tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Trip meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Turn signal convenience function . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Two-way radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Type of fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Tyre control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Tyre load rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Tyre mobility set
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Tyre Mobility System
see Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Tyre pressure
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 230
Tyres with directional tread pattern . . . . . . . . 195
U
Unlocking
from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Fabric trim cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Padding cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Treating your upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
V
Valve caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Vehicle
Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
locking and unlocking from the exterior . . . 55
locking or unlocking from the inside . . . . . 57
Parking downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Parking uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Securing in case of a breakdown . . . . . . . 207
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Checking the electrolyte level . . . . . . . . . . 183
Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Explanation of symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Vehicle care
Aerial built into the window . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Airbag modules (dash panel) . . . . . . . . . . 150
Aluminium wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
anodized surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Changing windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . 74
Chrome wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Cleaning compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Cleaning seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Cleaning wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Cleaning windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . . 74
Dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
De-icing the door lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . 146
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Fabric trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
High pressure cleaning apparatus . . . . . . 143
Padding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Plastic parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Protection of vehicle undercarriage . . . . . 146
Rubber seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142, 143
Treating your upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Vehicle paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Washing by hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
247
248
Index
Windscreen wipers service position . . . . . . 73
Wooden trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Vehicle code
Vehicle data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Vehicle data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Vehicle identification data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Vehicle identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Vehicle key
assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 52
Changing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Synchronising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Vehicle key set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Vehicle mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Vehicle telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Vehicle's battery
Automatic device disconnection . . . . . . . . 184
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Running flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Vibrations
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
W
Warning and control lamps
Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Warning lamp
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Engine oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
by hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
with high pressure cleaning apparatus . . 143
Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Water box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Wear of tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199, 200, 231
Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Tightening torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Wheel load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Beadlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Bolted trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
See "Wheels and tyres" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Avoiding damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Damaged tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Errors in wheel alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Foreign bodies in the tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Interchanging tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
New tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Older tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Replacing tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Run-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195, 196
storing the replaced wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Storing tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Tyre code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Tyre identification number (TIN) . . . . . . . . 195
Tyre load rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Tyres with directional tread pattern . 187, 195
Valve caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Wear of tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Wheel balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Index
Wheel trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Full hub caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Hub caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Wheel bolts caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Windscreen
Heat-insulating glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Windscreen washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Windscreen washer water
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Windscreen wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Window wiper lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Windscreen wipers
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Headlight washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Heated windscreen washer jets . . . . . . . . . 72
Lifting the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Replacing the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Windscreen wipers service position . . . . . . . . . 73
Windscreen with metal coating . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Windscreen with reflective infrared coating . . . 71
Winter driving
Tyre inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Other Characters
"Safe" security system
SAFELOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
"Safe" locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
249
SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to understand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason
no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.
All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error
or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.
Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.
SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the “Copyright” Act.
All rights on changes are reserved.
❀ This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.
© SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.05.14
Mii Inglés
­­
(05.14)
Inglés 1SL012720BB (05.14) (GT9)
1SL012720BB
OWNER’S
MANUAL
Mii